Exhibition stands, exhibition furniture and equipment for trade shows and events.

Exhibition Stands and Furniture

Exhibition stand Design, Exhibition Display Stands and Exhibition Furniture ranges.

Coker Exhibition Systems provide exhibition stands, exhibition furniture, showcases, Lighting gantry, exhibition lighting, banner stands, pop up displays and rotating displays. Catering for indoor and outdoor events with our portable, modular exhibition stands and display systems.

Choose from our standard exhibition stand designs or use our custom display stand design service to bring your own exhibition stand or portable display stand to life. All of our display systems are modular so can be used in a number of configurations with a little thought when designing for your very own exhibiting needs.

Call to discuss your specific trade show display requirements 01256 768178.

Showing 396 products

Flat panel exhibition counter

Flat panel display counter with branding - we have designed these branded counter units especially for the exhibition furniture and trade show market. Built to be strong and robust to carry higher weight loads and yet still be portable, so flat pack and then assembled once on site at your event in a few minutes. The body of these counters allow a great promotional branding opportunity, your design could be just a logo or a range of products. Its weight load ability allows heavy items to be place upon it and presented as a display stand or large plinth too. Overall height 1M as standard, but custom heights are possible by quotation. Your branded graphics included on all 4 panels Design comes complete with 4 x full graphic aluminium composite panels and storage inside. Units are capable of taking 60 Kilos. Pack away flat, rapid assembly Can be made special heights widths and length Can be used together to form long counters Shelf option available Carry bag available at extra cost please see carry bags in accessories section Custom top with either a logo or a Pantone colour Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Flat panel display counter with branding - we have designed these branded counter units especially for the exhibition furniture and trade show market. Built to be strong and robust to carry higher weight loads and yet still be portable, so flat pack and then assembled once on site at your event in a few minutes. The body of these counters allow a great promotional branding opportunity, your design could be just a logo or a range of products. Its weight load ability allows heavy items to be place upon it and presented as a display stand or large plinth too. Overall height 1M as standard, but custom heights are possible by quotation. Your branded graphics included on all 4 panels Design comes complete with 4 x full graphic aluminium composite panels and storage inside. Units are capable of taking 60 Kilos. Pack away flat, rapid assembly Can be made special heights widths and length Can be used together to form long counters Shelf option available Carry bag available at extra cost please see carry bags in accessories section Custom top with either a logo or a Pantone colour Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£295
Square exhibition stand Gantry S35

System 35 The perfect exhibition stand, 35mm tube with machined ends with plug fit conicals. Very fast build time with no spanners. This Example is 3x3 meters x 2.5 meters high. As exhibition gantry systems are so flexible we also offer the same kit with a re-configurable component selection so it can be used as a 2x2, 3x2, and 3x3 Meter set up. The lighting truss framework is ideal for lighting and graphics to form the hub of the display, made from 35mm tube with machined ends with and fast fit conicals. This product will last for many years,and has the advantage of compact packing between shows. Easily add to this stand from a wide range of components as your needs change with time. All components are certified so no problems ever with health and safety at exhibition halls. This stand is 3m x 3m x 2.5m high.

System 35 The perfect exhibition stand, 35mm tube with machined ends with plug fit conicals. Very fast build time with no spanners. This Example is 3x3 meters x 2.5 meters high. As exhibition gantry systems are so flexible we also offer the same kit with a re-configurable component selection so it can be used as a 2x2, 3x2, and 3x3 Meter set up. The lighting truss framework is ideal for lighting and graphics to form the hub of the display, made from 35mm tube with machined ends with and fast fit conicals. This product will last for many years,and has the advantage of compact packing between shows. Easily add to this stand from a wide range of components as your needs change with time. All components are certified so no problems ever with health and safety at exhibition halls. This stand is 3m x 3m x 2.5m high.

£1,714
850mm wide roller baner stand for budget applications

Cost effective roller banner stand, the "Event" roller banner is aimed at budget sensitive promotional marketing and the short term event such as a small exhibition or conference event. We offer 2 event roller banner stands widths, 800mm and 850mm, both have a visual height of 2000mm and are printed to our highest standards on stoplight media, anti curl. This roller banner comes in a nice padded bag so as to afford easy carrying and protection during storage. The staged pole keeps things nice and easy to assemble and quick to set up. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. Artwork at half output size @ 300dpi 800 x 2010mm We advise picture files file more than 120dpi at full size printed. Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178. These roller banners have a 5 day lead time.

Cost effective roller banner stand, the "Event" roller banner is aimed at budget sensitive promotional marketing and the short term event such as a small exhibition or conference event. We offer 2 event roller banner stands widths, 800mm and 850mm, both have a visual height of 2000mm and are printed to our highest standards on stoplight media, anti curl. This roller banner comes in a nice padded bag so as to afford easy carrying and protection during storage. The staged pole keeps things nice and easy to assemble and quick to set up. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. Artwork at half output size @ 300dpi 800 x 2010mm We advise picture files file more than 120dpi at full size printed. Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178. These roller banners have a 5 day lead time.

£65
Wall Washer Led Track Light in white

17w Wall washer Led track light available in black and white for our 16 amp, 240 volt, lighting track system, single circuit. This lighting fixtures need not be used only on a light track it can be locked into a wall or ceiling mount to give even grater adaptability. This lighting fixture is available in black or white and two bulb colour ranges, 4000k and 3000k. A built in driver powers this light fixture, comparable to a 35w halogen bulb, its special reflector makes for maximum light efficiency and output, expect 529 Lumens of light out put and 100 degree beam angle. 355 degrees rotation with 0 - 180 degrees of tilt on the bracket. 50,000 hrs life quoted by the manufacturer.

17w Wall washer Led track light available in black and white for our 16 amp, 240 volt, lighting track system, single circuit. This lighting fixtures need not be used only on a light track it can be locked into a wall or ceiling mount to give even grater adaptability. This lighting fixture is available in black or white and two bulb colour ranges, 4000k and 3000k. A built in driver powers this light fixture, comparable to a 35w halogen bulb, its special reflector makes for maximum light efficiency and output, expect 529 Lumens of light out put and 100 degree beam angle. 355 degrees rotation with 0 - 180 degrees of tilt on the bracket. 50,000 hrs life quoted by the manufacturer.

£145
Flat panel exhibition counter

Flat panel display counter with branding - we have designed these branded counter units especially for the exhibition furniture and trade show market. Built to be strong and robust to carry higher weight loads and yet still be portable, so flat pack and then assembled once on site at your event in a few minutes. The body of these counters allow a great promotional branding opportunity, your design could be just a logo or a range of products. Its weight load ability allows heavy items to be place upon it and presented as a display stand or large plinth too. Overall height 1M as standard, but custom heights are possible by quotation. Your branded graphics included on all 4 panels Design comes complete with 4 x full graphic aluminium composite panels and storage inside. Units are capable of taking 60 Kilos. Pack away flat, rapid assembly Can be made special heights widths and length Can be used together to form long counters Shelf option available Carry bag available at extra cost please see carry bags in accessories section Custom top with either a logo or a Pantone colour Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Flat panel display counter with branding - we have designed these branded counter units especially for the exhibition furniture and trade show market. Built to be strong and robust to carry higher weight loads and yet still be portable, so flat pack and then assembled once on site at your event in a few minutes. The body of these counters allow a great promotional branding opportunity, your design could be just a logo or a range of products. Its weight load ability allows heavy items to be place upon it and presented as a display stand or large plinth too. Overall height 1M as standard, but custom heights are possible by quotation. Your branded graphics included on all 4 panels Design comes complete with 4 x full graphic aluminium composite panels and storage inside. Units are capable of taking 60 Kilos. Pack away flat, rapid assembly Can be made special heights widths and length Can be used together to form long counters Shelf option available Carry bag available at extra cost please see carry bags in accessories section Custom top with either a logo or a Pantone colour Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£295
Pop up display stand kit, case and graphics

Curved pop up display kits with graphics, 10 Size options 2225mm high 1-5 Metres. Mobile Exhibition stand, curved pop up display kits come in a range of frame sizes 3x3 and 3x4 are the most popular. Full curved popup display stands, a complete mobile exhibition stand in a wheeled case. A quick erect style frame, magnetic bars, graphic panels, wheeled transit case with lighting compartment, the case also comes with beech top insert to make a podium counter from the case, plus two 120 watt pop up lights or Led Lights available as optional extras. The pop up magnetic display stand is the most popular portable display stand used for company promotions at exhibitions, trade shows and conferences. Our Kit price options below include lights, case wrap for the wheeled transport case and double sided graphics if required. It is also possible to link curved pop up display stands together and form a booth or arc to define an area at an exhibition or event. It is often then decided to produce a set of graphics for the rear of these pop up stand structures to make them a 360 degree branded display, ask for a quotation. The complete set of laminated graphic panels with magnets fitted ready for use are included. Sizes of graphics and footprint areas are on the downloadable PDF documents on this page. 3x3 Units are 28 kilos packaged. The high quality output graphics are printed on a 450 micron stoplight media. Our inks are now stable for 100 years according to the manufacturers! Pantone accuracy 67%. We are pleased to offer a perfect combination of quality, price and speed. Our print quality and colour balance is always maintained at the top end of the industry standards. For help and advice with artwork please call 01256 768178. We deliver a test print for your satisfaction and approval without further cost before running your graphics. Production is normally within 3 days after sign off of test print. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Curved pop up display kits with graphics, 10 Size options 2225mm high 1-5 Metres. Mobile Exhibition stand, curved pop up display kits come in a range of frame sizes 3x3 and 3x4 are the most popular. Full curved popup display stands, a complete mobile exhibition stand in a wheeled case. A quick erect style frame, magnetic bars, graphic panels, wheeled transit case with lighting compartment, the case also comes with beech top insert to make a podium counter from the case, plus two 120 watt pop up lights or Led Lights available as optional extras. The pop up magnetic display stand is the most popular portable display stand used for company promotions at exhibitions, trade shows and conferences. Our Kit price options below include lights, case wrap for the wheeled transport case and double sided graphics if required. It is also possible to link curved pop up display stands together and form a booth or arc to define an area at an exhibition or event. It is often then decided to produce a set of graphics for the rear of these pop up stand structures to make them a 360 degree branded display, ask for a quotation. The complete set of laminated graphic panels with magnets fitted ready for use are included. Sizes of graphics and footprint areas are on the downloadable PDF documents on this page. 3x3 Units are 28 kilos packaged. The high quality output graphics are printed on a 450 micron stoplight media. Our inks are now stable for 100 years according to the manufacturers! Pantone accuracy 67%. We are pleased to offer a perfect combination of quality, price and speed. Our print quality and colour balance is always maintained at the top end of the industry standards. For help and advice with artwork please call 01256 768178. We deliver a test print for your satisfaction and approval without further cost before running your graphics. Production is normally within 3 days after sign off of test print. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£331
System 35 Lighting Truss straight sections

System 35 Lighting truss straight sections, 0.250mm to 3M. Easily extend or build a custom made lighting truss for your exhibition area. The tri-tube is 35mm in diameter with a 1.6mm wall thickness. System 35 is a precision made gantry system. Extruded 35mm tubes have machined ends, internally tapered, fitted with a machined conical. Once in place any deflection is undetectable, the joints are then secured with a tapered pin and a safety clip. This is a fast, easy build, complete trussing system. An ideal solution for uses at home, exhibitions and permanent installations from shopping centres to racing circuits, discos and film sets. We also have deflection and weight loading charts.

System 35 Lighting truss straight sections, 0.250mm to 3M. Easily extend or build a custom made lighting truss for your exhibition area. The tri-tube is 35mm in diameter with a 1.6mm wall thickness. System 35 is a precision made gantry system. Extruded 35mm tubes have machined ends, internally tapered, fitted with a machined conical. Once in place any deflection is undetectable, the joints are then secured with a tapered pin and a safety clip. This is a fast, easy build, complete trussing system. An ideal solution for uses at home, exhibitions and permanent installations from shopping centres to racing circuits, discos and film sets. We also have deflection and weight loading charts.

£77
Wall Washer Led Track Light in white

17w Wall washer Led track light available in black and white for our 16 amp, 240 volt, lighting track system, single circuit. This lighting fixtures need not be used only on a light track it can be locked into a wall or ceiling mount to give even grater adaptability. This lighting fixture is available in black or white and two bulb colour ranges, 4000k and 3000k. A built in driver powers this light fixture, comparable to a 35w halogen bulb, its special reflector makes for maximum light efficiency and output, expect 529 Lumens of light out put and 100 degree beam angle. 355 degrees rotation with 0 - 180 degrees of tilt on the bracket. 50,000 hrs life quoted by the manufacturer.

17w Wall washer Led track light available in black and white for our 16 amp, 240 volt, lighting track system, single circuit. This lighting fixtures need not be used only on a light track it can be locked into a wall or ceiling mount to give even grater adaptability. This lighting fixture is available in black or white and two bulb colour ranges, 4000k and 3000k. A built in driver powers this light fixture, comparable to a 35w halogen bulb, its special reflector makes for maximum light efficiency and output, expect 529 Lumens of light out put and 100 degree beam angle. 355 degrees rotation with 0 - 180 degrees of tilt on the bracket. 50,000 hrs life quoted by the manufacturer.

£145
Mini desktop display

A desktop folding display board supplied with its own canvas carry bag. Panel sizes are 600mm x 900mm wide with outer panels of 450mm x 600mm and a header panel of 900mm x 250 mm high. There is a large range of loop nylon fabric colour fabrics for this display, also available and a choice of black or grey pvc trim. Perfect for smaller table and counter presentation needs, create your own mini informational display with these handy little display..

A desktop folding display board supplied with its own canvas carry bag. Panel sizes are 600mm x 900mm wide with outer panels of 450mm x 600mm and a header panel of 900mm x 250 mm high. There is a large range of loop nylon fabric colour fabrics for this display, also available and a choice of black or grey pvc trim. Perfect for smaller table and counter presentation needs, create your own mini informational display with these handy little display..

£80
Magnetic Media Graphics

Magnetic Media Graphics easy as 123 Printed to Stoplight and laminated. Magnetic tape fitted 25mm each side + Metal bar top and bottom Need to Know more or if you would like a quotation Please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Magnetic Media Graphics easy as 123 Printed to Stoplight and laminated. Magnetic tape fitted 25mm each side + Metal bar top and bottom Need to Know more or if you would like a quotation Please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£100
Pop up counter with graphic branding and beech top

Pop up counter unit Two Sizes available If you are looking for a very reasonably priced budget pop up counter that is portable and comes complete with fully branded graphic of your choice this could be for you. The Large counter unit (2x2) is 1.29 metres wide 98.5cm high and only 19 kilos complete. The smaller counter unit (2x1) is 865mm wide and 98.5 cm high. Included is the reinforced wheeled transit bag with either size which houses the frame, mag bars, thermoformed beech laminate top, graphic and the shelves too. Suggested spread weight load for the counter top is 25 kgs and 3 kgs across the shelves. Please watch the you tube video link (may vary slightly as this product is further developed a smaller unit is also scheduled) This unit has been developed from and is based on the very popular and successful pop up display stand, it employs the same folding pop up frame construction that is well know by most and very robust and reliable giving years of use. Call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs for a branded pop up display counter.

Pop up counter unit Two Sizes available If you are looking for a very reasonably priced budget pop up counter that is portable and comes complete with fully branded graphic of your choice this could be for you. The Large counter unit (2x2) is 1.29 metres wide 98.5cm high and only 19 kilos complete. The smaller counter unit (2x1) is 865mm wide and 98.5 cm high. Included is the reinforced wheeled transit bag with either size which houses the frame, mag bars, thermoformed beech laminate top, graphic and the shelves too. Suggested spread weight load for the counter top is 25 kgs and 3 kgs across the shelves. Please watch the you tube video link (may vary slightly as this product is further developed a smaller unit is also scheduled) This unit has been developed from and is based on the very popular and successful pop up display stand, it employs the same folding pop up frame construction that is well know by most and very robust and reliable giving years of use. Call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs for a branded pop up display counter.

£255
setting up a graphique exhibition counter

Double round ended graphique exhibition counter unit 1000mm wide x 500mm deep, overall height 1000mm supplied with a velcro on aluminium composite white finish door panel as standard. This revolutionary new exhibition counter design comes complete with a full digital graphic branded wrap and internal storage inside. These counters are purpose designed for events and are capable of taking 40 Kilos. This is a twist lock pole exhibition furniture system with out a tambour wrap to share the weight load. It can be put up or packed away flat in a few minutes flat. Supplied with rear closure panel which acts as a removable door, allows out of sight out of mind security of items stored on your trade show stand. Also available as an option for this counter is a shelf system, a carry bag, four counter top colours, a tube to carry your graphic wrap and the fitting of cable management ports as well. Graphic Size: 2100mm x 970mm high. Please see PDF below for full specification, please see the PDF data sheet when designing your graphic. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Double round ended graphique exhibition counter unit 1000mm wide x 500mm deep, overall height 1000mm supplied with a velcro on aluminium composite white finish door panel as standard. This revolutionary new exhibition counter design comes complete with a full digital graphic branded wrap and internal storage inside. These counters are purpose designed for events and are capable of taking 40 Kilos. This is a twist lock pole exhibition furniture system with out a tambour wrap to share the weight load. It can be put up or packed away flat in a few minutes flat. Supplied with rear closure panel which acts as a removable door, allows out of sight out of mind security of items stored on your trade show stand. Also available as an option for this counter is a shelf system, a carry bag, four counter top colours, a tube to carry your graphic wrap and the fitting of cable management ports as well. Graphic Size: 2100mm x 970mm high. Please see PDF below for full specification, please see the PDF data sheet when designing your graphic. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£275
Maxi desktop display

The larger of our two desktop folding display boards supplied with its own canvas carry bag. Ideal for table top and counter presentations. Panel sizes are 600mm x 900mm high (x3) with one header panel of 600mm x 250 mm high. Posters and graphics are attached by velcro hook fastener tapes A large range of loop nylon fabric colours are available for this unit and a choice of black or grey pvc trim too. Buy online or call Coker Expo 01256 768178

The larger of our two desktop folding display boards supplied with its own canvas carry bag. Ideal for table top and counter presentations. Panel sizes are 600mm x 900mm high (x3) with one header panel of 600mm x 250 mm high. Posters and graphics are attached by velcro hook fastener tapes A large range of loop nylon fabric colours are available for this unit and a choice of black or grey pvc trim too. Buy online or call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£90
Special offer 3 x 3 curved pop up display stand

Curved 3x3 Pop up display at a budget price, an Eco Magnetic stand complete with laminated graphics. A pop up display stand special offer at a truly discount price. Pop up display stands are still very popular as a quick portable promotional display back drop at exhibitions events and trade shows. There easy of portability makes them ideal for short term publicity and promotions events at any nember of public venues. Our budget pop up display kit Includes eco friendly magnetic fitting graphics to magnetic bars with click locks on an aluminium folding frame work. Included in this offer is the Budget lite carry case with wheels and 2 x 120w halogen Lights. Optional Upgrades are 20w LED lights instead of halogen, also a case upgrade to a deluxe transit case, which also comes with a graphic wrap for use on the stand to make a podium. We can design your stand at very reasonable cost if required, all production is at our Hook factory in Hampshire. Our service time from receipt of your artwork is just 3 working days after sign off of a free test print ( which we sent to you to check you files output is correct ) + overnight carrier. You can pay by telephone, online via our secure system or by bank transfer please call if we can help. All graphics are printed with water based dye and according to the manufactures will last 100years. Our media is thick stoplight 100% Polyester grey backed, the media has an anti curl layer. 3x3 Pop Up Stands Artwork Dimensions: Footprint size of the stand is 2225mm (h) x 2540mm (w) x 685mm (d) The visible graphic area 2225mm (h) x 2692mm (w) Overall Printing area 2225mm (h) x 3365mm (w) Please make your artwork at 25% Size 556.25mm (h) x 841.25mm (w) We need a PDF Without bleed or crop marks please in CMYK Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For pop up systems – artwork at quarter size and 450 to 600dpi A single page document please. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 120dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178. For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Curved 3x3 Pop up display at a budget price, an Eco Magnetic stand complete with laminated graphics. A pop up display stand special offer at a truly discount price. Pop up display stands are still very popular as a quick portable promotional display back drop at exhibitions events and trade shows. There easy of portability makes them ideal for short term publicity and promotions events at any nember of public venues. Our budget pop up display kit Includes eco friendly magnetic fitting graphics to magnetic bars with click locks on an aluminium folding frame work. Included in this offer is the Budget lite carry case with wheels and 2 x 120w halogen Lights. Optional Upgrades are 20w LED lights instead of halogen, also a case upgrade to a deluxe transit case, which also comes with a graphic wrap for use on the stand to make a podium. We can design your stand at very reasonable cost if required, all production is at our Hook factory in Hampshire. Our service time from receipt of your artwork is just 3 working days after sign off of a free test print ( which we sent to you to check you files output is correct ) + overnight carrier. You can pay by telephone, online via our secure system or by bank transfer please call if we can help. All graphics are printed with water based dye and according to the manufactures will last 100years. Our media is thick stoplight 100% Polyester grey backed, the media has an anti curl layer. 3x3 Pop Up Stands Artwork Dimensions: Footprint size of the stand is 2225mm (h) x 2540mm (w) x 685mm (d) The visible graphic area 2225mm (h) x 2692mm (w) Overall Printing area 2225mm (h) x 3365mm (w) Please make your artwork at 25% Size 556.25mm (h) x 841.25mm (w) We need a PDF Without bleed or crop marks please in CMYK Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For pop up systems – artwork at quarter size and 450 to 600dpi A single page document please. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 120dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178. For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£450
Clanzia track light in silver colour

Clanzia lighting track Fitting, available with 50 watt halogen or 5w Led bulb to best suit your application, with a choice of colours, black, white or silver. These small track light fixtures are ideal for retail, display and exhibition uses. This little spot light has a 360 degree rotation, tilt angle of 90 degrees on the head.

Clanzia lighting track Fitting, available with 50 watt halogen or 5w Led bulb to best suit your application, with a choice of colours, black, white or silver. These small track light fixtures are ideal for retail, display and exhibition uses. This little spot light has a 360 degree rotation, tilt angle of 90 degrees on the head.

£36
Pop up display lights, 20w output, silver grey colour

20w Led pop up display light, white light output in a flood beam and only 20w power draw so cheap to run at events and exhibitions. Ideal for flood lighting a pop up display stand and a easy on the eye colour being silver - grey. This LED Pop Up Light is 110-240 Volts AC so can also be used in the USA. The arm of this Led flood light is 400mm long. Please look at the extra images which give an idea how this unit can be used in a variety of display applications. The unit has a UK mains lead but can be used throughout Europe and as an optional extra a US mains lead is an optional extra. Daisy link possible with this lighting to make a complete solution

20w Led pop up display light, white light output in a flood beam and only 20w power draw so cheap to run at events and exhibitions. Ideal for flood lighting a pop up display stand and a easy on the eye colour being silver - grey. This LED Pop Up Light is 110-240 Volts AC so can also be used in the USA. The arm of this Led flood light is 400mm long. Please look at the extra images which give an idea how this unit can be used in a variety of display applications. The unit has a UK mains lead but can be used throughout Europe and as an optional extra a US mains lead is an optional extra. Daisy link possible with this lighting to make a complete solution

£70
Exhibition counter foldable with graphics and locking door

A high quality Folding aluminium exhibition counter with smart white top, 25kg spread load carrying capability on the counter top. This unit has a mid shelf included. Dimensions: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 772mm wide. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame and open back. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with aluminium frame. With the addition of your own branding these counters are taken to another promotional level. Please have a look at the PDF detail for production of graphics and sizes of panels Optional Extras: Graphic panels Sliding Locking doors Carry Bag or Carry case. Choice of height

A high quality Folding aluminium exhibition counter with smart white top, 25kg spread load carrying capability on the counter top. This unit has a mid shelf included. Dimensions: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 772mm wide. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame and open back. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with aluminium frame. With the addition of your own branding these counters are taken to another promotional level. Please have a look at the PDF detail for production of graphics and sizes of panels Optional Extras: Graphic panels Sliding Locking doors Carry Bag or Carry case. Choice of height

£300
Zala 50w halogen track light

The Zala track light fitting comes with a 5w Led bulb, that equal to 50w in halogen but without the heat output and a very long life span.The units are available in a choice of colours, Silver or White. Each fitting plugs straight into the track and are locked into position by twisting the round dial at the base. The Units must be inserted into the track correctly to allow correct locking and power connections.

The Zala track light fitting comes with a 5w Led bulb, that equal to 50w in halogen but without the heat output and a very long life span.The units are available in a choice of colours, Silver or White. Each fitting plugs straight into the track and are locked into position by twisting the round dial at the base. The Units must be inserted into the track correctly to allow correct locking and power connections.

£35
Lectern pro. Choice of colors and tops, with acrylic upstand

This squared off, beech topped physique lectern with grey nylon loop column stands at 1300mm high x 655mm x 480mm and comes with a smart acrylic angled top. A carry bag is included, other fabric colours or plain beech finish is available too. Designed for public speaking use at trade shows, conferences and lectures. The ideal portable podium for the smaller company event or seminar, bring a professional look to your public speaking requirements.

This squared off, beech topped physique lectern with grey nylon loop column stands at 1300mm high x 655mm x 480mm and comes with a smart acrylic angled top. A carry bag is included, other fabric colours or plain beech finish is available too. Designed for public speaking use at trade shows, conferences and lectures. The ideal portable podium for the smaller company event or seminar, bring a professional look to your public speaking requirements.

£325
Lecturn host counter

This smart reception host counter doubles up as a lecturn too, comes flat packed and can be assembled quickly with ease, there is an integral shelf included and front graphic option. Supported by aluminium posts with an MDF base and table top which come in a choice of 4 colours. An attractive acrylic top shelf supported with stand offs. Total size is 1015mm (h) x 525mm (w) x 325mm (d) The visual graphic panel is 885 x 525 (w) Service time is about 5 days. Need to know more call Coker Expo 01256 768178

This smart reception host counter doubles up as a lecturn too, comes flat packed and can be assembled quickly with ease, there is an integral shelf included and front graphic option. Supported by aluminium posts with an MDF base and table top which come in a choice of 4 colours. An attractive acrylic top shelf supported with stand offs. Total size is 1015mm (h) x 525mm (w) x 325mm (d) The visual graphic panel is 885 x 525 (w) Service time is about 5 days. Need to know more call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£140
2 Metre light bar and lights

Clamp on lighting bar 2M with three LED Polished lights So versatile, the two clamp fixings have jaws of 0-55mm and can be clamped almost anywhere with ease. You can swivel the clamps 360°round in both directions and the clamps can be positioned anywhere on the 2M bar! The unit is supplied with three Expo can spotlights complete with super bright 15W LED lamps. Each of the lights are fitted with daisy plugs and connectors and the whole thing then comes with a 5 Metre mains lead. This system is perfect for multiple shell scheme shows every time offering a hassle free installation. Fixing to a ceiling grid in any exhibition shell scheme now becomes a brezze. Each of the lighting fixtures has a gel holder allowing the colour temperature to be altered to suit your products. Options would include Gel filters and daisy extension leads.

Clamp on lighting bar 2M with three LED Polished lights So versatile, the two clamp fixings have jaws of 0-55mm and can be clamped almost anywhere with ease. You can swivel the clamps 360°round in both directions and the clamps can be positioned anywhere on the 2M bar! The unit is supplied with three Expo can spotlights complete with super bright 15W LED lamps. Each of the lights are fitted with daisy plugs and connectors and the whole thing then comes with a 5 Metre mains lead. This system is perfect for multiple shell scheme shows every time offering a hassle free installation. Fixing to a ceiling grid in any exhibition shell scheme now becomes a brezze. Each of the lighting fixtures has a gel holder allowing the colour temperature to be altered to suit your products. Options would include Gel filters and daisy extension leads.

£350
group of portable display showcases

Display column product details: Innovative multifunctional portable display showcase unit which can be used in a variety of combinations including 'fully closed' dual aspect viewing. Featuring ingenious RotrLink post/base & post/post connection. The uniquely shaped 8mm thick 'green edge' acyclic shelves supported by chrome adjustable shelf brackets will, each accept 12kg of evenly distributed product load. Generous individual display spaces - 616(w) x 300(d) x 360mm(h) Maximum overall stand dimensions - 868(w) x 380(d) x 2016mm(h) Includes 4 off 3mm Foamex header and base panels for promotional graphic display/corporate information. Supplied with 8 off 'glass clear' 2mm polycarbonate infill panels to shield and protect display products. Individual panels can be replaced with printed graphics to create a distinctive visual backdrop. A 4mm hex key and cross head screw driver are supplied for complete assembly. Ship safe durable carton measurements - 2 x 1030(w) x 500(d) x 210mm(h) Gross weight of both cartons 34kg. This display column requires dismantling for transportation and storage. Optional 2 off moulded wheeled trolley cases at extra cost. Product details, Carry Case - stylish and durable moulded plastic case with rubber wheels, detachable lid with moulded handle and 3 lockable latches. Convenient side carry handle. White lined tube 254mm dia. x 980mm (holds 4 x 1990mm graphics) Overall dimensions 520(w) x 440(d) x 1130mm(h) Nominal net weight including tube without graphics 8.9kg Optional laminated folding top available in beech or black with padded bag. Converts to counter display with simple application of graphic wrap. Quality assured - 12 months guarantee.

Display column product details: Innovative multifunctional portable display showcase unit which can be used in a variety of combinations including 'fully closed' dual aspect viewing. Featuring ingenious RotrLink post/base & post/post connection. The uniquely shaped 8mm thick 'green edge' acyclic shelves supported by chrome adjustable shelf brackets will, each accept 12kg of evenly distributed product load. Generous individual display spaces - 616(w) x 300(d) x 360mm(h) Maximum overall stand dimensions - 868(w) x 380(d) x 2016mm(h) Includes 4 off 3mm Foamex header and base panels for promotional graphic display/corporate information. Supplied with 8 off 'glass clear' 2mm polycarbonate infill panels to shield and protect display products. Individual panels can be replaced with printed graphics to create a distinctive visual backdrop. A 4mm hex key and cross head screw driver are supplied for complete assembly. Ship safe durable carton measurements - 2 x 1030(w) x 500(d) x 210mm(h) Gross weight of both cartons 34kg. This display column requires dismantling for transportation and storage. Optional 2 off moulded wheeled trolley cases at extra cost. Product details, Carry Case - stylish and durable moulded plastic case with rubber wheels, detachable lid with moulded handle and 3 lockable latches. Convenient side carry handle. White lined tube 254mm dia. x 980mm (holds 4 x 1990mm graphics) Overall dimensions 520(w) x 440(d) x 1130mm(h) Nominal net weight including tube without graphics 8.9kg Optional laminated folding top available in beech or black with padded bag. Converts to counter display with simple application of graphic wrap. Quality assured - 12 months guarantee.

£625
Unicity Wallwash Led lighting fixture in white

Unicity wallwash Led display light, 15w power draw that exceeds to traditional 100w halogen bulb. This display lighting fixture has a Die-cast aluminium body and heatsink for good thermal management. Suitable for use in either a ceiling or wall fixing position, this recessed adjustable wallwash fixture has 355 degrees rotation and adjustable tilt angle from -15 degrees to 45 degrees, 30 degrees cut-off angle in the horizontal position. Suited to use in the exhibition environment fixed to either ceilings or walls as well as a neat solution for the retail outlet of shop. Note this led unit has a remote driver with plug and play connection and is not dimmable. The bulb for this wallwasher is cool white at 400 kelvin with an output of 1041 lumens, so pretty bright for its size. The manufacture quotes an LED lifespan L70 50,000 hours. Expect a 3 days supply time.

Unicity wallwash Led display light, 15w power draw that exceeds to traditional 100w halogen bulb. This display lighting fixture has a Die-cast aluminium body and heatsink for good thermal management. Suitable for use in either a ceiling or wall fixing position, this recessed adjustable wallwash fixture has 355 degrees rotation and adjustable tilt angle from -15 degrees to 45 degrees, 30 degrees cut-off angle in the horizontal position. Suited to use in the exhibition environment fixed to either ceilings or walls as well as a neat solution for the retail outlet of shop. Note this led unit has a remote driver with plug and play connection and is not dimmable. The bulb for this wallwasher is cool white at 400 kelvin with an output of 1041 lumens, so pretty bright for its size. The manufacture quotes an LED lifespan L70 50,000 hours. Expect a 3 days supply time.

£150
2 twist banner stands with a flexible link.

Shown here are two twist banner stand units with a flexi link panel. The flexible link allows the twist banner stands to bend in or out or even joggle both ways to create a freeform backdrop or presentation display wall. Printed with a tough graphic its a very robust display stand. The twist will also cope with uneven flooring which can be the case at many exhibition halls and event venues. These units come in various height options and come complete with a protective wheeled carry bag and display light. Use the twist system to create long flexible displays, for inside and outside corners, bend it to form around a curve or a structure that is in the way so as to fit into your exhibit floor space. This display system is available in single or double sided displays too. The graphic sizes shown are 2000mm x 900mm with a 500mm centre panel. However we can create a flexible bespoke stand for your requirements please asks for a drawing and a price! We can also demonstrate the system at our showroom in Hook Hampshire 01256 768178.

Shown here are two twist banner stand units with a flexi link panel. The flexible link allows the twist banner stands to bend in or out or even joggle both ways to create a freeform backdrop or presentation display wall. Printed with a tough graphic its a very robust display stand. The twist will also cope with uneven flooring which can be the case at many exhibition halls and event venues. These units come in various height options and come complete with a protective wheeled carry bag and display light. Use the twist system to create long flexible displays, for inside and outside corners, bend it to form around a curve or a structure that is in the way so as to fit into your exhibit floor space. This display system is available in single or double sided displays too. The graphic sizes shown are 2000mm x 900mm with a 500mm centre panel. However we can create a flexible bespoke stand for your requirements please asks for a drawing and a price! We can also demonstrate the system at our showroom in Hook Hampshire 01256 768178.

£735
A freeform display, great for a meeting pod with easy fit slip on stretch fabric graphics

Exhibition meeting pod or sales area 2280mm high x 3000mm wide x 2495mm deep complete with frame and graphic. This is a budget special display and is made with connecting tubes to create a light weight frame for support and then a fully tailored fabric printed graphic like a sock is pulled over the frame and zipped up, easy, light and quick. Only possible with the latest digital printing which can be on one side or both. Please watch the video to fully understand how the system works Comes with a carry bag for the frame work components. Furniture not included. The tube frames are simple to erect and move to the desired position. In no time the fabric graphics are positioned and "Voila" a meeting pod or sales area is created. Graphics can be designed and are interchangeable within minutes. We can help if you need us For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Exhibition meeting pod or sales area 2280mm high x 3000mm wide x 2495mm deep complete with frame and graphic. This is a budget special display and is made with connecting tubes to create a light weight frame for support and then a fully tailored fabric printed graphic like a sock is pulled over the frame and zipped up, easy, light and quick. Only possible with the latest digital printing which can be on one side or both. Please watch the video to fully understand how the system works Comes with a carry bag for the frame work components. Furniture not included. The tube frames are simple to erect and move to the desired position. In no time the fabric graphics are positioned and "Voila" a meeting pod or sales area is created. Graphics can be designed and are interchangeable within minutes. We can help if you need us For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£985
The Efficio can be used inside or out 120 degree floodlight

This new Effico Exhibition display Led floodlight may only draw 50 watts but wow its bright. With Led lighting fixtures the benefits are a bright light, cool - no heat output, low power consumption and long lasting. These lights are ideal for use in the exhibition and display environment, the hasp allows any style of clamp, screw or bolt fixing method to fix the light in position on your exhibition stand or in your premises. mains powered black case IP65 rated Super Bright, but only 50 watts but equal to a 500 watt halogen Size is 260mm wide x 190mm high and 80mm deep 1.85 Kilos Need advice, 01256 768178.

This new Effico Exhibition display Led floodlight may only draw 50 watts but wow its bright. With Led lighting fixtures the benefits are a bright light, cool - no heat output, low power consumption and long lasting. These lights are ideal for use in the exhibition and display environment, the hasp allows any style of clamp, screw or bolt fixing method to fix the light in position on your exhibition stand or in your premises. mains powered black case IP65 rated Super Bright, but only 50 watts but equal to a 500 watt halogen Size is 260mm wide x 190mm high and 80mm deep 1.85 Kilos Need advice, 01256 768178.

£45
Six fold display board in blue with lights

Six folding display stand with header (not including lights) Fast flexible hinged system, made from light weight 15mm honey comb, warp resistant board, UK made with loop nylon fabric covering, so velcro acceptable. Folding display stands are reversible so you may which to have a different colour fabric on each side. There is a swatch showing the large colour available, we offer a choice of trim colour grey or black 600 x 900mm or 1000x 700mm panels, with 250mm x 600/700mm header panel. Complete with a free correx carry case as standard, normal dispatch is within 3 working days, call to confirm 01256 768178. 9 kilos weight.

Six folding display stand with header (not including lights) Fast flexible hinged system, made from light weight 15mm honey comb, warp resistant board, UK made with loop nylon fabric covering, so velcro acceptable. Folding display stands are reversible so you may which to have a different colour fabric on each side. There is a swatch showing the large colour available, we offer a choice of trim colour grey or black 600 x 900mm or 1000x 700mm panels, with 250mm x 600/700mm header panel. Complete with a free correx carry case as standard, normal dispatch is within 3 working days, call to confirm 01256 768178. 9 kilos weight.

£135
Lighting gantry - trio - build 77

Six leg design System 35 Lighting truss exhibition stand. Easy to build and store. Fast construction without deflection this modular exhibition stand can be re-built to accommodate. A popular perimeter design in our 32mm diameter decorative trio gantry with dimensions of 9M x 3.5m x 3m high. Exhibition gantry stand and exhibition gantry designs, probably one of the best investments possible in display advertising! The product ranges offered will last for years and years and can be re used over and over without loss in presentation add this to the flexibility of reconfigurability and timeless fashion appeal. The aluminium alloy composition of the exhibition gantry gives exceptional strength and load bearing abilities this is backed up with TUV certification which is recognised throughout Europe not only very reassuring but possibly essential. The Coker Expo lighting truss platforms are constructed to be functional stylish and the strong various manufactured lengths can easily be connected in lines or with junctions to create practically any design required. This is a complete system and various clamps are readily available to provide....... Gantry Accessories We also print large format graphics on a range of materials single or double sided. medias offered include PVC canvas and fabrics.

Six leg design System 35 Lighting truss exhibition stand. Easy to build and store. Fast construction without deflection this modular exhibition stand can be re-built to accommodate. A popular perimeter design in our 32mm diameter decorative trio gantry with dimensions of 9M x 3.5m x 3m high. Exhibition gantry stand and exhibition gantry designs, probably one of the best investments possible in display advertising! The product ranges offered will last for years and years and can be re used over and over without loss in presentation add this to the flexibility of reconfigurability and timeless fashion appeal. The aluminium alloy composition of the exhibition gantry gives exceptional strength and load bearing abilities this is backed up with TUV certification which is recognised throughout Europe not only very reassuring but possibly essential. The Coker Expo lighting truss platforms are constructed to be functional stylish and the strong various manufactured lengths can easily be connected in lines or with junctions to create practically any design required. This is a complete system and various clamps are readily available to provide....... Gantry Accessories We also print large format graphics on a range of materials single or double sided. medias offered include PVC canvas and fabrics.

£4,452
Lecturn host counter

This smart reception host counter doubles up as a lecturn too, comes flat packed and can be assembled quickly with ease, there is an integral shelf included and front graphic option. Supported by aluminium posts with an MDF base and table top which come in a choice of 4 colours. An attractive acrylic top shelf supported with stand offs. Total size is 1015mm (h) x 525mm (w) x 325mm (d) The visual graphic panel is 885 x 525 (w) Service time is about 5 days. Need to know more call Coker Expo 01256 768178

This smart reception host counter doubles up as a lecturn too, comes flat packed and can be assembled quickly with ease, there is an integral shelf included and front graphic option. Supported by aluminium posts with an MDF base and table top which come in a choice of 4 colours. An attractive acrylic top shelf supported with stand offs. Total size is 1015mm (h) x 525mm (w) x 325mm (d) The visual graphic panel is 885 x 525 (w) Service time is about 5 days. Need to know more call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£140
4 Panel and pole kit with choice of panels

We all start some where when it comes to exhibiting and presentations, here is a simple panel and pole display stand. 4-600x900mm panels, 6x900mm poles and 3 bar feet. Panels can be used in horizontal or vertical format. Please select colours from our swatch, standard and luxury loop, you can have different colours each side. Also a choice of black or grey frames. Including free carry bag. Fix your info quickly with a dab of hook velcro.

We all start some where when it comes to exhibiting and presentations, here is a simple panel and pole display stand. 4-600x900mm panels, 6x900mm poles and 3 bar feet. Panels can be used in horizontal or vertical format. Please select colours from our swatch, standard and luxury loop, you can have different colours each side. Also a choice of black or grey frames. Including free carry bag. Fix your info quickly with a dab of hook velcro.

£189
A right angle back wall exhibition stand

Vector exhibition stand - kit 4 has proportions of 2070mm high x 3M x 3M wide, ideal for many exhibitions where a right or left angled back wall is required to define your floor area. This freestanding corner exhibition stand is designed to be used with the latest printing methods, the display is fitted with soft stretch fabric graphics. These fabric banners are held in tension to the frame with a special silicone bead sewn to each edge. It just takes a little thumb pressure to push fit the bead in to the aluminium profile, hey presto a finished exhibition stand to be proud of. Vector display stands are light weight being made of aluminium, easy to store and transport as they are in sensible section lengths. Only an allen key tool is required to assemble a system as this. Additional frames can also be added at a latter date to enlarge or change the shape of this standard setup. Note that accessories are not included. Yes we can make this design to your custom stand size, ask for a quote 01256 768178

Vector exhibition stand - kit 4 has proportions of 2070mm high x 3M x 3M wide, ideal for many exhibitions where a right or left angled back wall is required to define your floor area. This freestanding corner exhibition stand is designed to be used with the latest printing methods, the display is fitted with soft stretch fabric graphics. These fabric banners are held in tension to the frame with a special silicone bead sewn to each edge. It just takes a little thumb pressure to push fit the bead in to the aluminium profile, hey presto a finished exhibition stand to be proud of. Vector display stands are light weight being made of aluminium, easy to store and transport as they are in sensible section lengths. Only an allen key tool is required to assemble a system as this. Additional frames can also be added at a latter date to enlarge or change the shape of this standard setup. Note that accessories are not included. Yes we can make this design to your custom stand size, ask for a quote 01256 768178

£1,096
Event tents with printed branding

Printed pop up shelter, there’s plenty of room to shelter from the sun or rain underneath the Zoom marquee tent, we all know how the UK weather can be a pop up event tent is ideal for outdoor events. Options include, Polyester canopy available in 4 colours White, Red, Blue and Black Side walls in matching colours Half height side walls with rails Digitally printed canopy Digitally printed side walls Quick and easy to assemble, canopy offers plenty of shade Canopy available in four colours – blue, black, white and red Wind, UV and water resistant Our pop up event tents are available in a range of sizes, with and without branding, this example is 3x3 Meters square. Please call and discuss your needs 01256 768178

Printed pop up shelter, there’s plenty of room to shelter from the sun or rain underneath the Zoom marquee tent, we all know how the UK weather can be a pop up event tent is ideal for outdoor events. Options include, Polyester canopy available in 4 colours White, Red, Blue and Black Side walls in matching colours Half height side walls with rails Digitally printed canopy Digitally printed side walls Quick and easy to assemble, canopy offers plenty of shade Canopy available in four colours – blue, black, white and red Wind, UV and water resistant Our pop up event tents are available in a range of sizes, with and without branding, this example is 3x3 Meters square. Please call and discuss your needs 01256 768178

£275
5w Led track spotlight in silver

Small cone shaped 5w Led track spotlight fixture for use with our 16 amp lighting track, available in silver, black and white finish. This track spotlight is ideal for exhibition, shop, display and retail needs and uses a GU10 bulb supplied. This light fixture has 355 degree rotation and a tilting head up to 90 degree. Allow a 3 days supply time.

Small cone shaped 5w Led track spotlight fixture for use with our 16 amp lighting track, available in silver, black and white finish. This track spotlight is ideal for exhibition, shop, display and retail needs and uses a GU10 bulb supplied. This light fixture has 355 degree rotation and a tilting head up to 90 degree. Allow a 3 days supply time.

£37
1m Led lighting track in satin silver finish

Led Display Track Light, this 1m lighting track comes with three 7.5w led lighting fixtures as standard, ideal for exhibition and retail applications. This is a kit form light track that is supplied ready to wire by yourself, add a cable if you wish us to wire it for you. These Led bulbs are equivalent to a 50w halogen. These units have 360 degree rotation with 180 degree tilt on the bracket. Bulbs use a mirror finished reflector with anti glare for visual comfort and 44 degree beam angle - 580 lumens. This track light is non dimmable and comes in a choice of satin silver finish or white. We can offer both warm and cool white light output with this track lighting fixture. 3 days supply time is standard, call on 01256 768178 for more information on track lighting set up.

Led Display Track Light, this 1m lighting track comes with three 7.5w led lighting fixtures as standard, ideal for exhibition and retail applications. This is a kit form light track that is supplied ready to wire by yourself, add a cable if you wish us to wire it for you. These Led bulbs are equivalent to a 50w halogen. These units have 360 degree rotation with 180 degree tilt on the bracket. Bulbs use a mirror finished reflector with anti glare for visual comfort and 44 degree beam angle - 580 lumens. This track light is non dimmable and comes in a choice of satin silver finish or white. We can offer both warm and cool white light output with this track lighting fixture. 3 days supply time is standard, call on 01256 768178 for more information on track lighting set up.

£185
Lightweight portable folding counter

This standard size unit folds away for transport and packing, the aluminium construction gives fast and sturdy erection at the show. At only 12 kilos this unit is very portable specifically manufactured for the display industry, all units have plastic infill panels made from foam PVC which are perfect for graphics that can be updated, please see the options below. Dimensions: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 1050mm wide. This unit has a mid shelf included. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel also with an aluminium hinged folding frame. 25kg spread load carrying capability on these counter tops. European manufactured product built to last. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Sliding Locking doors, Carry Bag or Carry case. Choice of heights Call for more info we are here to help Coker Expo 01256 768178

This standard size unit folds away for transport and packing, the aluminium construction gives fast and sturdy erection at the show. At only 12 kilos this unit is very portable specifically manufactured for the display industry, all units have plastic infill panels made from foam PVC which are perfect for graphics that can be updated, please see the options below. Dimensions: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 1050mm wide. This unit has a mid shelf included. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel also with an aluminium hinged folding frame. 25kg spread load carrying capability on these counter tops. European manufactured product built to last. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Sliding Locking doors, Carry Bag or Carry case. Choice of heights Call for more info we are here to help Coker Expo 01256 768178

£335
A 3x4 straight pop up display stand set up with full colour graphics

The Group is pleased to offer a perfect combination of quality, price and speed, our print quality and colour balance is always maintained at the top end of the industry. Full Straight pop up display stands complete, a mobile exhibition stand in a wheeled case. You will not need nothing else with this kit, a quick style frame, magnetic bars, graphic panels, wheeled transit case with lighting compartment for lights. Add a pair of lights if the venue your are exhibiting at is not well lit. The high quality output graphics are printed on a 450 micron stoplight media. Our inks are now stable for 100 years according to the manufacturers! Pantone accuracy 67%, The most popular display stand used for company promotions at exhibitions, trade shows and conferences. Options below include lights a wheeled graphic case with beech insert to make a podium or lectern counter from the case. A complete set of laminated graphic panels with magnets fitted ready for use are included. We would advise you consider if your application warrants a set of stabilising feet. Is your pop up display to be set back against a wall out out in the middle of an exhibition floor area. We can also link our straight pop up display stands together to form a long wall or produce a right angled display. All straight pop up display stands can be produced as double sided displays, on some occasion a 360 degree branded pop up display is just wants needed. It is also possible to bring an element of visual movement into your pop up display with the addition of an LCD TV screen should you wish. For help and advice with art working please call 01256 768178 We deliver a test print for your satisfaction and approval with out further cost before running your graphics, production is normally within 3 days after sign off. 3x3 Units are 28 kilos packaged.

The Group is pleased to offer a perfect combination of quality, price and speed, our print quality and colour balance is always maintained at the top end of the industry. Full Straight pop up display stands complete, a mobile exhibition stand in a wheeled case. You will not need nothing else with this kit, a quick style frame, magnetic bars, graphic panels, wheeled transit case with lighting compartment for lights. Add a pair of lights if the venue your are exhibiting at is not well lit. The high quality output graphics are printed on a 450 micron stoplight media. Our inks are now stable for 100 years according to the manufacturers! Pantone accuracy 67%, The most popular display stand used for company promotions at exhibitions, trade shows and conferences. Options below include lights a wheeled graphic case with beech insert to make a podium or lectern counter from the case. A complete set of laminated graphic panels with magnets fitted ready for use are included. We would advise you consider if your application warrants a set of stabilising feet. Is your pop up display to be set back against a wall out out in the middle of an exhibition floor area. We can also link our straight pop up display stands together to form a long wall or produce a right angled display. All straight pop up display stands can be produced as double sided displays, on some occasion a 360 degree branded pop up display is just wants needed. It is also possible to bring an element of visual movement into your pop up display with the addition of an LCD TV screen should you wish. For help and advice with art working please call 01256 768178 We deliver a test print for your satisfaction and approval with out further cost before running your graphics, production is normally within 3 days after sign off. 3x3 Units are 28 kilos packaged.

£351
3m wide pegasus banner stand

The 3m Pegasus, the latest addition to the Pegasus family, is now the largest tension banner within the range. Creating a hugely impressive back wall solution, it is ideal as a competitive solution for backdrops, exhibition spaces and promotional back walls.The height range is from 1.7 Metres to 2.4 Meters high and the width is 1.6Metres to 3 Metres The unit comes with a carry bag and is totally portable. The units is assembled without the need for tools. We offer two banner solutions PVC or Textile both require hems top and bottom for the telescopic poles Although the unit fits into a carry bag a PVC banner will need to be rolled along the narrowest dimension. Hardware in the bag weight is 6.5 Kilos Lightweight and simple assembly No tools required Compartmentalised carry bag for individual parts Telescopic poles for adjustable height & width displays Suitable for Looped Banner vinyl or Textile graphics Linking extension kit arriving winter 2017 Hardware dimensions (mm) 1830/3200(w) x 1835/2610(h) x 440mm(d) Boxed dimensions (mm) 970(w) x 100(h) x 265mm(d) - 6.3kgs Large pole diameter - 25mm Small pole diameter - 22mm Adjustable collar diameter - 30mm As for a quote for a banner to suit your required back drop size 01256 768178.

The 3m Pegasus, the latest addition to the Pegasus family, is now the largest tension banner within the range. Creating a hugely impressive back wall solution, it is ideal as a competitive solution for backdrops, exhibition spaces and promotional back walls.The height range is from 1.7 Metres to 2.4 Meters high and the width is 1.6Metres to 3 Metres The unit comes with a carry bag and is totally portable. The units is assembled without the need for tools. We offer two banner solutions PVC or Textile both require hems top and bottom for the telescopic poles Although the unit fits into a carry bag a PVC banner will need to be rolled along the narrowest dimension. Hardware in the bag weight is 6.5 Kilos Lightweight and simple assembly No tools required Compartmentalised carry bag for individual parts Telescopic poles for adjustable height & width displays Suitable for Looped Banner vinyl or Textile graphics Linking extension kit arriving winter 2017 Hardware dimensions (mm) 1830/3200(w) x 1835/2610(h) x 440mm(d) Boxed dimensions (mm) 970(w) x 100(h) x 265mm(d) - 6.3kgs Large pole diameter - 25mm Small pole diameter - 22mm Adjustable collar diameter - 30mm As for a quote for a banner to suit your required back drop size 01256 768178.

£115
Low height curved pop up display stand.

When height is a problem the Midi pop up stand range will fit in a low head height space of under 2 Meters. This makes it ideal for low or reduced ceiling height rooms, compact and confined areas. Our low height range of pop up display stands, once known as petite are completely magnetic, frames, graphics and mag bars. A lower height pop up display stand is often required at smaller venues such as hotels and conference rooms where ceiling heights can be low in some cases. Choose from our mini pop up range, add a transport case and lights if required. The graphics are printed onto Melinex plastic and laminated, inks are pigmented dye with 67% Pantone accuracy and 100 years as the manufactures claim! Options are given for wheeled transit cases and lights. If you require a quantity of these pop up systems call for a quote, 01256 768178.

When height is a problem the Midi pop up stand range will fit in a low head height space of under 2 Meters. This makes it ideal for low or reduced ceiling height rooms, compact and confined areas. Our low height range of pop up display stands, once known as petite are completely magnetic, frames, graphics and mag bars. A lower height pop up display stand is often required at smaller venues such as hotels and conference rooms where ceiling heights can be low in some cases. Choose from our mini pop up range, add a transport case and lights if required. The graphics are printed onto Melinex plastic and laminated, inks are pigmented dye with 67% Pantone accuracy and 100 years as the manufactures claim! Options are given for wheeled transit cases and lights. If you require a quantity of these pop up systems call for a quote, 01256 768178.

£340
Curved pop up display stand 4 quads high.

Pop up display stands can be made taller and shorter by adding or subtracting the quads that make the the pop up frame height up. Our image shows a stand 3 quads wide x 4 quads high, standing at 2968mm high this becomes a mighty impressive display as you can imagine any any exhibition or promotional event. If you looking for that little extra to give your product and brand some real impact then a taller than average pop up display stand may will be the solution to your presentation needs. Remember that with this extra height comes a need for a small stool or steps to get up high enough to hang your graphics from the framework. The maximum we recommend is 5 quads hight 3710mm but this stand must be anchored by some form of additional weighting at the base of the pop up display. Choose from the options below which pop up stand you require, add a wheeled transport case and some lights to make up your display kit. We can also offer a straight extra high pop up display by quotation, ask for a quote 01256 768178.

Pop up display stands can be made taller and shorter by adding or subtracting the quads that make the the pop up frame height up. Our image shows a stand 3 quads wide x 4 quads high, standing at 2968mm high this becomes a mighty impressive display as you can imagine any any exhibition or promotional event. If you looking for that little extra to give your product and brand some real impact then a taller than average pop up display stand may will be the solution to your presentation needs. Remember that with this extra height comes a need for a small stool or steps to get up high enough to hang your graphics from the framework. The maximum we recommend is 5 quads hight 3710mm but this stand must be anchored by some form of additional weighting at the base of the pop up display. Choose from the options below which pop up stand you require, add a wheeled transport case and some lights to make up your display kit. We can also offer a straight extra high pop up display by quotation, ask for a quote 01256 768178.

£800
CDC3 - Folding Display Counter

The CDC3 aluminium framed folding counter is a reception bar style unit. This Unit has an up-stand on top typically used to hide documents and cash. The counter dimension are 1070 x 515mm x 1103mm high. These high quality folding display counters come as standard with white panels, but we can offer options for full graphics, coloured pvc panels, brushed alley panels or fabric covering to accept velco, by quotation. This enables your pre printed flyers to be attached to the loop nylon and changed with ease. These units can also have the branded panels changed out quickly with ease giving them real longevity. Options are given for locking and sliding door sets too. For more information call 01256 768178

The CDC3 aluminium framed folding counter is a reception bar style unit. This Unit has an up-stand on top typically used to hide documents and cash. The counter dimension are 1070 x 515mm x 1103mm high. These high quality folding display counters come as standard with white panels, but we can offer options for full graphics, coloured pvc panels, brushed alley panels or fabric covering to accept velco, by quotation. This enables your pre printed flyers to be attached to the loop nylon and changed with ease. These units can also have the branded panels changed out quickly with ease giving them real longevity. Options are given for locking and sliding door sets too. For more information call 01256 768178

£475
Corner fitting pop up stand

"L" Shaped corner pop up display stands ready to go! 2225mm height as standard (we can also manufacture non standard heights). These frames are purpose made with the curve built into the actual frame work. Yes they still fold down and go into a standard pop up transport case along with there graphic panels. Lighting can be fitted to the straight lengths of each pop up frame. Below are the foot print sizes for each of the frame offered as L-shape pop ups. We can also offer by quotation the more traditional method of creating a right angle pop up display wall by linking two straight pop up display stands of any size to form a your corner display wall or area divide. This is possible by using the D-end panel of one unit to curve across and connect to the other. Both methods use fully magnetic systems, fast assembly, light weight and easy to set up. Graphics are printed with pigmented 100 year life inks, 67% Pantone accurate and on light block medias. Kit prices include a wheeled case, options include a graphic wrap for the case and lighting. Please download the PDF for full details.

"L" Shaped corner pop up display stands ready to go! 2225mm height as standard (we can also manufacture non standard heights). These frames are purpose made with the curve built into the actual frame work. Yes they still fold down and go into a standard pop up transport case along with there graphic panels. Lighting can be fitted to the straight lengths of each pop up frame. Below are the foot print sizes for each of the frame offered as L-shape pop ups. We can also offer by quotation the more traditional method of creating a right angle pop up display wall by linking two straight pop up display stands of any size to form a your corner display wall or area divide. This is possible by using the D-end panel of one unit to curve across and connect to the other. Both methods use fully magnetic systems, fast assembly, light weight and easy to set up. Graphics are printed with pigmented 100 year life inks, 67% Pantone accurate and on light block medias. Kit prices include a wheeled case, options include a graphic wrap for the case and lighting. Please download the PDF for full details.

£1,050
Custom shaped pop up display stands at an exhibition event

A Variety of custom pop up stand design configurations can be made using different height display, curved and straight pop up display frames can be linked to produce some fantastic custom pop up exhibition stand designs. Each design is by quotation and can take some days to draw up and quote. Some of the most popular pop up display shapes are S shape, wave, Tri shaped or star, right angles and large curved or arced designs. A custom pop up stand is often decided upon as it allows the formation of a pop up booth at an exhibition or event. You can also inter change the pop up display stand heights opting for some at 3 quads high and others at 4 quads high creating a lot more style and interest in the finished exhibition stand layout. With custom pop up designs many are produced to be a 360 degree display and so the rear of the pop up systems can also have graphics fitted creating a double sided display, maximum branding and visual attraction. It is possible to work out just how many transport cases are needed to protect your frames and graphics too. We can advise of the number of lighting fixtures that can be fixed to the pop up frames as well. Please do call and discuss your personal requirements and ideas 01256 768178.

A Variety of custom pop up stand design configurations can be made using different height display, curved and straight pop up display frames can be linked to produce some fantastic custom pop up exhibition stand designs. Each design is by quotation and can take some days to draw up and quote. Some of the most popular pop up display shapes are S shape, wave, Tri shaped or star, right angles and large curved or arced designs. A custom pop up stand is often decided upon as it allows the formation of a pop up booth at an exhibition or event. You can also inter change the pop up display stand heights opting for some at 3 quads high and others at 4 quads high creating a lot more style and interest in the finished exhibition stand layout. With custom pop up designs many are produced to be a 360 degree display and so the rear of the pop up systems can also have graphics fitted creating a double sided display, maximum branding and visual attraction. It is possible to work out just how many transport cases are needed to protect your frames and graphics too. We can advise of the number of lighting fixtures that can be fixed to the pop up frames as well. Please do call and discuss your personal requirements and ideas 01256 768178.

£5,000
Lighting truss house design

Trio lighting truss System 35 As shown, a spectacular house style design, 3.5m High x 3.5m wide and 5m Long. Lighting truss can be made to fit any size floor area, Not only a very eye catching stand but also provides a perfect over head high level lighting solution.The perfect solution for lighting and promoting your brand with graphics.

Trio lighting truss System 35 As shown, a spectacular house style design, 3.5m High x 3.5m wide and 5m Long. Lighting truss can be made to fit any size floor area, Not only a very eye catching stand but also provides a perfect over head high level lighting solution.The perfect solution for lighting and promoting your brand with graphics.

£2,700
LED Floodlights 50W 100W 150W & 200W

This magnificent 4 power level range of Slimline LED Floodlights are really important for any show. There is nothing more important than a correctly lit exhibition stand. You can not over light a stand but if you don't have enough lighting and your stand is even slightly gloomy it will be a disappointment for your sales and your visitors. LED lights like this are very affordable and very importantly they won't cook your head during the show because they are so much more efficient as lights rather than heaters an immense step forward from halogen and tungsten. Led lighting fixtures have a much reduce power consumption for light output so your power cost at exhibition venue should be lower too. Available in 50W-200W, have a lumen output of up to 16000lm and all come with a 3 year guarantee. IP 65 For outdoor use 6500K Colour (Daylight) Full specification of sizes on PDF. Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! Please call and speak to a lighting specialist 01256 768178.

This magnificent 4 power level range of Slimline LED Floodlights are really important for any show. There is nothing more important than a correctly lit exhibition stand. You can not over light a stand but if you don't have enough lighting and your stand is even slightly gloomy it will be a disappointment for your sales and your visitors. LED lights like this are very affordable and very importantly they won't cook your head during the show because they are so much more efficient as lights rather than heaters an immense step forward from halogen and tungsten. Led lighting fixtures have a much reduce power consumption for light output so your power cost at exhibition venue should be lower too. Available in 50W-200W, have a lumen output of up to 16000lm and all come with a 3 year guarantee. IP 65 For outdoor use 6500K Colour (Daylight) Full specification of sizes on PDF. Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! Please call and speak to a lighting specialist 01256 768178.

£32
G5 Spotlight 5 w LED

This small stylish gantry, stage light has a halogen GU10 bulb 50W as standard, but can be upgraded to and Led 5w bulb. Ideal for high lighting individual sales items that are close up and adding mood lighting. These units come complete with a gel holder. Popular in the exhibition and retail fields for a small effect light, also for the high polished aluminium finish which is quite eye catching. Weight 0.5kgs. Dimensions: 150mm long 90mm diameter height 130mm. Extra available options (please see images below): Barn Doors, LED lamp, 32-35mm gantry clamp, 50mm gantry clamp, 25mm G clamp Daisy plug

This small stylish gantry, stage light has a halogen GU10 bulb 50W as standard, but can be upgraded to and Led 5w bulb. Ideal for high lighting individual sales items that are close up and adding mood lighting. These units come complete with a gel holder. Popular in the exhibition and retail fields for a small effect light, also for the high polished aluminium finish which is quite eye catching. Weight 0.5kgs. Dimensions: 150mm long 90mm diameter height 130mm. Extra available options (please see images below): Barn Doors, LED lamp, 32-35mm gantry clamp, 50mm gantry clamp, 25mm G clamp Daisy plug

£33
Free standing display stand, vector kit 2 has tension fit printed graphics.

Vector straight display frame Kit 2 - 2000mm high x 2000mm wide including two pairs of feet. Two display graphic options are possible of this vector display wall system, one is tension Fabric graphics another, rigid foam PVC panels, priced as options. This exhibition and display system is great for forming dividing walls and back drops at exhibitions, show and events. Supplied in flat packed, kit form with feet as shown, its very simple to assemble and other sizes are available by quotation. This is an off the shelf aluminium free standing display frame system, assemble each frame work and lock them together, add the stabilising feet. Now its time to bring your display stand to life, take your printed fabric graphics, note the sewn on silicone bead edge, press this into the slotted profile in the frame work. Do the same for each frame work to create the finished back wall display. If you have opted for the solid printed pvc panel this fixes into the frame work with velcro, press the display board into the frame work, continue to the other frames, hey presto and magnificent back drop for any promotional event or show. Need a custom size back drop quoted call, 01256 768178

Vector straight display frame Kit 2 - 2000mm high x 2000mm wide including two pairs of feet. Two display graphic options are possible of this vector display wall system, one is tension Fabric graphics another, rigid foam PVC panels, priced as options. This exhibition and display system is great for forming dividing walls and back drops at exhibitions, show and events. Supplied in flat packed, kit form with feet as shown, its very simple to assemble and other sizes are available by quotation. This is an off the shelf aluminium free standing display frame system, assemble each frame work and lock them together, add the stabilising feet. Now its time to bring your display stand to life, take your printed fabric graphics, note the sewn on silicone bead edge, press this into the slotted profile in the frame work. Do the same for each frame work to create the finished back wall display. If you have opted for the solid printed pvc panel this fixes into the frame work with velcro, press the display board into the frame work, continue to the other frames, hey presto and magnificent back drop for any promotional event or show. Need a custom size back drop quoted call, 01256 768178

£465
Multi height plinth set arrangement

Please select all options shown below to see the price. Multi linked plinths, sets of three. The tallest plinth is completely round and the other two are have crescent sections removed so as they lock into the central supporting column. Construction: The body of the plinths is made from MDF which has been "V" routed into strips on the reverse side the fabric of your choice is applied to the front side, the result is a rigid in one direction curtain. Top and bottom of the fabric covered has hook fastener which is connected to the plinth top and bottom when being assembled. Plinth tops are also MDF with thermoformed laminate covering the top and topside edges, thermoformed tops are available in a choice of colours. Once assembled the exhibition plinth set is very strong depending on the size chosen and whether its a round or crescent unit, but for example you could probably stand on the top of a round plinth. This allows them to be used in a variety of display configurations, to create a shape appropriate to your display area. Please see the downloadable PDF document below for sizes of graphic wraps, Graphic wraps can be applied to the finished units for a fully branded look, the graphic wraps are available as an option. If you require just a logo panel or two with velcro please have a look at our printing section click here There are three plinth diameters to chose from 400, 600 or 750mm diameter in sets. A choice of colour tops A choice of graphics or Velcro friendly loop nylon coverings in wide colour range Heights are: 400mm sets: 1200mm 800mm and 400mm 600mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm 750mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm. Velcro assembly - quick and easy, carry loads of 40 kilo's without trouble. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

Please select all options shown below to see the price. Multi linked plinths, sets of three. The tallest plinth is completely round and the other two are have crescent sections removed so as they lock into the central supporting column. Construction: The body of the plinths is made from MDF which has been "V" routed into strips on the reverse side the fabric of your choice is applied to the front side, the result is a rigid in one direction curtain. Top and bottom of the fabric covered has hook fastener which is connected to the plinth top and bottom when being assembled. Plinth tops are also MDF with thermoformed laminate covering the top and topside edges, thermoformed tops are available in a choice of colours. Once assembled the exhibition plinth set is very strong depending on the size chosen and whether its a round or crescent unit, but for example you could probably stand on the top of a round plinth. This allows them to be used in a variety of display configurations, to create a shape appropriate to your display area. Please see the downloadable PDF document below for sizes of graphic wraps, Graphic wraps can be applied to the finished units for a fully branded look, the graphic wraps are available as an option. If you require just a logo panel or two with velcro please have a look at our printing section click here There are three plinth diameters to chose from 400, 600 or 750mm diameter in sets. A choice of colour tops A choice of graphics or Velcro friendly loop nylon coverings in wide colour range Heights are: 400mm sets: 1200mm 800mm and 400mm 600mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm 750mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm. Velcro assembly - quick and easy, carry loads of 40 kilo's without trouble. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

£310
Straight Fabric Sock Pillars

These two pillar style display stands are made from tough, lightweight aluminium tube that is clipped together to give a ridged yet portable structure. Please see our video, there are many variants of this unique system. This stand comes with a steel base and can be single or double sided printed. 2 size options are given here, Standard height of the formulate displays is 2280mm and widths of 600mm 900mm. Price includes the fabric, zip on sock style graphic. Service time is normally 3-4 days but please check with us when placing an order. For more information call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

These two pillar style display stands are made from tough, lightweight aluminium tube that is clipped together to give a ridged yet portable structure. Please see our video, there are many variants of this unique system. This stand comes with a steel base and can be single or double sided printed. 2 size options are given here, Standard height of the formulate displays is 2280mm and widths of 600mm 900mm. Price includes the fabric, zip on sock style graphic. Service time is normally 3-4 days but please check with us when placing an order. For more information call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

£280
Straight Fabric Sock Display

Straight fitted fabric sock display stands. Prices include a carry bag the frapme and a graphic that wont bendFreestanding tubular frame work that clips together, with stabilizing feet. The system height is 2280mm, 2 standard wider models 1.2 and 1.5 Metres.Please watch our video on this page to fully understand how this unique but flexible system works. Simply set up the frame work and pull the printed sock style graphic over, next draw across the zip to tension the fabric and your done, easy and quick. Service time is 3-4 days standard but please check with us as our workload changes with the seasons. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Straight fitted fabric sock display stands. Prices include a carry bag the frapme and a graphic that wont bendFreestanding tubular frame work that clips together, with stabilizing feet. The system height is 2280mm, 2 standard wider models 1.2 and 1.5 Metres.Please watch our video on this page to fully understand how this unique but flexible system works. Simply set up the frame work and pull the printed sock style graphic over, next draw across the zip to tension the fabric and your done, easy and quick. Service time is 3-4 days standard but please check with us as our workload changes with the seasons. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£360
Aluminum framed curved exhibition counter with graphic panels and white top.

Folding curved portable display counter ideal for exhibitions, events and trade show applications. The dimension for this counter are 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 1072mm wide. This unit has a mid shelf included. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame and open back. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with a smart aluminium frame. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Carry Bag or Carry case.

Folding curved portable display counter ideal for exhibitions, events and trade show applications. The dimension for this counter are 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 1072mm wide. This unit has a mid shelf included. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame and open back. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with a smart aluminium frame. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Carry Bag or Carry case.

£440
Ikon Glass display case

Ikon glass display case, available in two widths. Both stand at 1993mm high x 317mm deep, choose from 735mm wide or 1135mm wide. The very smart addition to the range has sliding locking doors and LED lighting options. The units are supplied ready made, built to order the normal delivery time is 2 weeks but please check with us as this is dependent on production schedules. Please note delivery of glass case needs special preparation by by dedicated vehicle.Please check with us the delivery price offered is kerbside standard, if you have any doubts please call 01256 768178 we are here to help

Ikon glass display case, available in two widths. Both stand at 1993mm high x 317mm deep, choose from 735mm wide or 1135mm wide. The very smart addition to the range has sliding locking doors and LED lighting options. The units are supplied ready made, built to order the normal delivery time is 2 weeks but please check with us as this is dependent on production schedules. Please note delivery of glass case needs special preparation by by dedicated vehicle.Please check with us the delivery price offered is kerbside standard, if you have any doubts please call 01256 768178 we are here to help

£973
10° Spotlight

If you need a proper spotlight this one is for you at only 10° beam, so at 5 Metres only 750mm wide beam approximately. The Compact Narrow Beam Smart White spotlight is a compact but powerful fixture providing smart white technology. It is equipped with special LED's which are offering Cool White, Warm White and Amber in one package. Due to this 3-in-1 technology the Compact Narrow Beam Smart White provides excellent white balance and is therefore very suitable for broadcast, TV studio, Theatres and Exhibition events. A top quality led display light. Specifications. LED Quantity: 7x 3-in-1 CW, WW, Amber (5W) Driver current: 350mA Refresh rate: 400 Hz Dimmer: 0-100% Strobe: 0-20Hz Beam Angle: 10° Electrical Input Voltage: 100~240VAC...47/63Hz Power consumption: 40W Physical Dimensions (LxWxH): 245 x 179 x 148 mm Weight: 1,9 kg IP Rating: IP-20 Housing: Die cast Aluminium Connections: Powercon + XLR 3 pole Cooling: Convection

If you need a proper spotlight this one is for you at only 10° beam, so at 5 Metres only 750mm wide beam approximately. The Compact Narrow Beam Smart White spotlight is a compact but powerful fixture providing smart white technology. It is equipped with special LED's which are offering Cool White, Warm White and Amber in one package. Due to this 3-in-1 technology the Compact Narrow Beam Smart White provides excellent white balance and is therefore very suitable for broadcast, TV studio, Theatres and Exhibition events. A top quality led display light. Specifications. LED Quantity: 7x 3-in-1 CW, WW, Amber (5W) Driver current: 350mA Refresh rate: 400 Hz Dimmer: 0-100% Strobe: 0-20Hz Beam Angle: 10° Electrical Input Voltage: 100~240VAC...47/63Hz Power consumption: 40W Physical Dimensions (LxWxH): 245 x 179 x 148 mm Weight: 1,9 kg IP Rating: IP-20 Housing: Die cast Aluminium Connections: Powercon + XLR 3 pole Cooling: Convection

£300
7 panel folding display board shown set up

Seven panel folding display board, is a flexible hinged system, made from 15mm thick internal board with loop nylon fabric covering in colour of your choice, velcro acceptable. These systems are UK made with warp resistant boards corners 600 x 900mm or 1000x700mm with 250mm x 600/700mm header panel sizes and a grey or black mdf laminated table top. We supply these with a free correx carry case as standard, usually dispatched within 48hrs, call to confirm. 10kilos weight. Lights and display item are not included.

Seven panel folding display board, is a flexible hinged system, made from 15mm thick internal board with loop nylon fabric covering in colour of your choice, velcro acceptable. These systems are UK made with warp resistant boards corners 600 x 900mm or 1000x700mm with 250mm x 600/700mm header panel sizes and a grey or black mdf laminated table top. We supply these with a free correx carry case as standard, usually dispatched within 48hrs, call to confirm. 10kilos weight. Lights and display item are not included.

£185
70w Shop or Exhibition spotlight with CDM lamp

Metal Halide technology in a polished can. This is the very special display light it develops a very powerful powerful directional flood using only 70W of power equal to about 500w as halogen rivals. This light will make a significant difference to any display. The control gear is housed within the polished can unit to give the much loved showy look.Excellent flood lighting The CMH lamps employed give a bright cool white and bulbs are rated for 5000 hours life. We would advise approx 3m spacing between units. Please note these lights have a slow warm up time (3mins) and must be left off for 10mins before restarting. Unit measures 300mm long x150mm diameter hasp is also 150mm from foot to centre fixing. This 70w CDM spotlight is ideal for use for Shops Exhibition and trade show on lighting truss systems but equally at home in the retail arena being bolted to ceiling beams in shops by its handy fixing hasp. CDM technology means the built in bulb has a life time estimated at 9000hrs on this light and colour rendering at 3000k with its UV colour block. This spotlight comes with the filter housing and a daisy connection as an optional extra for use with our lighting cable system. Lamp Is Extra, please note this is not a standard lamp, its Ceramic Metal Halide, not to be confused with halogen nor LED the lamps are only compatible with this lighting fixture. Specifications: Lamp socket: E27 Max. capacity: 70W / 90W Power Supply: 230V Cable: 30 cm Dimensions: 295 x 195 x 260 mm (LxWxH) Weight: 3,3 kg

Metal Halide technology in a polished can. This is the very special display light it develops a very powerful powerful directional flood using only 70W of power equal to about 500w as halogen rivals. This light will make a significant difference to any display. The control gear is housed within the polished can unit to give the much loved showy look.Excellent flood lighting The CMH lamps employed give a bright cool white and bulbs are rated for 5000 hours life. We would advise approx 3m spacing between units. Please note these lights have a slow warm up time (3mins) and must be left off for 10mins before restarting. Unit measures 300mm long x150mm diameter hasp is also 150mm from foot to centre fixing. This 70w CDM spotlight is ideal for use for Shops Exhibition and trade show on lighting truss systems but equally at home in the retail arena being bolted to ceiling beams in shops by its handy fixing hasp. CDM technology means the built in bulb has a life time estimated at 9000hrs on this light and colour rendering at 3000k with its UV colour block. This spotlight comes with the filter housing and a daisy connection as an optional extra for use with our lighting cable system. Lamp Is Extra, please note this is not a standard lamp, its Ceramic Metal Halide, not to be confused with halogen nor LED the lamps are only compatible with this lighting fixture. Specifications: Lamp socket: E27 Max. capacity: 70W / 90W Power Supply: 230V Cable: 30 cm Dimensions: 295 x 195 x 260 mm (LxWxH) Weight: 3,3 kg

£145
Pop up display stand round tower with graphics

A round tower pop up display stand with quality graphics and lights on a collapsible pop up frame with magnetic bars. Ideal for use and promotions, presentations, events or an exhibition stand with limited floor space. An eye catching vertical display that can have even greater impact if you upgrade top the illuminated version. The standard 3 Quad Specification: Assembled dimensions : 2265mm high x 640mm diameter 2 Quad to 4 Quad heights- 1500-3020mm high Want to know more about a backlit tower pop up display stand? Please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

A round tower pop up display stand with quality graphics and lights on a collapsible pop up frame with magnetic bars. Ideal for use and promotions, presentations, events or an exhibition stand with limited floor space. An eye catching vertical display that can have even greater impact if you upgrade top the illuminated version. The standard 3 Quad Specification: Assembled dimensions : 2265mm high x 640mm diameter 2 Quad to 4 Quad heights- 1500-3020mm high Want to know more about a backlit tower pop up display stand? Please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£450
Multi height plinth set arrangement

Please select all options shown below to see the price. Multi linked plinths, sets of three. The tallest plinth is completely round and the other two are have crescent sections removed so as they lock into the central supporting column. Construction: The body of the plinths is made from MDF which has been "V" routed into strips on the reverse side the fabric of your choice is applied to the front side, the result is a rigid in one direction curtain. Top and bottom of the fabric covered has hook fastener which is connected to the plinth top and bottom when being assembled. Plinth tops are also MDF with thermoformed laminate covering the top and topside edges, thermoformed tops are available in a choice of colours. Once assembled the exhibition plinth set is very strong depending on the size chosen and whether its a round or crescent unit, but for example you could probably stand on the top of a round plinth. This allows them to be used in a variety of display configurations, to create a shape appropriate to your display area. Please see the downloadable PDF document below for sizes of graphic wraps, Graphic wraps can be applied to the finished units for a fully branded look, the graphic wraps are available as an option. If you require just a logo panel or two with velcro please have a look at our printing section click here There are three plinth diameters to chose from 400, 600 or 750mm diameter in sets. A choice of colour tops A choice of graphics or Velcro friendly loop nylon coverings in wide colour range Heights are: 400mm sets: 1200mm 800mm and 400mm 600mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm 750mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm. Velcro assembly - quick and easy, carry loads of 40 kilo's without trouble. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

Please select all options shown below to see the price. Multi linked plinths, sets of three. The tallest plinth is completely round and the other two are have crescent sections removed so as they lock into the central supporting column. Construction: The body of the plinths is made from MDF which has been "V" routed into strips on the reverse side the fabric of your choice is applied to the front side, the result is a rigid in one direction curtain. Top and bottom of the fabric covered has hook fastener which is connected to the plinth top and bottom when being assembled. Plinth tops are also MDF with thermoformed laminate covering the top and topside edges, thermoformed tops are available in a choice of colours. Once assembled the exhibition plinth set is very strong depending on the size chosen and whether its a round or crescent unit, but for example you could probably stand on the top of a round plinth. This allows them to be used in a variety of display configurations, to create a shape appropriate to your display area. Please see the downloadable PDF document below for sizes of graphic wraps, Graphic wraps can be applied to the finished units for a fully branded look, the graphic wraps are available as an option. If you require just a logo panel or two with velcro please have a look at our printing section click here There are three plinth diameters to chose from 400, 600 or 750mm diameter in sets. A choice of colour tops A choice of graphics or Velcro friendly loop nylon coverings in wide colour range Heights are: 400mm sets: 1200mm 800mm and 400mm 600mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm 750mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm. Velcro assembly - quick and easy, carry loads of 40 kilo's without trouble. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

£310
System 35 Trio base / wall plate

Lighting truss, wall or base plate, 6mm thick aluminium with male conicals. Pins and retaining clips also included. Extends the height of a stand by a negligible 6mm. Base plates are required for legs, generally it is not necessary to bolt base plates to the floor on 4 and 6 leg structures which are normally designed to be self supporting. Some structures such as a goal post may require additional support, base plates can then be bolted to large base plates allowing them to be free standing. Please ask for detail or a cad drawing we are happy to help.

Lighting truss, wall or base plate, 6mm thick aluminium with male conicals. Pins and retaining clips also included. Extends the height of a stand by a negligible 6mm. Base plates are required for legs, generally it is not necessary to bolt base plates to the floor on 4 and 6 leg structures which are normally designed to be self supporting. Some structures such as a goal post may require additional support, base plates can then be bolted to large base plates allowing them to be free standing. Please ask for detail or a cad drawing we are happy to help.

£45
Unicity 15w Led lighting fixture.

White or Satin Silver LED trackspot with integral drivers, 15w power draw. The 15W is comparable performance to 100W Halogen, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 50,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, suppled c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm bulbs of 3000 kelvin, 940 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. This 15w led spotlight has a smooth body, an ideal smart track spotlight for exhibition and retail shop applications. Lighting track is designed to connect together and enable shapes or grids to provide a spread of light across a floor area. Allow a 3 days supply time.

White or Satin Silver LED trackspot with integral drivers, 15w power draw. The 15W is comparable performance to 100W Halogen, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 50,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, suppled c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm bulbs of 3000 kelvin, 940 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. This 15w led spotlight has a smooth body, an ideal smart track spotlight for exhibition and retail shop applications. Lighting track is designed to connect together and enable shapes or grids to provide a spread of light across a floor area. Allow a 3 days supply time.

£125
Curved fabric pop up display stand

The velcro friendly pop up display stand kits are ready for use. A self expanding pop up frame system with magnetic bars makes a fast easy display or room divider in moments the velcro nylon loop fabric panels are bright and ready for your graphics. Supplied in a transit case, with lighting compartment in the lid. This wheeled trolly can be fitted with a fabric or graphic wrap to turn it into a podium on your stand, ask about details. 2 Floodlights can be added if required can Supply time approximately 5 working days. Unit stands (Footprint) 2225mm High x 2540 Wide Front display area 2.6M wide (+ ends)

The velcro friendly pop up display stand kits are ready for use. A self expanding pop up frame system with magnetic bars makes a fast easy display or room divider in moments the velcro nylon loop fabric panels are bright and ready for your graphics. Supplied in a transit case, with lighting compartment in the lid. This wheeled trolly can be fitted with a fabric or graphic wrap to turn it into a podium on your stand, ask about details. 2 Floodlights can be added if required can Supply time approximately 5 working days. Unit stands (Footprint) 2225mm High x 2540 Wide Front display area 2.6M wide (+ ends)

£650
LED Floodlights 50W 100W 150W & 200W

This magnificent 4 power level range of Slimline LED Floodlights are really important for any show. There is nothing more important than a correctly lit exhibition stand. You can not over light a stand but if you don't have enough lighting and your stand is even slightly gloomy it will be a disappointment for your sales and your visitors. LED lights like this are very affordable and very importantly they won't cook your head during the show because they are so much more efficient as lights rather than heaters an immense step forward from halogen and tungsten. Led lighting fixtures have a much reduce power consumption for light output so your power cost at exhibition venue should be lower too. Available in 50W-200W, have a lumen output of up to 16000lm and all come with a 3 year guarantee. IP 65 For outdoor use 6500K Colour (Daylight) Full specification of sizes on PDF. Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! Please call and speak to a lighting specialist 01256 768178.

This magnificent 4 power level range of Slimline LED Floodlights are really important for any show. There is nothing more important than a correctly lit exhibition stand. You can not over light a stand but if you don't have enough lighting and your stand is even slightly gloomy it will be a disappointment for your sales and your visitors. LED lights like this are very affordable and very importantly they won't cook your head during the show because they are so much more efficient as lights rather than heaters an immense step forward from halogen and tungsten. Led lighting fixtures have a much reduce power consumption for light output so your power cost at exhibition venue should be lower too. Available in 50W-200W, have a lumen output of up to 16000lm and all come with a 3 year guarantee. IP 65 For outdoor use 6500K Colour (Daylight) Full specification of sizes on PDF. Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! Please call and speak to a lighting specialist 01256 768178.

£32
twist media banner stand with an Lcd screen fitted

Twist media banner stand complete with vesa mount. The twist banner stand will take up to a 7 kilo AV screen. Price includes system, graphic, vesa mount, light and a carry case. The graphic size is 2000mm x 900mm. Adding an Lcd screen to a banner stand display allows an interactive element and an eye catch attraction too. This stand is part of a system and can be extended in width and height we can also turn corners and add curved or straight end caps to create a very smart fitted looking graphic display. Please ask for advice we will be happy to supply a drawing and bespoke quote. Call and discuss how a media banner stand could suit you. 01256 768178.

Twist media banner stand complete with vesa mount. The twist banner stand will take up to a 7 kilo AV screen. Price includes system, graphic, vesa mount, light and a carry case. The graphic size is 2000mm x 900mm. Adding an Lcd screen to a banner stand display allows an interactive element and an eye catch attraction too. This stand is part of a system and can be extended in width and height we can also turn corners and add curved or straight end caps to create a very smart fitted looking graphic display. Please ask for advice we will be happy to supply a drawing and bespoke quote. Call and discuss how a media banner stand could suit you. 01256 768178.

£520
Marquee Tent for Shows and Fetes 3x4.5 Metres

There’s plenty of room to shelter from the sun or rain underneath the Zoom marquee tent. A printed branded tent or gazebo really stands out from the crowd at external events such as fete's and fairs. An eye catching design can really bring in the crowds to see your products or get information on your organisation. Options include Polyester canopy available in 4 colours White, Red, Blue and Black 420 denier polyester PU coated Side walls in matching colours Half height side walls with rails Digitally printed canopy Media 225gsm Display polyester Digitally printed side walls with your branding Quick and easy to assemble, canopy offers plenty of shade Wind, UV and water resistant Our event tents are available in a range of sizes this example is 3x4.5 meters square. Remember those base weights the UK can suffer from wind as well as rain. For info on design of your promotional tent and supply times call us on 01256 768178.

There’s plenty of room to shelter from the sun or rain underneath the Zoom marquee tent. A printed branded tent or gazebo really stands out from the crowd at external events such as fete's and fairs. An eye catching design can really bring in the crowds to see your products or get information on your organisation. Options include Polyester canopy available in 4 colours White, Red, Blue and Black 420 denier polyester PU coated Side walls in matching colours Half height side walls with rails Digitally printed canopy Media 225gsm Display polyester Digitally printed side walls with your branding Quick and easy to assemble, canopy offers plenty of shade Wind, UV and water resistant Our event tents are available in a range of sizes this example is 3x4.5 meters square. Remember those base weights the UK can suffer from wind as well as rain. For info on design of your promotional tent and supply times call us on 01256 768178.

£350
S35 Trio Lighting Truss 90° 2 Way

There are several types of 2 way corner for our lighting truss. The triangular structure of the system as rotated 180° turns the triangle into apex up or down. Please be careful when ordering, feel free to call for assistance. You can also design your own display stand using our user friendly modeling program. This particular corner is useful to create an aerial or flying rig (ceiling mounted) for lighting and hanging banners. 2 Way 90 degree truss junction S35C21. Supplied with a set of conicals pins and clips. Dimensions 500mm x 500mmm x 184mm high.

There are several types of 2 way corner for our lighting truss. The triangular structure of the system as rotated 180° turns the triangle into apex up or down. Please be careful when ordering, feel free to call for assistance. You can also design your own display stand using our user friendly modeling program. This particular corner is useful to create an aerial or flying rig (ceiling mounted) for lighting and hanging banners. 2 Way 90 degree truss junction S35C21. Supplied with a set of conicals pins and clips. Dimensions 500mm x 500mmm x 184mm high.

£104
S35 Trio Lighting truss 120° 2Way

A clever angular 2 Way 120° junction, S35TC22. We have a range of junctions with set angles so as hexagon and octagon shaped trussing designs can be achieved very simply indeed. With the use of a few specialist junctions you can create a one off structure, be it a floor standing truss system or an aerial lighting rig. The dimensions are 500x500x194mm high. A set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips are supplied.

A clever angular 2 Way 120° junction, S35TC22. We have a range of junctions with set angles so as hexagon and octagon shaped trussing designs can be achieved very simply indeed. With the use of a few specialist junctions you can create a one off structure, be it a floor standing truss system or an aerial lighting rig. The dimensions are 500x500x194mm high. A set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips are supplied.

£110
S35 Trio Lighting truss 135° 2Way

A rather special angular 2 Way 135° junction, S35TC23. We have a range of junctions with standard angles so as hexagon and octagon shaped trussing designs can be achieved quickly and simply. With these specialist junctions you can create a one off structure. Popular for uses in both floor standing truss system and aerial lighting rig. The dimensions are 500mm x 500mm x 184mm high. A set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips are supplied.

A rather special angular 2 Way 135° junction, S35TC23. We have a range of junctions with standard angles so as hexagon and octagon shaped trussing designs can be achieved quickly and simply. With these specialist junctions you can create a one off structure. Popular for uses in both floor standing truss system and aerial lighting rig. The dimensions are 500mm x 500mm x 184mm high. A set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips are supplied.

£110
S35 Trio lighting truss 90° Corner

If you are looking for a little difference in your lighting truss system go for an apex up or out structure. We have a range of junctions to achieve this. This is the 2 Way 90° apex out junction, S35TC24. We use this junction on an up and over arm or on a structure such as a goal post design. They frame a n apex banner very well. Complete with conicals, pins and clips, dimensions 500mm x 500mm.

If you are looking for a little difference in your lighting truss system go for an apex up or out structure. We have a range of junctions to achieve this. This is the 2 Way 90° apex out junction, S35TC24. We use this junction on an up and over arm or on a structure such as a goal post design. They frame a n apex banner very well. Complete with conicals, pins and clips, dimensions 500mm x 500mm.

£104
White Led flood light on a hasp - 20 watt

LED Floodlight 20W Light output similar to 100 Watts halogen but a life expectancy of 30,000 hours compared to 2,500 hours. This is the latest in LED technology LED's before have tended to be focused light giving a spot light type result and a confusing light output, this unit has a multiple LED cluster and because of that it is a true directional floodlight. 20W power draw is really astonishing when the light given out can be seen, you are welcome to see this light at our showroom in Hook, Hampshire. For the price it's a giant leap forward in display lighting. The unit itself has a very smart white case and a glass finish front it has a short lead without a plug but we can fit a daisy lead plug as an optional extra. This light can be fitted directly to gantry with optional clamps, alternatively the unit can be screwed straight to a wall, the light can swivel on one screw or gantry clamp and the main light swings on its own U shaped bracket.The unit has an exceptionally long life a two year guarantee and an outdoor IP rating. 20W LED flood light, white case, glass fronted 1300 Lumen output! 5000K Cool White 50,000 Hours life expectancy 2 Year guarantee IP65 Outdoor rating. 50cm Cable length 145Long x 148Wide x 35 High Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! For more information call 01256 768178

LED Floodlight 20W Light output similar to 100 Watts halogen but a life expectancy of 30,000 hours compared to 2,500 hours. This is the latest in LED technology LED's before have tended to be focused light giving a spot light type result and a confusing light output, this unit has a multiple LED cluster and because of that it is a true directional floodlight. 20W power draw is really astonishing when the light given out can be seen, you are welcome to see this light at our showroom in Hook, Hampshire. For the price it's a giant leap forward in display lighting. The unit itself has a very smart white case and a glass finish front it has a short lead without a plug but we can fit a daisy lead plug as an optional extra. This light can be fitted directly to gantry with optional clamps, alternatively the unit can be screwed straight to a wall, the light can swivel on one screw or gantry clamp and the main light swings on its own U shaped bracket.The unit has an exceptionally long life a two year guarantee and an outdoor IP rating. 20W LED flood light, white case, glass fronted 1300 Lumen output! 5000K Cool White 50,000 Hours life expectancy 2 Year guarantee IP65 Outdoor rating. 50cm Cable length 145Long x 148Wide x 35 High Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! For more information call 01256 768178

£25
White Led flood light on a hasp - 20 watt

LED Floodlight 20W Light output similar to 100 Watts halogen but a life expectancy of 30,000 hours compared to 2,500 hours. This is the latest in LED technology LED's before have tended to be focused light giving a spot light type result and a confusing light output, this unit has a multiple LED cluster and because of that it is a true directional floodlight. 20W power draw is really astonishing when the light given out can be seen, you are welcome to see this light at our showroom in Hook, Hampshire. For the price it's a giant leap forward in display lighting. The unit itself has a very smart white case and a glass finish front it has a short lead without a plug but we can fit a daisy lead plug as an optional extra. This light can be fitted directly to gantry with optional clamps, alternatively the unit can be screwed straight to a wall, the light can swivel on one screw or gantry clamp and the main light swings on its own U shaped bracket.The unit has an exceptionally long life a two year guarantee and an outdoor IP rating. 20W LED flood light, white case, glass fronted 1300 Lumen output! 5000K Cool White 50,000 Hours life expectancy 2 Year guarantee IP65 Outdoor rating. 50cm Cable length 145Long x 148Wide x 35 High Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! For more information call 01256 768178

LED Floodlight 20W Light output similar to 100 Watts halogen but a life expectancy of 30,000 hours compared to 2,500 hours. This is the latest in LED technology LED's before have tended to be focused light giving a spot light type result and a confusing light output, this unit has a multiple LED cluster and because of that it is a true directional floodlight. 20W power draw is really astonishing when the light given out can be seen, you are welcome to see this light at our showroom in Hook, Hampshire. For the price it's a giant leap forward in display lighting. The unit itself has a very smart white case and a glass finish front it has a short lead without a plug but we can fit a daisy lead plug as an optional extra. This light can be fitted directly to gantry with optional clamps, alternatively the unit can be screwed straight to a wall, the light can swivel on one screw or gantry clamp and the main light swings on its own U shaped bracket.The unit has an exceptionally long life a two year guarantee and an outdoor IP rating. 20W LED flood light, white case, glass fronted 1300 Lumen output! 5000K Cool White 50,000 Hours life expectancy 2 Year guarantee IP65 Outdoor rating. 50cm Cable length 145Long x 148Wide x 35 High Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! For more information call 01256 768178

£25
A free standing flexible display wall that can free form to create curves

This image shows two stealth banner stands and a flexilink graphic panel between the two stealth banner stands. If you are looking to create a freeform presentation display wall or back drop then the stealth banner system should be considered. A portable banner system that can form arounds corners and assume some interesting freeform designs allowing your display to stand out from the crowd. • Each stand can be joined together to form a continuous display, standard unit is 800mm wide • Flexible 600mm wide panel can be fitted between stands • LCD Screen option. Max 5 Kilos. • Complete with carry bag • Accepts Versatile banner light • Can be a single or double sided display. The flexible link can aid you to fit into a smaller exhibition booth or floor area but also bring a little difference to your presentation compared to other exhibitors stands.

This image shows two stealth banner stands and a flexilink graphic panel between the two stealth banner stands. If you are looking to create a freeform presentation display wall or back drop then the stealth banner system should be considered. A portable banner system that can form arounds corners and assume some interesting freeform designs allowing your display to stand out from the crowd. • Each stand can be joined together to form a continuous display, standard unit is 800mm wide • Flexible 600mm wide panel can be fitted between stands • LCD Screen option. Max 5 Kilos. • Complete with carry bag • Accepts Versatile banner light • Can be a single or double sided display. The flexible link can aid you to fit into a smaller exhibition booth or floor area but also bring a little difference to your presentation compared to other exhibitors stands.

£185
13w Led light with a chrome finish on a hasp

ThE GL100 is a stylish exhibition and display light unit, IT measures 260mm long, can be fitted with halogen or LED lamp the 9W LED lamps with 30 degree angle, the long hood will reduce this down to approx 20 degrees. A 9w Led bulb now supplies the same light output as the traditional 100 Watt Halogen bulb. Use of these lights adds show atmosphere and provides a balanced light. When comparing halogen to LED it should be noted that a halogen lamp life is normally expected to be 2500 hours which sounds allot and is a substantial improvement from the tungsten lamps, however an LED lamp should be ok for 30,000 hours, thats 12 times extra life span. Considering the lamps also offer a power saving up to 90% the extra investment is money very well spent. Exhibition staff and visitors will appreciate a reduction of heat burning down at trade shows from lighting, it has always been a tiring burden but no more! This stage light, comes with a 100 watt halogen flood bulb or 9w LED please select option below. Very theatrical styling particularly with the barn doors which are mainly for show, very poplular on exhibition gantry and truss systems. (barn doors + £15 see image below). This unit comes with a short mains lead of 250mm, a daisy plug option is available and this is perfect for use with our exhibition lighting truss systems, the units can be positioned on the truss before the stand is hoisted or mounted on its legs the daisy plug and play lighting system will allow multiple lights on one cable run, it is important not to overload a circuit but, with the use of LED lamps its hard to go wrong. The halogen light has a white output, the led colour output is similar, a cost effective unit to run at the exhibition halls. Various clamp options offered. A popular light for gantry and truss systems. Weight 1kg. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178**

ThE GL100 is a stylish exhibition and display light unit, IT measures 260mm long, can be fitted with halogen or LED lamp the 9W LED lamps with 30 degree angle, the long hood will reduce this down to approx 20 degrees. A 9w Led bulb now supplies the same light output as the traditional 100 Watt Halogen bulb. Use of these lights adds show atmosphere and provides a balanced light. When comparing halogen to LED it should be noted that a halogen lamp life is normally expected to be 2500 hours which sounds allot and is a substantial improvement from the tungsten lamps, however an LED lamp should be ok for 30,000 hours, thats 12 times extra life span. Considering the lamps also offer a power saving up to 90% the extra investment is money very well spent. Exhibition staff and visitors will appreciate a reduction of heat burning down at trade shows from lighting, it has always been a tiring burden but no more! This stage light, comes with a 100 watt halogen flood bulb or 9w LED please select option below. Very theatrical styling particularly with the barn doors which are mainly for show, very poplular on exhibition gantry and truss systems. (barn doors + £15 see image below). This unit comes with a short mains lead of 250mm, a daisy plug option is available and this is perfect for use with our exhibition lighting truss systems, the units can be positioned on the truss before the stand is hoisted or mounted on its legs the daisy plug and play lighting system will allow multiple lights on one cable run, it is important not to overload a circuit but, with the use of LED lamps its hard to go wrong. The halogen light has a white output, the led colour output is similar, a cost effective unit to run at the exhibition halls. Various clamp options offered. A popular light for gantry and truss systems. Weight 1kg. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178**

£60
S35 Trio lighting truss 90° Corner apex in

This is by far the most popular 2 way 90° Corner, apex in S35TC25 used to create structures such as portals, goal post designs and up and over arms to frame large branded banners as we show in some of our sample truss designs. Again supplied with a set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips. Dimensions 500mm x 500mm. We can help with your design, call Coker Expo 01256 768178 or buy on line, this item is fast delivery.

This is by far the most popular 2 way 90° Corner, apex in S35TC25 used to create structures such as portals, goal post designs and up and over arms to frame large branded banners as we show in some of our sample truss designs. Again supplied with a set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips. Dimensions 500mm x 500mm. We can help with your design, call Coker Expo 01256 768178 or buy on line, this item is fast delivery.

£104
Formulate curved fabric display stand

3 Metre and 6.1 Metre wide models. Formulate Curved Fabric Display stand. Freestanding height is 2280mm - 2 width stands to chose from 3.0M and 6.1 Metre Single and double sided options. Please watch the video on this page to fully understand this unique formulate fabric display system. The frame is made from aluminium alloy poles that clip together in moments to assemble the structure. Once assembled it's easy to position the display and then apply the tailored graphic which slips over the display stand like a sock and then zips together along one edge. Service time is normally 5 days from receipt of your graphic file For more information please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

3 Metre and 6.1 Metre wide models. Formulate Curved Fabric Display stand. Freestanding height is 2280mm - 2 width stands to chose from 3.0M and 6.1 Metre Single and double sided options. Please watch the video on this page to fully understand this unique formulate fabric display system. The frame is made from aluminium alloy poles that clip together in moments to assemble the structure. Once assembled it's easy to position the display and then apply the tailored graphic which slips over the display stand like a sock and then zips together along one edge. Service time is normally 5 days from receipt of your graphic file For more information please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

£477
Folding plinth brushed aluminium

Brushed aluminium fold flat display plinth - 400mm square top Various heights The folding column is 380mm square A very quick to assembly fold flat aluminium exhibition display plinth in brushed aluminium panels with 400mm square top. These plinth units are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panels. The flexible hinge allows the units to fold flat before and after use for easy storage and transport. The body unit simply folds around the top and bottom plates so is assembled in seconds. Also enables a handy storage facility at the smaller show where floor space is a premium. The unit dimensions are 380mm square column with heights of 700mm to 1200mm the top is 400mm x 400mm. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops are also possible. Fully branded models also on offer in the range. Takes Vinyl graphic logos and text. Look around at events and trade shows, graphic and plain white plinths are very popular for product display. Note, the 1200mm high display plinth comes with one storage shelf as standard. Tested to carry a weight load of 30 kilos. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen Feel free to call and discuss your needs and time line 01256 768178.

Brushed aluminium fold flat display plinth - 400mm square top Various heights The folding column is 380mm square A very quick to assembly fold flat aluminium exhibition display plinth in brushed aluminium panels with 400mm square top. These plinth units are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panels. The flexible hinge allows the units to fold flat before and after use for easy storage and transport. The body unit simply folds around the top and bottom plates so is assembled in seconds. Also enables a handy storage facility at the smaller show where floor space is a premium. The unit dimensions are 380mm square column with heights of 700mm to 1200mm the top is 400mm x 400mm. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops are also possible. Fully branded models also on offer in the range. Takes Vinyl graphic logos and text. Look around at events and trade shows, graphic and plain white plinths are very popular for product display. Note, the 1200mm high display plinth comes with one storage shelf as standard. Tested to carry a weight load of 30 kilos. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen Feel free to call and discuss your needs and time line 01256 768178.

£150
CDC106 Folding Corner Counter

Coker Expo offer this Folding corner counter. The unit can be used as a stand alone corner unit but is primarily for use with straight exhibition counters in the range to form a stylish and practical end. Dimensions are: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 515mm wide. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with aluminium frame. You can add your own graphics and bring personaliszed company and product branding to all these aluminium framed counter units. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Carry Bag or Carry case. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Coker Expo offer this Folding corner counter. The unit can be used as a stand alone corner unit but is primarily for use with straight exhibition counters in the range to form a stylish and practical end. Dimensions are: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 515mm wide. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with aluminium frame. You can add your own graphics and bring personaliszed company and product branding to all these aluminium framed counter units. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Carry Bag or Carry case. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£250
An 8 panel folding display stand in blue and grey colours

8 panel folding display stand, is a flexible hinged system, made from 15mm thick internal board warp resistant with loop nylon fabric covering in a wide choice of colours all velcro acceptable. There is a choice of grey or black trim and the boards are reversible allowing a different fabric colour choice for each side if you wish. Board sizes are 600 x 900mm or 1000x 700mm board sizes with 250mm x 600/700mm header panel sizes. We supply these with a free correx carry case as standard. A very popular display stand for the small display and presentation requirement due ti its ease of set up and compact size when packed down. How do I set up my Eight panel folding display stand? The panels are connected in runs of 4, take ever thing out of the box, find the row of boards which do not have the small connectors standing out of the pvc trim. These are the bottom row of your folding panel stand, place them on the floor. Now take the second row of hinged panels with the connectors hover them over the top of the lower set of boards and with the palm of your hand bump them down, the little connects will pop and grab the lower set of panels, now do the same with the header panels. Call for supply times 01256 768178

8 panel folding display stand, is a flexible hinged system, made from 15mm thick internal board warp resistant with loop nylon fabric covering in a wide choice of colours all velcro acceptable. There is a choice of grey or black trim and the boards are reversible allowing a different fabric colour choice for each side if you wish. Board sizes are 600 x 900mm or 1000x 700mm board sizes with 250mm x 600/700mm header panel sizes. We supply these with a free correx carry case as standard. A very popular display stand for the small display and presentation requirement due ti its ease of set up and compact size when packed down. How do I set up my Eight panel folding display stand? The panels are connected in runs of 4, take ever thing out of the box, find the row of boards which do not have the small connectors standing out of the pvc trim. These are the bottom row of your folding panel stand, place them on the floor. Now take the second row of hinged panels with the connectors hover them over the top of the lower set of boards and with the palm of your hand bump them down, the little connects will pop and grab the lower set of panels, now do the same with the header panels. Call for supply times 01256 768178

£185
Chrome 20w Led theatrical style display light with hasp.

White flood light, polished aluminium, LED only 15Ws ideal for exhibition lighting plus shops receptions and warehouse and at home in the kitchen, lounge or coffee shop. Need stylish lighting with a theatrical theme? Very efficient light source. Nice and bright! Theatre style Flood light with the advantages of white light LED technology. This is the next unit up on the GL100 lighting fixture and comes complete with 15W LED lamp 4000K Warm white equal to 120W halogen. Non dimmable 60° beam. This stylish unit measures 19cm deep x 20cm high and 18cm wide. Ideal for use with gantry and lighting truss systems at exhibitions and trade shows. This lamp unit comes with short mains lead and bare end, it can also be fitted with a daisy lead plug (see the options below) ready for our multi-light plug and play daisy cable system. The use of coloured gels is also possible and the unit is supplied with a gel holder. Barn doors available extra. Any questions or advice for event lighting please call our specialists on 01256 768178

White flood light, polished aluminium, LED only 15Ws ideal for exhibition lighting plus shops receptions and warehouse and at home in the kitchen, lounge or coffee shop. Need stylish lighting with a theatrical theme? Very efficient light source. Nice and bright! Theatre style Flood light with the advantages of white light LED technology. This is the next unit up on the GL100 lighting fixture and comes complete with 15W LED lamp 4000K Warm white equal to 120W halogen. Non dimmable 60° beam. This stylish unit measures 19cm deep x 20cm high and 18cm wide. Ideal for use with gantry and lighting truss systems at exhibitions and trade shows. This lamp unit comes with short mains lead and bare end, it can also be fitted with a daisy lead plug (see the options below) ready for our multi-light plug and play daisy cable system. The use of coloured gels is also possible and the unit is supplied with a gel holder. Barn doors available extra. Any questions or advice for event lighting please call our specialists on 01256 768178

£100
Gantry lighting truss

System 35 Trio lighting truss. This build is for a floor area of 3.0m x 3.0m. The light gantry/truss shown has the following dimensions, 3.0x 3.0 x 2.5m high. A clever central box allows 1.5m radius arcs to be fitted to it via bolt on half conicals creating curving legs. This structure can be altered to other floor areas and heights by quotation.

System 35 Trio lighting truss. This build is for a floor area of 3.0m x 3.0m. The light gantry/truss shown has the following dimensions, 3.0x 3.0 x 2.5m high. A clever central box allows 1.5m radius arcs to be fitted to it via bolt on half conicals creating curving legs. This structure can be altered to other floor areas and heights by quotation.

£2,200
10 panel display board on poles and bases

Ten panels 600x900mm or 1000x700mm jumbo panels, Covered in loop nylon fabric with a huge range of colours to choose from. Graphics or posters fixed with hook fastener. A freestanding panel and pole display stand with channel feet. The system can be used in various shapes with the flexibility to use some or all of the panels as required. Please select colours from the swatch in the drop down menu below A choice of black or grey frames. Includes carry bag.

Ten panels 600x900mm or 1000x700mm jumbo panels, Covered in loop nylon fabric with a huge range of colours to choose from. Graphics or posters fixed with hook fastener. A freestanding panel and pole display stand with channel feet. The system can be used in various shapes with the flexibility to use some or all of the panels as required. Please select colours from the swatch in the drop down menu below A choice of black or grey frames. Includes carry bag.

£437
Linking banner stands in a row of 3 units

Coker Expo DL Plus roller banner system allows 2 or 3 banner stands to be linked together to create a large back drop for presentations and events. These pull up banner stands have a floor levelling ability too, achieved with adjustable feet and adjustable pole height the gap between banners is just 26mm. The system has a unique self locking magnetic base link. This linking roller banner system is available kits of 1, 2 or 3 systems. These pull up banners come complete with carry bags linking kits and graphics. The closest way to create a seemless back drop using portable roller banner stands. Single stand 850mm x 2000mm Double stand 1726mm wide Triple stand 2602mm wide Choice of end cap colours Blue Black Red Or Chrome Carry bag included Weight 5.5 kilos each. There is also an option spotlight for these pull up banner stands. Low voltage - 50w Full pivot head Cable management clip In-line transformer and power lead 3m long Want to know more? please watch the video on this page or call 01256 768178

Coker Expo DL Plus roller banner system allows 2 or 3 banner stands to be linked together to create a large back drop for presentations and events. These pull up banner stands have a floor levelling ability too, achieved with adjustable feet and adjustable pole height the gap between banners is just 26mm. The system has a unique self locking magnetic base link. This linking roller banner system is available kits of 1, 2 or 3 systems. These pull up banners come complete with carry bags linking kits and graphics. The closest way to create a seemless back drop using portable roller banner stands. Single stand 850mm x 2000mm Double stand 1726mm wide Triple stand 2602mm wide Choice of end cap colours Blue Black Red Or Chrome Carry bag included Weight 5.5 kilos each. There is also an option spotlight for these pull up banner stands. Low voltage - 50w Full pivot head Cable management clip In-line transformer and power lead 3m long Want to know more? please watch the video on this page or call 01256 768178

£195
LED Spotlight 120w Halogen equivalents

LED 46 spotlight, increasing in Size physically and with light output LED spotlights complete with (replaceable) LED lamp white light, comes complete with 15W lamp 60° beam angle 1250 Lumens (narrowed by the fitting to 40°). A lighting fixture as this is well suited to use in the exhibition and display field, so to any retail shop application. Unit size is 305 x 195 x 267 mm (LxWxH) unit weight 1.2Kilos A filter frame is included and we can supply as an optional extra gel filters to alter the °K up or down from the white light starting point thus a white light can become daylight or warm white. Power cord is 30cm and has no plug as standard. The fitted LED lamp has ES cap so is replaceable but has a considerably increased life span to the now old style halogens the lamps fitted are LED and so consume a fraction of the power and generate much less heat. Options include barn doors, exhibition gantry clamps for 35 and 50mm Systems, daisy lead plug and Gel filters.

LED 46 spotlight, increasing in Size physically and with light output LED spotlights complete with (replaceable) LED lamp white light, comes complete with 15W lamp 60° beam angle 1250 Lumens (narrowed by the fitting to 40°). A lighting fixture as this is well suited to use in the exhibition and display field, so to any retail shop application. Unit size is 305 x 195 x 267 mm (LxWxH) unit weight 1.2Kilos A filter frame is included and we can supply as an optional extra gel filters to alter the °K up or down from the white light starting point thus a white light can become daylight or warm white. Power cord is 30cm and has no plug as standard. The fitted LED lamp has ES cap so is replaceable but has a considerably increased life span to the now old style halogens the lamps fitted are LED and so consume a fraction of the power and generate much less heat. Options include barn doors, exhibition gantry clamps for 35 and 50mm Systems, daisy lead plug and Gel filters.

£90
Flat pack white plinth

A very quick assembly fold flat white exhibition display plinth in white with 400mm square top. These pedestal units are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panel, spray painted white. The flexible hinge allows the units to fold flat before and after use for easy storage and transport. The body unit simply folds around the top and bottom plates so is assembled in seconds. Also enables a handy storage facility at the smaller show where floor space is a premium. The unit dimensions are 380mm square column with heights of 300mm to 1200mm top is 400mm x 400mm. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops are also possible. Fully branded models also on offer in the range. Look around at events and trade shows, graphic and plain white plinths are very popular for product display. Note, the 1200mm high display plinth comes with one storage shelf as standard. Tested to carry a weight load of 30 kilos. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen Feel free to call and discuss your needs and time line 01256 768178.

A very quick assembly fold flat white exhibition display plinth in white with 400mm square top. These pedestal units are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panel, spray painted white. The flexible hinge allows the units to fold flat before and after use for easy storage and transport. The body unit simply folds around the top and bottom plates so is assembled in seconds. Also enables a handy storage facility at the smaller show where floor space is a premium. The unit dimensions are 380mm square column with heights of 300mm to 1200mm top is 400mm x 400mm. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops are also possible. Fully branded models also on offer in the range. Look around at events and trade shows, graphic and plain white plinths are very popular for product display. Note, the 1200mm high display plinth comes with one storage shelf as standard. Tested to carry a weight load of 30 kilos. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen Feel free to call and discuss your needs and time line 01256 768178.

£122
Aluminium framed folding counter lightweight CDC12D

Showcase Reception Counter CDC12D Portable folding aluminium framed counter top showcase area complete with locking sliding doors and internal mid shelf. This unit has plain pvc panels fitted, the panels can be removed and refitted with branded graphics display panels please choose from the options below. Perspex glazed units are a fraction of the weight of glass showcases making this range completely unique dedicated portable exhibition counter. The base shelf is steel with a white stove enamel paint finish. A secure perspex glazed display area for your products. Quality units that can easily updated with new panel finishes should you wish too in the future. A European manufactured quality product built to last, 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high Call for more Coker Expo 01256 768178

Showcase Reception Counter CDC12D Portable folding aluminium framed counter top showcase area complete with locking sliding doors and internal mid shelf. This unit has plain pvc panels fitted, the panels can be removed and refitted with branded graphics display panels please choose from the options below. Perspex glazed units are a fraction of the weight of glass showcases making this range completely unique dedicated portable exhibition counter. The base shelf is steel with a white stove enamel paint finish. A secure perspex glazed display area for your products. Quality units that can easily updated with new panel finishes should you wish too in the future. A European manufactured quality product built to last, 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high Call for more Coker Expo 01256 768178

£675
A pegasus banner stand with pvc banner graphic

Pegasus banner stand is usable as either a single or double sided, indoor or outdoor portable display stand. If Used outdoors this unit must be secured well or placed against a wall, the wind forces must always be considered. Expect a display as this to take about 5 minutes to assemble, instructions are include and a video on the pegasus showing its components is below. This back drop banner stand is suited to short term events as a back drop or dividing screen and caters for those that need a large graphic back drop on a budget. The pegasus banner stand is suitable for PVC or canvas banner graphics, by quotation. Telescopic poles allow for adaptability enabling variable height and width adjustment, 900 - 2345mm high and 1330 - 2410mm wide. The lightweight aluminium components means this display system is only 6.8 Kilos. (Graphics shown are 1300mm x 1800mm on Pvc high res output) £170 other custom sizes and double sided pegasus banners by quotation 01256 768178.

Pegasus banner stand is usable as either a single or double sided, indoor or outdoor portable display stand. If Used outdoors this unit must be secured well or placed against a wall, the wind forces must always be considered. Expect a display as this to take about 5 minutes to assemble, instructions are include and a video on the pegasus showing its components is below. This back drop banner stand is suited to short term events as a back drop or dividing screen and caters for those that need a large graphic back drop on a budget. The pegasus banner stand is suitable for PVC or canvas banner graphics, by quotation. Telescopic poles allow for adaptability enabling variable height and width adjustment, 900 - 2345mm high and 1330 - 2410mm wide. The lightweight aluminium components means this display system is only 6.8 Kilos. (Graphics shown are 1300mm x 1800mm on Pvc high res output) £170 other custom sizes and double sided pegasus banners by quotation 01256 768178.

£95
A pegasus banner stand with pvc banner graphic

Pegasus banner stand is usable as either a single or double sided, indoor or outdoor portable display stand. If Used outdoors this unit must be secured well or placed against a wall, the wind forces must always be considered. Expect a display as this to take about 5 minutes to assemble, instructions are include and a video on the pegasus showing its components is below. This back drop banner stand is suited to short term events as a back drop or dividing screen and caters for those that need a large graphic back drop on a budget. The pegasus banner stand is suitable for PVC or canvas banner graphics, by quotation. Telescopic poles allow for adaptability enabling variable height and width adjustment, 900 - 2345mm high and 1330 - 2410mm wide. The lightweight aluminium components means this display system is only 6.8 Kilos. (Graphics shown are 1300mm x 1800mm on Pvc high res output) £170 other custom sizes and double sided pegasus banners by quotation 01256 768178.

Pegasus banner stand is usable as either a single or double sided, indoor or outdoor portable display stand. If Used outdoors this unit must be secured well or placed against a wall, the wind forces must always be considered. Expect a display as this to take about 5 minutes to assemble, instructions are include and a video on the pegasus showing its components is below. This back drop banner stand is suited to short term events as a back drop or dividing screen and caters for those that need a large graphic back drop on a budget. The pegasus banner stand is suitable for PVC or canvas banner graphics, by quotation. Telescopic poles allow for adaptability enabling variable height and width adjustment, 900 - 2345mm high and 1330 - 2410mm wide. The lightweight aluminium components means this display system is only 6.8 Kilos. (Graphics shown are 1300mm x 1800mm on Pvc high res output) £170 other custom sizes and double sided pegasus banners by quotation 01256 768178.

£95
S35T31 Trio Lighting Gantry Apex Up Right

A trio 3 way apex up, right handed, lighting gantry junction, S35T31. Create a trussing system with a little different look to all the rest, go apex up and stand out form the crowd. All of our trussing comes with a set of conicals, pins and retaining clips, quick and easy set up and take down is assured.

A trio 3 way apex up, right handed, lighting gantry junction, S35T31. Create a trussing system with a little different look to all the rest, go apex up and stand out form the crowd. All of our trussing comes with a set of conicals, pins and retaining clips, quick and easy set up and take down is assured.

£166
S35 Trio lighting truss 3 way junction apex up left hand

S35 Trio lighting truss has a huge range of specialist junctions as well as straight beam lengths. This one is a 3 way junction apex up, left handed S35TC32. Why not go for something away form the norm, opt for an apex up trussing system. Quick and easy fitting conicals, pins and clips, all supplied. Junctions have dimensions 500mm x 500mm. If you need a little advice to confirm your required components please call.

S35 Trio lighting truss has a huge range of specialist junctions as well as straight beam lengths. This one is a 3 way junction apex up, left handed S35TC32. Why not go for something away form the norm, opt for an apex up trussing system. Quick and easy fitting conicals, pins and clips, all supplied. Junctions have dimensions 500mm x 500mm. If you need a little advice to confirm your required components please call.

£166
S35 trio lighting truss 3 way apex down corner right hand

S35 trio lighting truss 3 way junction apex down corner right hand S35TC33. This junction is normally required for one top corner of a square build, you will normally use two right hand (these corners) and two left hand corners, these junctions turn on the down leg. This can be confusing, please call if you need to discuss if you wish. The junction will come with a set of fittings. Dimensions are 500x500x500mm.

S35 trio lighting truss 3 way junction apex down corner right hand S35TC33. This junction is normally required for one top corner of a square build, you will normally use two right hand (these corners) and two left hand corners, these junctions turn on the down leg. This can be confusing, please call if you need to discuss if you wish. The junction will come with a set of fittings. Dimensions are 500x500x500mm.

£166
S35 trio lighting truss 3 Way apex down corner left hand

S35 Trio lighting truss 3 way junction, apex down left hand S35TC34. Note that this corner junction has a turned leg, it is important to purchase 2 left and 2 right corner junctions to build a standard square or rectangular trussing structure. All our truss components come with a full set of fittings. Dimensions 500mm x 500mm x 500mm.

S35 Trio lighting truss 3 way junction, apex down left hand S35TC34. Note that this corner junction has a turned leg, it is important to purchase 2 left and 2 right corner junctions to build a standard square or rectangular trussing structure. All our truss components come with a full set of fittings. Dimensions 500mm x 500mm x 500mm.

£166
Display plinth folds flat

Folding display plinths with graphic branding. Fully branded folding display plinths, pedestals and podiums for exhibition, trade show and showroom display use. Very quick assembly times, a fold flat display plinth includes fully printed and laminated body panels with a 400mm square PVC top. These display plinths are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panel. The flexible hinge allows the plinths to fold flat before and after use, also for easy storage and transport ease. To assemble: place the base plate on the floor, now place the 2 sets of hinged panels upon the lip and push them together around the base dropping in the top just before the panels connect up too tightly. Now open the door of your pedestal and add the aluminium right angel to close the panels together at the rear, assembled in a few moments. Also makes a handy store at an exhibition or event, internal shelves added as an option, the 1200mm high plinth comes with one shelf as standard. The unit dimensions for your graphics are 380mm square column with heights of 300-1200mm top is 400x400mm. Tested to weight loads of 30kgs. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen. Call Coker Expo for more info on *01256 768178.

Folding display plinths with graphic branding. Fully branded folding display plinths, pedestals and podiums for exhibition, trade show and showroom display use. Very quick assembly times, a fold flat display plinth includes fully printed and laminated body panels with a 400mm square PVC top. These display plinths are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panel. The flexible hinge allows the plinths to fold flat before and after use, also for easy storage and transport ease. To assemble: place the base plate on the floor, now place the 2 sets of hinged panels upon the lip and push them together around the base dropping in the top just before the panels connect up too tightly. Now open the door of your pedestal and add the aluminium right angel to close the panels together at the rear, assembled in a few moments. Also makes a handy store at an exhibition or event, internal shelves added as an option, the 1200mm high plinth comes with one shelf as standard. The unit dimensions for your graphics are 380mm square column with heights of 300-1200mm top is 400x400mm. Tested to weight loads of 30kgs. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen. Call Coker Expo for more info on *01256 768178.

£167
Folding counter with showcase

This unit has a mid shelf included as shown, the lockable sliding doors are included. Priced with white panels, extra options include: Graphics, Case, Padded carry bag. Portable folding satin aluminium framed counter with a 50/50 display area and storage below, the dimensions for this light weight durable folding counter are 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high we can also make a lower height version please ask if this is important. The base shelf and top are steel with a powder coated white stove enamel finish. A generous perspex glazed display area for your products, (clear perspex is a fraction of the weight of a glass) The unit also has space below for storage together with the sliding locking doors makes this a perfect sales or reception desk very portable with changeable graphics. For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

This unit has a mid shelf included as shown, the lockable sliding doors are included. Priced with white panels, extra options include: Graphics, Case, Padded carry bag. Portable folding satin aluminium framed counter with a 50/50 display area and storage below, the dimensions for this light weight durable folding counter are 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high we can also make a lower height version please ask if this is important. The base shelf and top are steel with a powder coated white stove enamel finish. A generous perspex glazed display area for your products, (clear perspex is a fraction of the weight of a glass) The unit also has space below for storage together with the sliding locking doors makes this a perfect sales or reception desk very portable with changeable graphics. For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£675
S35 3 way vertical T apex down

S35 Trio 3 Way vertical T junction apex down S35T35. This junction comes with a full set of conicals pins and clips. We use this junction to create a leg mainly, say in a trussing structure that requires six legs or more. You may also consider it for an aerial lighting truss that requires an apex in look. It has dimensions of 500mm x 500mm.

S35 Trio 3 Way vertical T junction apex down S35T35. This junction comes with a full set of conicals pins and clips. We use this junction to create a leg mainly, say in a trussing structure that requires six legs or more. You may also consider it for an aerial lighting truss that requires an apex in look. It has dimensions of 500mm x 500mm.

£166
S35T36 Horizontal T Junction.

S35T36 is a trio horizontal T junction for system 35 trussing systems. Designed for use in structures where a horizontal beam is needed to traverse a floor area. May be to enable lighting fixtures to illuminate below or carry a projector system. It is very popular in aerial lighting rigs. Comes with a set of conicals, pins and clips, dims of 500mm x 500mm.

S35T36 is a trio horizontal T junction for system 35 trussing systems. Designed for use in structures where a horizontal beam is needed to traverse a floor area. May be to enable lighting fixtures to illuminate below or carry a projector system. It is very popular in aerial lighting rigs. Comes with a set of conicals, pins and clips, dims of 500mm x 500mm.

£166
S35T37 3 way Trio Lighting Gantry Junction

Special T Junction S35 T 37 This 3 way "T" piece is an apex up junction for system 35 trio gantry designs. Normally the Triangular apex would point downwards with a level flat top (two tubes level) on a piece of truss. This is one of our massive range of Exhibition gantry parts which allows creative design to flow, most Gantry systems start with a square or a rectangular design, but the gantry stand can be re-built often in a completely new design. Please check with us when ordering this part or designing a lighting rig. We will be pleased to offer assistance. There are several "T" pieces available for System 35 gantry and they can be quite specific as down legs can turn in different directions to achieve different structures. This one is often used the other way up to create a banner stand frame above the main exhibition stand. We will normally provide a scaled cad drawing without charge. S35T37 Specification: Size 500mm x 500mm x 500mm Weight 3 Kilos Complete with one set of connectors pins and clips For more info please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

Special T Junction S35 T 37 This 3 way "T" piece is an apex up junction for system 35 trio gantry designs. Normally the Triangular apex would point downwards with a level flat top (two tubes level) on a piece of truss. This is one of our massive range of Exhibition gantry parts which allows creative design to flow, most Gantry systems start with a square or a rectangular design, but the gantry stand can be re-built often in a completely new design. Please check with us when ordering this part or designing a lighting rig. We will be pleased to offer assistance. There are several "T" pieces available for System 35 gantry and they can be quite specific as down legs can turn in different directions to achieve different structures. This one is often used the other way up to create a banner stand frame above the main exhibition stand. We will normally provide a scaled cad drawing without charge. S35T37 Specification: Size 500mm x 500mm x 500mm Weight 3 Kilos Complete with one set of connectors pins and clips For more info please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

£166
S35T38 3way Trio Gantry Junction

A popular 3 way junction S35T38 for system 35 lighting gantry structures that commonly require 6 legs or more. Note this one has a turned leg though. It is also seen in aerial light truss rigs to create an apex in look. As with all standard SYS35 junctions it dims are 500mm x 500mm and it comes with a full set of conicals, pins and clips.

A popular 3 way junction S35T38 for system 35 lighting gantry structures that commonly require 6 legs or more. Note this one has a turned leg though. It is also seen in aerial light truss rigs to create an apex in look. As with all standard SYS35 junctions it dims are 500mm x 500mm and it comes with a full set of conicals, pins and clips.

£166
S35T39 Apex up T Junction.

A system 35 Trio T junction apex up with a turned leg, S35T39. We use this truss T junction to send up a strut or upstand from a horizontal beam to create a frame work to encompass a banner above a trussing structure. Supplied with all required conicals, pins and clips, dims of 500mm x 500mm.

A system 35 Trio T junction apex up with a turned leg, S35T39. We use this truss T junction to send up a strut or upstand from a horizontal beam to create a frame work to encompass a banner above a trussing structure. Supplied with all required conicals, pins and clips, dims of 500mm x 500mm.

£166
Gear edge display counter with graphics

Gear Edge exhibition display counter with glazed presentation top. This is the G range straight Unit designed for use on smaller exhibition floor areas. This display counter is a very clever unit that has a clear acrylic top display section with a 5mm foam board shelf to display your items at shows and events. The cupboard section has two sliding doors at the rear and the whole unit easily packs down for carriage thanks too a clever gear edge hinge system. A carry bag is included as standard with this display counter. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics. Visible Graphic Area Front Panel: 622mm(h) x 685mm(w) Side panel: 622mm(h) x 136mm(w) Expect a 1 week supply time, call 01256 768178 to confirm a quicker requirement you may have.

Gear Edge exhibition display counter with glazed presentation top. This is the G range straight Unit designed for use on smaller exhibition floor areas. This display counter is a very clever unit that has a clear acrylic top display section with a 5mm foam board shelf to display your items at shows and events. The cupboard section has two sliding doors at the rear and the whole unit easily packs down for carriage thanks too a clever gear edge hinge system. A carry bag is included as standard with this display counter. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics. Visible Graphic Area Front Panel: 622mm(h) x 685mm(w) Side panel: 622mm(h) x 136mm(w) Expect a 1 week supply time, call 01256 768178 to confirm a quicker requirement you may have.

£399
8 Panel and pole kit with choice of panels

A smart 8 panel and pole display board system, comprising, 8-600x900mm panels, 10-900mm connection poles and 5-bar feet for stability of straight line presentation set ups. Please select colours from the swatch, you also have a choice of black or grey frames and you can have different colours on each side as well. Includes carry bag.

A smart 8 panel and pole display board system, comprising, 8-600x900mm panels, 10-900mm connection poles and 5-bar feet for stability of straight line presentation set ups. Please select colours from the swatch, you also have a choice of black or grey frames and you can have different colours on each side as well. Includes carry bag.

£355
Freestanding display stand with tension fabric graphic

Vector display stand kit 1, freestanding aluminium display frame with easy fit stretch graphics. The digitally printed graphic is on fabric with easy to fit silicon beading sewn into the edges, it is just pressed into position and because it's an aluminium alloy frame is stands firm, square and erect on two sturdy feet, assembled in about five minutes. The fabric graphic makes a great back drop for retail shop displays and is also a very good background for photography, filming and television purposes defining a presentation area or promotional space. Supplied flat packed in kit form with feet as shown, its very simple to assemble. (other options available) This is Vector Kit 1 comes complete with your first fabric graphic. Rigid pvc panel graphics can be used as an alternative in this frame, fixed with velcro. A fully branded promotional display can make your company stand out from the crowd at any event or trade show. Specification, Service time 4 days from receipt of graphic file. Kit one 2000mm high x 1000mm wide For more info please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Vector display stand kit 1, freestanding aluminium display frame with easy fit stretch graphics. The digitally printed graphic is on fabric with easy to fit silicon beading sewn into the edges, it is just pressed into position and because it's an aluminium alloy frame is stands firm, square and erect on two sturdy feet, assembled in about five minutes. The fabric graphic makes a great back drop for retail shop displays and is also a very good background for photography, filming and television purposes defining a presentation area or promotional space. Supplied flat packed in kit form with feet as shown, its very simple to assemble. (other options available) This is Vector Kit 1 comes complete with your first fabric graphic. Rigid pvc panel graphics can be used as an alternative in this frame, fixed with velcro. A fully branded promotional display can make your company stand out from the crowd at any event or trade show. Specification, Service time 4 days from receipt of graphic file. Kit one 2000mm high x 1000mm wide For more info please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£285
Curved Folding Counter Range G

ideal for exhibitions and trade show events the gear Edge exhibition counter with a curved front panel display. The cupboard section has an open rear, the whole unit easily packs down for carriage thanks to the clever hinge. A carry bag is included. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics Visible Graphic Area Front Panel: 867mm(h) x712mm(w) Side panel: 867mm(h) x 315mm(w)

ideal for exhibitions and trade show events the gear Edge exhibition counter with a curved front panel display. The cupboard section has an open rear, the whole unit easily packs down for carriage thanks to the clever hinge. A carry bag is included. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics Visible Graphic Area Front Panel: 867mm(h) x712mm(w) Side panel: 867mm(h) x 315mm(w)

£265
Branded tents for spring and summer shows

There’s plenty of room to shelter from the sun or rain underneath the Zoom outdoor event tent. Options include Polyester canopy available in 4 colours White, Red, Blue and Black Side walls in matching colours Half height side walls with rails Digitally printed canopy Digitally printed side walls Quick and easy to assemble, canopy offers plenty of shade Wind, UV and water resistant Our marquee and event tents can be branded in about 10 days. Available in a range of sizes this example is 3x6 Meters.

There’s plenty of room to shelter from the sun or rain underneath the Zoom outdoor event tent. Options include Polyester canopy available in 4 colours White, Red, Blue and Black Side walls in matching colours Half height side walls with rails Digitally printed canopy Digitally printed side walls Quick and easy to assemble, canopy offers plenty of shade Wind, UV and water resistant Our marquee and event tents can be branded in about 10 days. Available in a range of sizes this example is 3x6 Meters.

£490
Magnetic graphic panels

Replacement or extra graphics for our pop up display systems, laminated finished graphics including magnetic strips, hangers and kickers. The standard size is 673 x 2225mm for our front curved panels and "D Ends" and for the centre spans of straight pop up displays it is 733mm x 2225mm high. Prices calculate automatically on quantities and are for our brands pop up stands, some other sizes may vary in price. Please note old graphics and new graphics could vary in colour slightly due to stoplight and laminate manufactures. Artwork Guidelines.... If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 150dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a reasonably high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, regardless we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs.

Replacement or extra graphics for our pop up display systems, laminated finished graphics including magnetic strips, hangers and kickers. The standard size is 673 x 2225mm for our front curved panels and "D Ends" and for the centre spans of straight pop up displays it is 733mm x 2225mm high. Prices calculate automatically on quantities and are for our brands pop up stands, some other sizes may vary in price. Please note old graphics and new graphics could vary in colour slightly due to stoplight and laminate manufactures. Artwork Guidelines.... If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 150dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a reasonably high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, regardless we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs.

£90
wedge display base assembled

The Wedge base display stand is designed to grip solid display panels and boards up to 1500mm high. A perfect solution for the display of graphic sign boards and signs, cut outs and double sided free standing displays. The silver grey powder coated steel base units are available in four widths and will cater for boards of dimensions of 300mm wide and up to 1500mm high. The wedge display stand base comes into its own supporting sign boards and is suited to eye catching cut out sign boards especially. This service is by quotation only please call and discuss your creative needs and time line 01256 768178

The Wedge base display stand is designed to grip solid display panels and boards up to 1500mm high. A perfect solution for the display of graphic sign boards and signs, cut outs and double sided free standing displays. The silver grey powder coated steel base units are available in four widths and will cater for boards of dimensions of 300mm wide and up to 1500mm high. The wedge display stand base comes into its own supporting sign boards and is suited to eye catching cut out sign boards especially. This service is by quotation only please call and discuss your creative needs and time line 01256 768178

£29
Round exhibition plinths with colour fabric finishes

Round fabric covered display plinths are ideal for use on exhibition stands and at trade show events as well as covered outdoor events. These exhibition display plinths are velcro friendly and available in a range of colours and two diameters. Plinth top finish options are woodgrain, silver, white or black. This style of plinth is made from MDF and then fabric covered in loop nylon to create a rollable curtain (tambour) or body wrap. Assembly is quick as these use the physique velcro method. Place the base former upon the floor, feed the durable tambour wrap around it resting on the routed lip and as the circle nears completion drop in the plinth top, hey presto ready to add the product or item you wish to display. Once attached to the top and bottom plates the unit becomes really solid and capable of great weight loading up to 60 Kilos. Display plinth production is up to 7 days. With the addition of a digitally printed graphic wrap you can create a very personalised pedestal or podium which is all the more eye catching when out on public display at an event or in a showroom. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Round fabric covered display plinths are ideal for use on exhibition stands and at trade show events as well as covered outdoor events. These exhibition display plinths are velcro friendly and available in a range of colours and two diameters. Plinth top finish options are woodgrain, silver, white or black. This style of plinth is made from MDF and then fabric covered in loop nylon to create a rollable curtain (tambour) or body wrap. Assembly is quick as these use the physique velcro method. Place the base former upon the floor, feed the durable tambour wrap around it resting on the routed lip and as the circle nears completion drop in the plinth top, hey presto ready to add the product or item you wish to display. Once attached to the top and bottom plates the unit becomes really solid and capable of great weight loading up to 60 Kilos. Display plinth production is up to 7 days. With the addition of a digitally printed graphic wrap you can create a very personalised pedestal or podium which is all the more eye catching when out on public display at an event or in a showroom. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£129
Glazed counter showcase portable

This folding display counter unit has a mid shelf and a clear perspex display shelf included, Perspex showcases are a fraction of the weight of glass units and so offer excellent portability. To assemble the units the front and side just fold out the top and shelves are plugged in and the doors are hooked on. lockable sliding doors are included. Priced with white panels, extra options include: Graphics, Case, Padded carry bag, please select from the drop down menus below. This is a European made quality product built to last. Portable folding satin aluminium framed counter with a 50/50 display area and storage below, the dimensions for this light weight durable folding counter are 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high. The base shelf and top are steel with a white stove enamel paint finish. A generous perspex glazed display area for your products. Graphics are bonded and laminated to the panels as shown and are replaceable. More info? Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

This folding display counter unit has a mid shelf and a clear perspex display shelf included, Perspex showcases are a fraction of the weight of glass units and so offer excellent portability. To assemble the units the front and side just fold out the top and shelves are plugged in and the doors are hooked on. lockable sliding doors are included. Priced with white panels, extra options include: Graphics, Case, Padded carry bag, please select from the drop down menus below. This is a European made quality product built to last. Portable folding satin aluminium framed counter with a 50/50 display area and storage below, the dimensions for this light weight durable folding counter are 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high. The base shelf and top are steel with a white stove enamel paint finish. A generous perspex glazed display area for your products. Graphics are bonded and laminated to the panels as shown and are replaceable. More info? Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£700
S35 Lighting Truss 4 way cross

System 35 Lighting Truss 4 way cross junction, S35TC41 with dimensions of 500x500x500mm. This junction is pretty much only ever used in a horizontal plain. We use it to link cross beams in multiple legged structures and also aerial lighting truss designs. We can help design your exhibition system quickly and without charge, if we can help call 01256 768178 we have a specialist standing by.

System 35 Lighting Truss 4 way cross junction, S35TC41 with dimensions of 500x500x500mm. This junction is pretty much only ever used in a horizontal plain. We use it to link cross beams in multiple legged structures and also aerial lighting truss designs. We can help design your exhibition system quickly and without charge, if we can help call 01256 768178 we have a specialist standing by.

£195
S35T42 4way Trio Gantry Junction.

A 4 way junction S35T42 for system 35 truss builds. This junction has a leg and horizontal beam extension. This junction allows a horizontal beam to be added into your chosen design. For larger exhibition floor areas this now allows you to attach lights above the center of the floor area. Supplied with a set of connection conicals, pins and clips, dimensions 500mm x 500mm.

A 4 way junction S35T42 for system 35 truss builds. This junction has a leg and horizontal beam extension. This junction allows a horizontal beam to be added into your chosen design. For larger exhibition floor areas this now allows you to attach lights above the center of the floor area. Supplied with a set of connection conicals, pins and clips, dimensions 500mm x 500mm.

£195
S35T43 4way Junction Apex Up

A 4 way apex up junction with down leg and cross beam provision. This 4 way junction for system 35 trio gantry designs, gives an up and over, plus horizontal cross beam. Please check with us when ordering this part or designing a lighting rig we will be pleased to offer assistance. There are many similar junctions available for System 35 gantry and they can be quite specific, for example this junction is often used the other way up to create up and over cross and a horizontal cross we can provide a scaled cad drawing and assist you. The junction comes with the required connectors pins and clips.

A 4 way apex up junction with down leg and cross beam provision. This 4 way junction for system 35 trio gantry designs, gives an up and over, plus horizontal cross beam. Please check with us when ordering this part or designing a lighting rig we will be pleased to offer assistance. There are many similar junctions available for System 35 gantry and they can be quite specific, for example this junction is often used the other way up to create up and over cross and a horizontal cross we can provide a scaled cad drawing and assist you. The junction comes with the required connectors pins and clips.

£195
Lighting truss section Trio 44

S35 Lighting Truss 4 way corner right hand, S35TC44. This junction is specifically for creating a 2 tier lighting truss structure. Note that if you are just using it to create a front raised banner area the horizontal strut comes out from the mid section. You will need a 153mm straight truss section to level this junction will a standard 33 or 34 used in correlation with it. Please call and check if you wish. Supplied with all conicals, pins and clips, dimensions of 500mm x 500mm. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Please also look at our exhibition lighting systems

S35 Lighting Truss 4 way corner right hand, S35TC44. This junction is specifically for creating a 2 tier lighting truss structure. Note that if you are just using it to create a front raised banner area the horizontal strut comes out from the mid section. You will need a 153mm straight truss section to level this junction will a standard 33 or 34 used in correlation with it. Please call and check if you wish. Supplied with all conicals, pins and clips, dimensions of 500mm x 500mm. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Please also look at our exhibition lighting systems

£195
S35 Lighting Truss 4 way corner left hand

SYS35 Lighting Truss junction, 4 way corner left hand S35TC45. A junction created for making a 2 tier lighting truss structure. Important, if you are just using it to make a front or rear raised banner area the horizontal strut comes from center of the junction. You will need a 153mm straight truss section to level this junction will a standard 33 or 34 used in connection with the down leg. Please call and check if you wish. Supplied with a set of fittings, dimensions of 500mm x 500mm.

SYS35 Lighting Truss junction, 4 way corner left hand S35TC45. A junction created for making a 2 tier lighting truss structure. Important, if you are just using it to make a front or rear raised banner area the horizontal strut comes from center of the junction. You will need a 153mm straight truss section to level this junction will a standard 33 or 34 used in connection with the down leg. Please call and check if you wish. Supplied with a set of fittings, dimensions of 500mm x 500mm.

£195
S35T47 Turned leg, 4 Way Junction

A turned leg junction in our trio lighting gantry, system 35 range, S35T47. This is a rather special turned leg junction, designed to be used to create a second tier display area of some kind in truss structures. It would most probably be seen in a six legged structure sending up a support to carry a central banner frame display area. Note that the horizontal extending struts from the center of this gantry junction, you may need a 153mm straight beam to connect to your leg. Dims of 500mm x 500mm, supplied with the required conicals, pins and clips.

A turned leg junction in our trio lighting gantry, system 35 range, S35T47. This is a rather special turned leg junction, designed to be used to create a second tier display area of some kind in truss structures. It would most probably be seen in a six legged structure sending up a support to carry a central banner frame display area. Note that the horizontal extending struts from the center of this gantry junction, you may need a 153mm straight beam to connect to your leg. Dims of 500mm x 500mm, supplied with the required conicals, pins and clips.

£195
wedge display graphic boards

Special rigid panels for floor support wedge base plate systems required to stand upright with minimum bending or lean. Range of Double sided display panels on 20mm Stadour drilled to suit wedge floor standing base units. From supplied suitable electronic files we mount and laminate to Stadour which has been tested and found to be a satisfactory board not to lean over when supported from the base only. We can also cut out shapes by quotation, which is very effective with the wedge base unit. Double sided mounting is highly recommended for stability and aids tension balancing of all graphics boards. Call an discuss you custom sign board requirements, 01256 768178.

Special rigid panels for floor support wedge base plate systems required to stand upright with minimum bending or lean. Range of Double sided display panels on 20mm Stadour drilled to suit wedge floor standing base units. From supplied suitable electronic files we mount and laminate to Stadour which has been tested and found to be a satisfactory board not to lean over when supported from the base only. We can also cut out shapes by quotation, which is very effective with the wedge base unit. Double sided mounting is highly recommended for stability and aids tension balancing of all graphics boards. Call an discuss you custom sign board requirements, 01256 768178.

£75
Barracuda single sided roller banner stand 7 Models

The Coker Expo Barracuda banner stand is a spring tensioned roller banner display system, with a visible graphic area of 2110mm high. We have 6 models in the range. 600mm to 2400mm wide The system weight is 6 kilos on the most common 800mm stand rising to 12 kilos at 2.5 Metres wide. This silver grey anodised aluminium alloy base units also incorporates two adjustable feet ensuring an upright presentation with a easy to use telescopic pole to support your banner. Units 600mm to 1200mm come complete with a graphic printed to melinex with pigmented inks, this is purported to give 100 year dye stability according to the ink manufacturers! The melinex product has proved to be the best media available for anti curling banners. The larger models come complete with a graphic printed on 500gram PVC banner which is extremely durable. Note: At Coker Expo awe are continually upgrading our products and the poles now have a telescopic top section making. The total height including the base and top pole is 2200mm and can be incrementally lowered with the adjustable telescopic pole to 1600mm meaning this stand can be safely deployed at Hotels Schools and reception areas without the worry the it may not fit or touch the ceiling. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For banner stands – artwork at half output size @ 300dpi Coker Expo Barracuda has a visual area 2110mm high x the width of your choice. Please add to the design 150mm below the image and 15mm above the image for the top banner bar and the pull up roller banner system. these areas should include any background colour or image which could be slightly visual. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 120dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178. Production time is around three days from receipt of artwork files. All units in this range are supplied with a padded carry bag PDF information file below A question? Please call 01256 768178.

The Coker Expo Barracuda banner stand is a spring tensioned roller banner display system, with a visible graphic area of 2110mm high. We have 6 models in the range. 600mm to 2400mm wide The system weight is 6 kilos on the most common 800mm stand rising to 12 kilos at 2.5 Metres wide. This silver grey anodised aluminium alloy base units also incorporates two adjustable feet ensuring an upright presentation with a easy to use telescopic pole to support your banner. Units 600mm to 1200mm come complete with a graphic printed to melinex with pigmented inks, this is purported to give 100 year dye stability according to the ink manufacturers! The melinex product has proved to be the best media available for anti curling banners. The larger models come complete with a graphic printed on 500gram PVC banner which is extremely durable. Note: At Coker Expo awe are continually upgrading our products and the poles now have a telescopic top section making. The total height including the base and top pole is 2200mm and can be incrementally lowered with the adjustable telescopic pole to 1600mm meaning this stand can be safely deployed at Hotels Schools and reception areas without the worry the it may not fit or touch the ceiling. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For banner stands – artwork at half output size @ 300dpi Coker Expo Barracuda has a visual area 2110mm high x the width of your choice. Please add to the design 150mm below the image and 15mm above the image for the top banner bar and the pull up roller banner system. these areas should include any background colour or image which could be slightly visual. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 120dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178. Production time is around three days from receipt of artwork files. All units in this range are supplied with a padded carry bag PDF information file below A question? Please call 01256 768178.

£130
Exhibition counter with gear hinging edges and graphic panels, white top.

Gear Edge folding exhibition display counter. Straight front Unit. The cupboard section has an open rear, the whole unit easily packs down for carriage with bag included. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics. Units are 920mm High x 775mm wide and 405mm deep. -Weight is 17.1 Kilos Visible Graphic Area -Front Panel: 867mm(h) x 685mm(w) -Side panel: 867mm(h) x 315mm(w)

Gear Edge folding exhibition display counter. Straight front Unit. The cupboard section has an open rear, the whole unit easily packs down for carriage with bag included. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics. Units are 920mm High x 775mm wide and 405mm deep. -Weight is 17.1 Kilos Visible Graphic Area -Front Panel: 867mm(h) x 685mm(w) -Side panel: 867mm(h) x 315mm(w)

£220
Centro exhibition counter with branded front display panel

Centro exhibition counter, perfect size for filling in forms whilst standing or viewing product brochures, ideal as a reception point. Constructed from aluminium, a quality frame makes this a robust stand alone counter great for shopping centres and repeated use. The unit is flat packed and easy to assemble with a magnetic fixing graphic panel included (visual graphic area: 757mm (w) x 999mm (h) if you need help with the design please call. The white laminated top can be fitted with an ipad or tablet holder if required Samsung and Ipad tablet holders Elegant curved counter designed to complement the Centro range. PDF instruction sheet below the unit is supplied with an socket ket for rapid assembly Specifications Elegant high quality anodised aluminium curved modular counter Freestanding display with pearl white laminate counter top supplied Featuring ingenious new RotrLink post/base connection Overall height of 1025mm Footprint 1092(w) x 440mm(d) Size overall 1380mm (w) x 1025mm (h) x 530mm (d) Net weight 19.1kg 5 year guarantee on hardware For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Centro exhibition counter, perfect size for filling in forms whilst standing or viewing product brochures, ideal as a reception point. Constructed from aluminium, a quality frame makes this a robust stand alone counter great for shopping centres and repeated use. The unit is flat packed and easy to assemble with a magnetic fixing graphic panel included (visual graphic area: 757mm (w) x 999mm (h) if you need help with the design please call. The white laminated top can be fitted with an ipad or tablet holder if required Samsung and Ipad tablet holders Elegant curved counter designed to complement the Centro range. PDF instruction sheet below the unit is supplied with an socket ket for rapid assembly Specifications Elegant high quality anodised aluminium curved modular counter Freestanding display with pearl white laminate counter top supplied Featuring ingenious new RotrLink post/base connection Overall height of 1025mm Footprint 1092(w) x 440mm(d) Size overall 1380mm (w) x 1025mm (h) x 530mm (d) Net weight 19.1kg 5 year guarantee on hardware For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£305
Pop up display with fabric graphics permanently fitted

Becoming popular, fabric hop up display stand or hop up display as it is known is a truly simple straight pop up display system and is actually a little lighter in weight than traditional pop up displays which use stoplight media and laminates which are heavy. Also being a one piece fabric graphic there is no alignment of image to be done as across single drop graphic panels. Just unfold the frame with the fabric graphic already fitted The hop up has its fabric graphic already fitted to the frame work using velcro, this means that the graphic could be removed and cleaned if so required at some time. Just take the system from the wheeled carry bag supplied, pop it up by extending the frame and locking in the frame braces which are very obvious and hey presto your fabric back drop is up and your presentation under way in moments. A single person operation which makes a hop up ideal for smaller trade show events, exhibition applications and promotions out and about. Supplied in a carry case. Please call 01256 768178 for info on file supply. This folding pop up stand will take approximately 1 week in house to produce. Widths options from 1505mm - 2960mm wide x 2225mm high.

Becoming popular, fabric hop up display stand or hop up display as it is known is a truly simple straight pop up display system and is actually a little lighter in weight than traditional pop up displays which use stoplight media and laminates which are heavy. Also being a one piece fabric graphic there is no alignment of image to be done as across single drop graphic panels. Just unfold the frame with the fabric graphic already fitted The hop up has its fabric graphic already fitted to the frame work using velcro, this means that the graphic could be removed and cleaned if so required at some time. Just take the system from the wheeled carry bag supplied, pop it up by extending the frame and locking in the frame braces which are very obvious and hey presto your fabric back drop is up and your presentation under way in moments. A single person operation which makes a hop up ideal for smaller trade show events, exhibition applications and promotions out and about. Supplied in a carry case. Please call 01256 768178 for info on file supply. This folding pop up stand will take approximately 1 week in house to produce. Widths options from 1505mm - 2960mm wide x 2225mm high.

£550
Race Start Line B1

This Start Line can be made in a variety of sizes, please select the option below as required. We can also produce banners if required by quotation. Banners are not included in the cost. This product can also be hired. Standard size 3.5 meters high x 3 meters wide. The B1 Build must be weighted down and or, staked and secured to the ground for safety.

This Start Line can be made in a variety of sizes, please select the option below as required. We can also produce banners if required by quotation. Banners are not included in the cost. This product can also be hired. Standard size 3.5 meters high x 3 meters wide. The B1 Build must be weighted down and or, staked and secured to the ground for safety.

£3,000
S35T51 5Way Lighting Gantry Junction.

A 5 way trio junction for system 35 lighting gantries. There is a lot going on with this gantry junction, legs down, horizontal beams out and support struts for raising up. Your structure is going going to be impressive and very eye catching, no doubt incorporating many apertures to frame branded banners. Each of our junctions come with a set of conicals, pins and clips. Even this impressive piece of engineering still has dims of 500mm x 500m.

A 5 way trio junction for system 35 lighting gantries. There is a lot going on with this gantry junction, legs down, horizontal beams out and support struts for raising up. Your structure is going going to be impressive and very eye catching, no doubt incorporating many apertures to frame branded banners. Each of our junctions come with a set of conicals, pins and clips. Even this impressive piece of engineering still has dims of 500mm x 500m.

£255
S35T52 Apex up 5way Junction

This 5 Way, apex up trio junction is part of our system 35 lighting gantry range. A junction as this can be used on a support leg if you wish to have an apex up lighting truss structure or rotated for apex down. Then it is used most likely in a horizontal cross beam to send up a supporting beam to carry a second tier. Please do call and discuss your ideas with us. S35T52 junction has dims of 500mm x 500m.

This 5 Way, apex up trio junction is part of our system 35 lighting gantry range. A junction as this can be used on a support leg if you wish to have an apex up lighting truss structure or rotated for apex down. Then it is used most likely in a horizontal cross beam to send up a supporting beam to carry a second tier. Please do call and discuss your ideas with us. S35T52 junction has dims of 500mm x 500m.

£255
S35T53 5 Way Trio Center Leg Junction.

The S35T535 junction is another impressive 5 way, this time with a down leg. Generally for a central leg position in a larger multi legged lighting gantry design with multiple horizontal beams this 5 way junction allows the user great creativity. The junction has 5 possible connection points but you don't have to use them all! non required ends can be smartly finished with mushroom domes, or left pointing upwards to create a castle theme. Conicals, pins and clips come supplied, dimensions are 500mm x 500mm x 500mm high.

The S35T535 junction is another impressive 5 way, this time with a down leg. Generally for a central leg position in a larger multi legged lighting gantry design with multiple horizontal beams this 5 way junction allows the user great creativity. The junction has 5 possible connection points but you don't have to use them all! non required ends can be smartly finished with mushroom domes, or left pointing upwards to create a castle theme. Conicals, pins and clips come supplied, dimensions are 500mm x 500mm x 500mm high.

£255
Hampshire banner stand errect

Hampshire pop up roller banner stand is if anything the most standard robust banner stand available, due to its unrivalled success it is available in Eighteen models from 600mm wide to 2.9 Metres! including single and double sided units. These pull up roller banner stand units arrive in a padded carry bag (excluding 2.9M wide models.) Visual height is 1.8M for 600mm models. For 800mm-2M wide The height is 2.145mm and 2.4 M high for Models 2.4-3.2M wide. Banner Graphics on Units 600-1500 mm wide are printed on stoplight to prevent accidental backlighting the material used is highly resistant to curling, the most successful anti curl material we have found. The Images are printed using pigmented inks and according to our suppliers this will give 100 years anti fade dye stability! Units 2000mm wide- 2900mm are printed on PVC material. Service time for pop up banner stands is normally 3 days in house on the 600-1500mm ranges and 5 days on 2000mm + models. Larger pull up roller banner stand models are made to order, please call for production times 01256 768178. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For banner stands – artwork at half output size @ 300dpi We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 120dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk. We are here to help so please call 01256 768178.

Hampshire pop up roller banner stand is if anything the most standard robust banner stand available, due to its unrivalled success it is available in Eighteen models from 600mm wide to 2.9 Metres! including single and double sided units. These pull up roller banner stand units arrive in a padded carry bag (excluding 2.9M wide models.) Visual height is 1.8M for 600mm models. For 800mm-2M wide The height is 2.145mm and 2.4 M high for Models 2.4-3.2M wide. Banner Graphics on Units 600-1500 mm wide are printed on stoplight to prevent accidental backlighting the material used is highly resistant to curling, the most successful anti curl material we have found. The Images are printed using pigmented inks and according to our suppliers this will give 100 years anti fade dye stability! Units 2000mm wide- 2900mm are printed on PVC material. Service time for pop up banner stands is normally 3 days in house on the 600-1500mm ranges and 5 days on 2000mm + models. Larger pull up roller banner stand models are made to order, please call for production times 01256 768178. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For banner stands – artwork at half output size @ 300dpi We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 120dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk. We are here to help so please call 01256 768178.

£120
S35T23 Special 3 Way Junction

A special 3 way leg junction with 135 degrees of angled horizontal beams, S35T23. Now you can create a whole bunch of angular designs with ease in system 35 trussing. This junction is often used in the construction of towers, each leg creating an aperture to frame a large Pvc branded banner. Supplied with a full set of conicals, pins and clips.

A special 3 way leg junction with 135 degrees of angled horizontal beams, S35T23. Now you can create a whole bunch of angular designs with ease in system 35 trussing. This junction is often used in the construction of towers, each leg creating an aperture to frame a large Pvc branded banner. Supplied with a full set of conicals, pins and clips.

£184
Fold flat exhibition counter with branding

Fold flat exhibition counter solution covered with your digital graphics files on front and sides. A branded counter is ideal for trade shows and events aiding you to get over your promotional message for the occasion. These flat pack counter units are all velcro assemble to enable a quick set up and take down at the end of your event. They come with a smart black top and there is an option to add a rear closure panel to act as a door panel. One shelf is included a standard with this counter. This units dimensions are 800mm x 400mm top, 1000mm high x 780mm x 380mm wide base column. Supplied in 1 week or less. Call on 01256 768178 to discuss any art working questions you may have. Ask about adding a digitally printed logo to the counter top.

Fold flat exhibition counter solution covered with your digital graphics files on front and sides. A branded counter is ideal for trade shows and events aiding you to get over your promotional message for the occasion. These flat pack counter units are all velcro assemble to enable a quick set up and take down at the end of your event. They come with a smart black top and there is an option to add a rear closure panel to act as a door panel. One shelf is included a standard with this counter. This units dimensions are 800mm x 400mm top, 1000mm high x 780mm x 380mm wide base column. Supplied in 1 week or less. Call on 01256 768178 to discuss any art working questions you may have. Ask about adding a digitally printed logo to the counter top.

£285
Race Start Line 2

This event start line incorporates side fences for extra style plus media banner support and safety. The modular design can be built in a variety of sizes this one shown is 5 meters wide overall and 3.5 meters high Banners can also be provided (not included) by quotation. This product can also be hired. Truss systems used external amy need additional base weighting and or guy lines.

This event start line incorporates side fences for extra style plus media banner support and safety. The modular design can be built in a variety of sizes this one shown is 5 meters wide overall and 3.5 meters high Banners can also be provided (not included) by quotation. This product can also be hired. Truss systems used external amy need additional base weighting and or guy lines.

£2,628
10w led spotlight for lighting track

White or Satin Silver LED trackspot with integral drivers, 10w power draw. The 10w Version is compact LED track spot with integral driver, True 50W halogen replacement, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design for visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with warm white bulbs of 3000 kelvin or cool of 4000 kelvin, 537 lumens and a beam angle of 50 degrees. Note the 10w led spotlight has the 3 detail rings on the body, an ideal smart track spotlights for exhibition and retail shop applications. Lighting track is designed to connect together and enable shapes or grids to provide a spread of light across a floor area. Allow a 3 days supply time.

White or Satin Silver LED trackspot with integral drivers, 10w power draw. The 10w Version is compact LED track spot with integral driver, True 50W halogen replacement, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design for visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with warm white bulbs of 3000 kelvin or cool of 4000 kelvin, 537 lumens and a beam angle of 50 degrees. Note the 10w led spotlight has the 3 detail rings on the body, an ideal smart track spotlights for exhibition and retail shop applications. Lighting track is designed to connect together and enable shapes or grids to provide a spread of light across a floor area. Allow a 3 days supply time.

£55
Midi banner stand for dektop

Desk top Midi is a roller banner stand at only 400mm wide designed for countertop use. The graphic is rolled inside exactly as a normal roller banner, it comes with a carry bag and offers 4 height configurations 400mm, 800mm 1200mm and 1600mm.The poles supplied come in 4 pieces and plug together to give the desired height for your promotion. Want to know more Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Desk top Midi is a roller banner stand at only 400mm wide designed for countertop use. The graphic is rolled inside exactly as a normal roller banner, it comes with a carry bag and offers 4 height configurations 400mm, 800mm 1200mm and 1600mm.The poles supplied come in 4 pieces and plug together to give the desired height for your promotion. Want to know more Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£60
The sidewinder roller banner range together

Sidewinder pull up roller banner stand with a smart silver anodised finish and black end caps. These high quality banner stands come with a protective carry bag. The support pole is bungee joined together and housed within the unit base. The graphic banner has a visible height of 2100mm and choice of 5 widths from 600 to 1500mm. The foot print of this unit is 170mm deep x width +15mm. The graphics (printing included) are printed on Melinex stoplight, a product selected through painstaking research by the Coker Expo Group for its stability (anti curl) The inks used from 2014 are now pigmented giving 100 years of anti fade according to the manufacturers. The accuracy of Pantone matching is now over 70% please let us know if you have a particularly important or difficult colour for matching. We are here to help with any questions 01256 768178.

Sidewinder pull up roller banner stand with a smart silver anodised finish and black end caps. These high quality banner stands come with a protective carry bag. The support pole is bungee joined together and housed within the unit base. The graphic banner has a visible height of 2100mm and choice of 5 widths from 600 to 1500mm. The foot print of this unit is 170mm deep x width +15mm. The graphics (printing included) are printed on Melinex stoplight, a product selected through painstaking research by the Coker Expo Group for its stability (anti curl) The inks used from 2014 are now pigmented giving 100 years of anti fade according to the manufacturers. The accuracy of Pantone matching is now over 70% please let us know if you have a particularly important or difficult colour for matching. We are here to help with any questions 01256 768178.

£150
black iec splitter block

One in and two out daisy splitter block, made for an easy daisy chain plug and play, series lighting configurations. No need to struggle with this daisy lighting solution you can power multiple lights from one mains lead. allows rapid easy lighting installations one feed in and one extension to the next light. Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

One in and two out daisy splitter block, made for an easy daisy chain plug and play, series lighting configurations. No need to struggle with this daisy lighting solution you can power multiple lights from one mains lead. allows rapid easy lighting installations one feed in and one extension to the next light. Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£9
Pop up case graphic wrap

Turn your exhibition pop up case into a podium counter please download the PDF below for your artwork dimensions the graphic wrap will be printed and laminated to fit precisely around the case and can be stored inside when not in use. The graphic will overlap at the back and be secured by male and female hook and loop strip

Turn your exhibition pop up case into a podium counter please download the PDF below for your artwork dimensions the graphic wrap will be printed and laminated to fit precisely around the case and can be stored inside when not in use. The graphic will overlap at the back and be secured by male and female hook and loop strip

£75
Platinum cassette roller banner stand

The New Platinum 2 pull up Roller banner stand is a good choice when quality is important. The unit incorporates an interchangeable cassette Banner which allows for swapping the graphic cartridge. It is really fast and easy, simply remove and insert the new graphic cartridge through the base and pull up the banner, good to get on with your event. Available in two sizes 850mm and 1M wide, complete with Graphic on stoplight with anti curl properties. Image size is 850 or 1M wide x 2130mm high, please add 150mm at the base when preparing the artwork, this is for the rewind mechanism. stoplight graphic with anti curl layer Hybrid telescopic pole Quick change cassette cartridge Smoky translucent end caps Stylish front profile Adjustable stabilizing feet Supplied with padded carry bag and shoulder strap Need more information or advice, call 01256 768178

The New Platinum 2 pull up Roller banner stand is a good choice when quality is important. The unit incorporates an interchangeable cassette Banner which allows for swapping the graphic cartridge. It is really fast and easy, simply remove and insert the new graphic cartridge through the base and pull up the banner, good to get on with your event. Available in two sizes 850mm and 1M wide, complete with Graphic on stoplight with anti curl properties. Image size is 850 or 1M wide x 2130mm high, please add 150mm at the base when preparing the artwork, this is for the rewind mechanism. stoplight graphic with anti curl layer Hybrid telescopic pole Quick change cassette cartridge Smoky translucent end caps Stylish front profile Adjustable stabilizing feet Supplied with padded carry bag and shoulder strap Need more information or advice, call 01256 768178

£185
29 watt Led spot light for lighting track

29 and 37 Watt versions, Satin silver or white LED track spots with integral driver. These track lights are perfect for use on an exhibition stand that needs to be bright and keep the number of lighting fixtures down to a minimum. Bright track lights are ideal for use in the retail and shop outlet too, the tack enables a number of lighting fixtures to be fitted to it in one location and yet the lighting fixtures are aimed in different directions, powered by one socket connection. The 37W version has a comparable performance to 100W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm bulbs of 3000 kelvin, 3383 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. 29 Watt version: LED track spotlight with integral driver, Comparable performance to 70W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin, 2807 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. Track lighting is designed to provide a method of building a grid or frame work that many lighting fixtures can lock into and be powered from a single 13 amp supply. 3 day supply time

29 and 37 Watt versions, Satin silver or white LED track spots with integral driver. These track lights are perfect for use on an exhibition stand that needs to be bright and keep the number of lighting fixtures down to a minimum. Bright track lights are ideal for use in the retail and shop outlet too, the tack enables a number of lighting fixtures to be fitted to it in one location and yet the lighting fixtures are aimed in different directions, powered by one socket connection. The 37W version has a comparable performance to 100W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm bulbs of 3000 kelvin, 3383 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. 29 Watt version: LED track spotlight with integral driver, Comparable performance to 70W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin, 2807 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. Track lighting is designed to provide a method of building a grid or frame work that many lighting fixtures can lock into and be powered from a single 13 amp supply. 3 day supply time

£155
Banner stand light LED chrome clip on

Ciri 5W LED Banner stand light has a smart quality chrome finish. A mains powered light fitting with a bulldog clip for clamping to banner stand poles. The lighting head sits upon a sleek curving arm and can be rotated and swivelled to suit the banner stand. The fixture comes with a 2.5 metre mains lead with a UK plug.

Ciri 5W LED Banner stand light has a smart quality chrome finish. A mains powered light fitting with a bulldog clip for clamping to banner stand poles. The lighting head sits upon a sleek curving arm and can be rotated and swivelled to suit the banner stand. The fixture comes with a 2.5 metre mains lead with a UK plug.

£30
An event, race start line in Trio gantry

This is a very cost effective start line for events and races. The image shown is 5m over all width, 2.5m depth and 3.75 meters high. The unit takes only 40 minutes to assemble and can fit into an estate car with a maximum length piece of gantry at 2m. This trio system 35 structure may need additional base weighting and or guy lines to secure according to outdoor weather conditions. Banners shown are available by quotation, advised to use mesh pvc. Guy lines and stakes are another option, so too bolting the structure to a suitable ground surface.

This is a very cost effective start line for events and races. The image shown is 5m over all width, 2.5m depth and 3.75 meters high. The unit takes only 40 minutes to assemble and can fit into an estate car with a maximum length piece of gantry at 2m. This trio system 35 structure may need additional base weighting and or guy lines to secure according to outdoor weather conditions. Banners shown are available by quotation, advised to use mesh pvc. Guy lines and stakes are another option, so too bolting the structure to a suitable ground surface.

£2,107
29 watt Led spot light for lighting track

29 and 37 Watt versions, Satin silver or white LED track spots with integral driver. These track lights are perfect for use on an exhibition stand that needs to be bright and keep the number of lighting fixtures down to a minimum. Bright track lights are ideal for use in the retail and shop outlet too, the tack enables a number of lighting fixtures to be fitted to it in one location and yet the lighting fixtures are aimed in different directions, powered by one socket connection. The 37W version has a comparable performance to 100W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm bulbs of 3000 kelvin, 3383 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. 29 Watt version: LED track spotlight with integral driver, Comparable performance to 70W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin, 2807 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. Track lighting is designed to provide a method of building a grid or frame work that many lighting fixtures can lock into and be powered from a single 13 amp supply. 3 day supply time

29 and 37 Watt versions, Satin silver or white LED track spots with integral driver. These track lights are perfect for use on an exhibition stand that needs to be bright and keep the number of lighting fixtures down to a minimum. Bright track lights are ideal for use in the retail and shop outlet too, the tack enables a number of lighting fixtures to be fitted to it in one location and yet the lighting fixtures are aimed in different directions, powered by one socket connection. The 37W version has a comparable performance to 100W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm bulbs of 3000 kelvin, 3383 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. 29 Watt version: LED track spotlight with integral driver, Comparable performance to 70W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin, 2807 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. Track lighting is designed to provide a method of building a grid or frame work that many lighting fixtures can lock into and be powered from a single 13 amp supply. 3 day supply time

£155
Branded round display plinth

Round graphic display plinth, complete with digitally printed branded laminated body graphics. The most popular method of displaying your product at an exhibition or trade show event is by using a branded display plinth. This round graphic display plinth is available in various heights (standard is 1M), plus a choice of diameters from 500 to 700mm. Pedestal and podium units are designed to be easily portable and put together in a few moments. You can also store items inside of these podiums on your exhibition stand, if you need the items out, simply peel part of the graphic wrap away and grad the item. Components consist of top, base, 4 x poles and a body graphic wrap. Hand bolt the legs to the base of the plinth and tighten the smart chromed top studs. No need for tools. Full graphic covers the main body of the plinth attaching with velcro, finished with a choice of top colours. Our graphic display plinths can support a product display weight load of 60 kilos. These items take approximately 4 days in house to produce. Please call for quicker lead times if required. Custom units also available by quotation. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Round graphic display plinth, complete with digitally printed branded laminated body graphics. The most popular method of displaying your product at an exhibition or trade show event is by using a branded display plinth. This round graphic display plinth is available in various heights (standard is 1M), plus a choice of diameters from 500 to 700mm. Pedestal and podium units are designed to be easily portable and put together in a few moments. You can also store items inside of these podiums on your exhibition stand, if you need the items out, simply peel part of the graphic wrap away and grad the item. Components consist of top, base, 4 x poles and a body graphic wrap. Hand bolt the legs to the base of the plinth and tighten the smart chromed top studs. No need for tools. Full graphic covers the main body of the plinth attaching with velcro, finished with a choice of top colours. Our graphic display plinths can support a product display weight load of 60 kilos. These items take approximately 4 days in house to produce. Please call for quicker lead times if required. Custom units also available by quotation. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£220
Demo center counters in black and white finish

Probably our most popular promotional counter, the demo center is small but perfectly suited to the smaller promotion where ever the venue. The dimensions for this unit are, 905mm High x 790mm wide. Round fronted with a rigid Pvc top fascia, made from polypropylene. Available in black or white. This counter unit folds down and can be assembled in moments. • High quality re-usable, easy to assemble • Polypropylene body panel incorporating unique hinges for easy folding • Vacuum formed high impact polystyrene tops and base shelf • Epoxy polyester powder coated steel poles Any questions or advice 01256 768178

Probably our most popular promotional counter, the demo center is small but perfectly suited to the smaller promotion where ever the venue. The dimensions for this unit are, 905mm High x 790mm wide. Round fronted with a rigid Pvc top fascia, made from polypropylene. Available in black or white. This counter unit folds down and can be assembled in moments. • High quality re-usable, easy to assemble • Polypropylene body panel incorporating unique hinges for easy folding • Vacuum formed high impact polystyrene tops and base shelf • Epoxy polyester powder coated steel poles Any questions or advice 01256 768178

£140
42w Led track light fitting in white

LED trackspot with integral driver available in white and satin silver finish. This track spotlight has comparable performance to a 150W HQI spotlight, with the following specification, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodized reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 50,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm of 3000 Kelvin, 3979 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. If you need a bright Led lighting fixture for use in your shop or retail unit then a track system with these display lighting fixtures could provide the solution. A powerful Led light able to light an exhibition stand too by securing the light track to a ceiling grid or handy supporting wall. Remember track can be connected in various shapes to enable illumination of the whole floor area. A 13amp power supply needs to be connected to the lighting track via it end power adapter. 3 days supply time.

LED trackspot with integral driver available in white and satin silver finish. This track spotlight has comparable performance to a 150W HQI spotlight, with the following specification, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodized reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 50,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm of 3000 Kelvin, 3979 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. If you need a bright Led lighting fixture for use in your shop or retail unit then a track system with these display lighting fixtures could provide the solution. A powerful Led light able to light an exhibition stand too by securing the light track to a ceiling grid or handy supporting wall. Remember track can be connected in various shapes to enable illumination of the whole floor area. A 13amp power supply needs to be connected to the lighting track via it end power adapter. 3 days supply time.

£225
gantry exhibition stand with a top banner area

This build is for a floor area of 3M x 3M. This gantry exhibition stand has the following dimensions, 3 x 3 x 2.5 / 3.8M high. With the addition of a simple 3 way truss junction we can send an arm up and over the main gantry frame work. This creates a great frame work to surround a publicity banner high up at any event or exhibition. Our sample design can be altered with ease to fit any floor area that you may need, ask for a quote.

This build is for a floor area of 3M x 3M. This gantry exhibition stand has the following dimensions, 3 x 3 x 2.5 / 3.8M high. With the addition of a simple 3 way truss junction we can send an arm up and over the main gantry frame work. This creates a great frame work to surround a publicity banner high up at any event or exhibition. Our sample design can be altered with ease to fit any floor area that you may need, ask for a quote.

£2,650
42w Led track light fitting in white

LED trackspot with integral driver available in white and satin silver finish. This track spotlight has comparable performance to a 150W HQI spotlight, with the following specification, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodized reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 50,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm of 3000 Kelvin, 3979 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. If you need a bright Led lighting fixture for use in your shop or retail unit then a track system with these display lighting fixtures could provide the solution. A powerful Led light able to light an exhibition stand too by securing the light track to a ceiling grid or handy supporting wall. Remember track can be connected in various shapes to enable illumination of the whole floor area. A 13amp power supply needs to be connected to the lighting track via it end power adapter. 3 days supply time.

LED trackspot with integral driver available in white and satin silver finish. This track spotlight has comparable performance to a 150W HQI spotlight, with the following specification, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodized reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 50,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm of 3000 Kelvin, 3979 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. If you need a bright Led lighting fixture for use in your shop or retail unit then a track system with these display lighting fixtures could provide the solution. A powerful Led light able to light an exhibition stand too by securing the light track to a ceiling grid or handy supporting wall. Remember track can be connected in various shapes to enable illumination of the whole floor area. A 13amp power supply needs to be connected to the lighting track via it end power adapter. 3 days supply time.

£225
Curved workstation in black fabric with beech top

Still a popular piece of portable exhibition furniture for trade shows, the curved workstation. We show it here with the woodgrain effect top and fabric ny-loop velcro friendly wrap and there is a wide choice when it come to counter top colours and tambour body wraps. This stylish open backed physique curved workstation can also be offered as the full body wrapped version if preferred, see the drop down menu to select it. The curved workstation measures 1000h x 985w x 500d, Weight is 17 Kilos. This exhibition counter is also available as a full graphic version which brings branding opportunities. For a really smart but simple exhibition counter look at the all beech version or the ultra modern brushed aluminium versions. If you have a question please call on 01256 768178.

Still a popular piece of portable exhibition furniture for trade shows, the curved workstation. We show it here with the woodgrain effect top and fabric ny-loop velcro friendly wrap and there is a wide choice when it come to counter top colours and tambour body wraps. This stylish open backed physique curved workstation can also be offered as the full body wrapped version if preferred, see the drop down menu to select it. The curved workstation measures 1000h x 985w x 500d, Weight is 17 Kilos. This exhibition counter is also available as a full graphic version which brings branding opportunities. For a really smart but simple exhibition counter look at the all beech version or the ultra modern brushed aluminium versions. If you have a question please call on 01256 768178.

£237
Display truss build 49 (dwg 529-1)

Looking for a large open floor area with lighting arms over head. This design covers a floor area of 6m x 6m x 2.9m high.

Looking for a large open floor area with lighting arms over head. This design covers a floor area of 6m x 6m x 2.9m high.

£6,365
Hook and Loop

Hook and loop fastener tape ( white ) for exhibition graphic panels etc. 25mm wide x 25M long Self adhesive tape in loop (for the wall) and hook.

Hook and loop fastener tape ( white ) for exhibition graphic panels etc. 25mm wide x 25M long Self adhesive tape in loop (for the wall) and hook.

£11
32-35mm lighting clamp

32-35mm gantry clamps for use with light fittings and a variety of accessories on 32mm to 35mm tube.

32-35mm gantry clamps for use with light fittings and a variety of accessories on 32mm to 35mm tube.

£10
Double clamp for system 35 Gantry

Double clamps for 32-35mm gantry. Two single clamps with a swivel connection used for accessorising System 35 and 222 Trio gantry and lighting truss systems.

Double clamps for 32-35mm gantry. Two single clamps with a swivel connection used for accessorising System 35 and 222 Trio gantry and lighting truss systems.

£18
50mm gantry clamps

50mm clamp for use with lights and accessories to enable fitting items to a 50mm diameter tube.

50mm clamp for use with lights and accessories to enable fitting items to a 50mm diameter tube.

£15
Double clamp for system 50 Gantry

Double clamps for 50mm truss, two single clamps with a swivel connection used for accessorising System 50 and 290 50mm Gantry systems.

Double clamps for 50mm truss, two single clamps with a swivel connection used for accessorising System 50 and 290 50mm Gantry systems.

£25
S35 Wall Plate

A handy wall plate to drop system 35 trio and quad horizontal truss beams into for suspension applications.

A handy wall plate to drop system 35 trio and quad horizontal truss beams into for suspension applications.

£150
S35 T Bar clamp for flying (suspended) rigs

This T bar is required to suspend a flying lighting rig and each T bar takes a load of 100Kilos

This T bar is required to suspend a flying lighting rig and each T bar takes a load of 100Kilos

£70
XL Gantry Base Plate

This is our extra large gantry base plate, it measures in at 800mm x 800mm x 6mm thick plate steel. Powder coated grey. If you are unable to bolt a single truss column into the floor or a portal, goal post design, then this base plate will give great support to your structure. The base plate must be used together with a standard base plate, the position of the standard base plate can be adjusted depending where its bolted to the XL base plate. this flexibility allows a goal post banner stand for example to be placed against a wall or free standing as a divider or arch. There are many ways of achieving an impressive design with gantry. you are welcome to use without charge our free modeling program, accessible from the home page. We are here to help please call 01256 768178 we have a gantry specialist in our team.

This is our extra large gantry base plate, it measures in at 800mm x 800mm x 6mm thick plate steel. Powder coated grey. If you are unable to bolt a single truss column into the floor or a portal, goal post design, then this base plate will give great support to your structure. The base plate must be used together with a standard base plate, the position of the standard base plate can be adjusted depending where its bolted to the XL base plate. this flexibility allows a goal post banner stand for example to be placed against a wall or free standing as a divider or arch. There are many ways of achieving an impressive design with gantry. you are welcome to use without charge our free modeling program, accessible from the home page. We are here to help please call 01256 768178 we have a gantry specialist in our team.

£150
S35 Gantry lifting eye for flying rigs

Single gantry lifting eye for hanging accessories or for lifting the lighting truss system to create a flying or ariel rig.

Single gantry lifting eye for hanging accessories or for lifting the lighting truss system to create a flying or ariel rig.

£15
Aluminium tube for accessories

Aluminium tube for accessories, 32mm diameter.

Aluminium tube for accessories, 32mm diameter.

£15
End cap for exhibition gantry tubes 32mm

Plastic end cap to tidy the end of 32mm tube

Plastic end cap to tidy the end of 32mm tube

£2
32mm tube metal end fitting threaded

End fitting for 32mm tube price includes fitting and glueing (for horizontal use only) This fitting allows creativity of accessories for banner, posters, lighting,literature racks,tables, bag holders and so on.

End fitting for 32mm tube price includes fitting and glueing (for horizontal use only) This fitting allows creativity of accessories for banner, posters, lighting,literature racks,tables, bag holders and so on.

£4
Connectors for System 35 Gantry set of three

A set of three System 35 conicals complete with taper pins and retaining clips

A set of three System 35 conicals complete with taper pins and retaining clips

£35
Mushroom end for System 35 gantry

Smart mushroom dome end allows multi use of gantry junctions fits S35 Trio, duo and quad. Price is single mushroom top with fittings.

Smart mushroom dome end allows multi use of gantry junctions fits S35 Trio, duo and quad. Price is single mushroom top with fittings.

£6
Plasama screen suspension 32mm drop poles for 222 systems

A pair of 32mm dia clamp on 1500mm long drop poles to which you can fit your own plasma or Lcd screen mount. Either bolt your wall mount to these poles or order 4 off 32mm cell clamps, call for advice.

A pair of 32mm dia clamp on 1500mm long drop poles to which you can fit your own plasma or Lcd screen mount. Either bolt your wall mount to these poles or order 4 off 32mm cell clamps, call for advice.

£110
Exhibition gantry table or shelf accessory

A simple unit that attaches to the main truss with a clamp arrangement. the table top size is 600mm x 450mm (oval) and beech laminated, perfect for the display of product or to simply carry a few brochures. Also comes in a 800mm x 500mm oval version call for details..... we print the tops so can be any design or colour + your logo.

A simple unit that attaches to the main truss with a clamp arrangement. the table top size is 600mm x 450mm (oval) and beech laminated, perfect for the display of product or to simply carry a few brochures. Also comes in a 800mm x 500mm oval version call for details..... we print the tops so can be any design or colour + your logo.

£140
S35T Bookend Multi Junction

This special adjustable truss junction is hinged and fits both S35 Trio and Quad trussing making the impossible possible! There are occasions when a standard trussing junction just will not achieve the angle that is required, this is where our custom truss junction may well do the job for you. If you are looking to create a custom angle within your truss system think about a bookend junction.

This special adjustable truss junction is hinged and fits both S35 Trio and Quad trussing making the impossible possible! There are occasions when a standard trussing junction just will not achieve the angle that is required, this is where our custom truss junction may well do the job for you. If you are looking to create a custom angle within your truss system think about a bookend junction.

£200
Graphic wrapping for trio trussing systems

Full Leg - Part Leg or horizontal beam Gantry leg wraps 190mm and 290mm wide, self adhesive graphic wrap, perfect to dress up those truss legs and truss horizontal beams. We are able to wrap trussing systems that have 32mm dia tube, 35mm dia and even 50mm diameter tube sizes. Some times the ability to cover your trussing with digital branding can bring a new lease of life to tired trussing or just make a real eye catching statement at any exhibition or event. 2M and 2.5M legs (wraps do not cover the joints) These truss wraps are printed to sticky backed fabric and can be removed without leaving residue and can be stored for later use if reapplied to there release paper, so keep the original backing paper supplied! Artwork advice for 32/35mm dia systems, to wrap around the triangle you will require 710mm - 40mm of this will be overlapped at one end. We do not cover the joints so for the length reduce in each instance by 80mm. Ie a 1m length would be 920mm. Artwork advice for 50mm dia systems, to wrap around the triangle you will require 910mm - 40mm of this will be overlapped at one end. We do not cover the joints so for the length reduce in each instance by 100mm. Ie a 1m length would be 900mm. Question or advice on wrapping truss call on 01256 768178.

Full Leg - Part Leg or horizontal beam Gantry leg wraps 190mm and 290mm wide, self adhesive graphic wrap, perfect to dress up those truss legs and truss horizontal beams. We are able to wrap trussing systems that have 32mm dia tube, 35mm dia and even 50mm diameter tube sizes. Some times the ability to cover your trussing with digital branding can bring a new lease of life to tired trussing or just make a real eye catching statement at any exhibition or event. 2M and 2.5M legs (wraps do not cover the joints) These truss wraps are printed to sticky backed fabric and can be removed without leaving residue and can be stored for later use if reapplied to there release paper, so keep the original backing paper supplied! Artwork advice for 32/35mm dia systems, to wrap around the triangle you will require 710mm - 40mm of this will be overlapped at one end. We do not cover the joints so for the length reduce in each instance by 80mm. Ie a 1m length would be 920mm. Artwork advice for 50mm dia systems, to wrap around the triangle you will require 910mm - 40mm of this will be overlapped at one end. We do not cover the joints so for the length reduce in each instance by 100mm. Ie a 1m length would be 900mm. Question or advice on wrapping truss call on 01256 768178.

£45
Lighting truss sleeve for trio truss

Lighting truss sleeve for trio gantry systems with a 50mm dia tube. Our white truss sleeve provides the perfect coverage for Trio truss structures, available in a variety of length options. We not not have any truss wraps to cover Trio junctions the variety of shapes makes this impossible. The white lycra fabric gives a clean look, ideal for exhibition applications as well as wedding and marquee environments. When utilising the white truss sleeves, why not add a slimline led light for a coloured or colour change light effect within the frame work of your truss system, illuminating it from within. The side velcro strip allows for easy installation onto your truss, saving time on set up.

Lighting truss sleeve for trio gantry systems with a 50mm dia tube. Our white truss sleeve provides the perfect coverage for Trio truss structures, available in a variety of length options. We not not have any truss wraps to cover Trio junctions the variety of shapes makes this impossible. The white lycra fabric gives a clean look, ideal for exhibition applications as well as wedding and marquee environments. When utilising the white truss sleeves, why not add a slimline led light for a coloured or colour change light effect within the frame work of your truss system, illuminating it from within. The side velcro strip allows for easy installation onto your truss, saving time on set up.

£27
Daisy chain lighting 1m Linking Mains Lead

A 1m linking mains lead for our daisy lighting cable system

A 1m linking mains lead for our daisy lighting cable system

£5
Apollo banner stand (2130mm x 800m wide)

The Apollo has been designed for the quantity run market where a budget has to be meet and a quality standard kept. A single sided roller banner stand for £90 This pull up banner stand has a fully enclosed satin aluminium body to provide maximum protection during display and transit times. If your new to the display game this unit is a sensible place to start and comes complete with graphic, still printed to the same 1400dpi, with 100 year inks. The graphics visible area measures 2130 x 800mm, 4 kilos. The foot print of this unit is 400mm x 825mm. This pull up is one of the lightest roller banner stands on the market. Supplied with canvas carry case too.

The Apollo has been designed for the quantity run market where a budget has to be meet and a quality standard kept. A single sided roller banner stand for £90 This pull up banner stand has a fully enclosed satin aluminium body to provide maximum protection during display and transit times. If your new to the display game this unit is a sensible place to start and comes complete with graphic, still printed to the same 1400dpi, with 100 year inks. The graphics visible area measures 2130 x 800mm, 4 kilos. The foot print of this unit is 400mm x 825mm. This pull up is one of the lightest roller banner stands on the market. Supplied with canvas carry case too.

£95
Branded budget display plinth set.

The plastic Budget Display Plinth is tough and durable and is available in two heights 895mm and 45cm high. Each display plinth body is 47.5cm diameter. The Budget Display Plinth is the ideal option if you are constrained by budget and wish to enhance your display with a graphic pedestal or podium. After all not all exhibitions and events warrant huge cost outlay on display product. These portable display plinth units arrive flat packed with the graphic wrap in a sturdy tube. Set up is really very easy and only takes a few moments. Carry bags are available as optional extras. This product is now available with an ipad tablet fitting top if required too. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

The plastic Budget Display Plinth is tough and durable and is available in two heights 895mm and 45cm high. Each display plinth body is 47.5cm diameter. The Budget Display Plinth is the ideal option if you are constrained by budget and wish to enhance your display with a graphic pedestal or podium. After all not all exhibitions and events warrant huge cost outlay on display product. These portable display plinth units arrive flat packed with the graphic wrap in a sturdy tube. Set up is really very easy and only takes a few moments. Carry bags are available as optional extras. This product is now available with an ipad tablet fitting top if required too. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£90
Daisy chain 3 metre extension lead

A 5m Daisy linking lead an ideal extension lead, to daisy chain lights in series at exhibitions and events.

A 5m Daisy linking lead an ideal extension lead, to daisy chain lights in series at exhibitions and events.

£5
S35T33_34 Special 3 way Junction

A custom designed 3 way 33_34 junction, left and right are no more. How about an angular leg for system 35 trio lighting gantry systems with this special corner junction S35T33/34.With the standard 33 and 34 corner junctions the legs triangular orientation turns for each. Not so for this truss junction, the actual down leg is rotated by 45 degrees and can be used in any corner of your exhibition floor area. Dims of 500mm x 500mm, comes with a set of conicals, pins and clips.

A custom designed 3 way 33_34 junction, left and right are no more. How about an angular leg for system 35 trio lighting gantry systems with this special corner junction S35T33/34.With the standard 33 and 34 corner junctions the legs triangular orientation turns for each. Not so for this truss junction, the actual down leg is rotated by 45 degrees and can be used in any corner of your exhibition floor area. Dims of 500mm x 500mm, comes with a set of conicals, pins and clips.

£166
Nest of white exhibition plinths

A quick assembly folding white exhibition and display plinth set with choice of top colours. This set of four plinths is supplied as a nest to be arranged in a tiered presentation which always looks good. Ideal for exhibitions, trade shows and events in particular as these units are designed to be portable. The plinths are made from an aluminium and PVC composite panel 3mm thick. Flexible rubber edge hinges join the panels together and this allows the units to fold flat for storage and transit. Assembly is very rapid indeed. The tops and bases are factory fitted with hook and loop fastener, when assembling the body panels are wrapped around them forming an instant plinth. The plinths can also be used for hidden storage. Please select your to top colour choice below It is possible to have printed and laminated graphic tops, we will need an electronic file 400mm square. Specifications Unit dimensions are 380 wide panels x unit height 400mm square tops. Set heights are 705, 940, 1000, 1200mm. Options We can custom build these display plinth units, adding shelves, cable management and graphics, call for details. Shelving and cable ports options below are per shelf and cable port, please advise which units you would like to have shelves. Note, 1200mm high units come with 1 shelf as standard. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

A quick assembly folding white exhibition and display plinth set with choice of top colours. This set of four plinths is supplied as a nest to be arranged in a tiered presentation which always looks good. Ideal for exhibitions, trade shows and events in particular as these units are designed to be portable. The plinths are made from an aluminium and PVC composite panel 3mm thick. Flexible rubber edge hinges join the panels together and this allows the units to fold flat for storage and transit. Assembly is very rapid indeed. The tops and bases are factory fitted with hook and loop fastener, when assembling the body panels are wrapped around them forming an instant plinth. The plinths can also be used for hidden storage. Please select your to top colour choice below It is possible to have printed and laminated graphic tops, we will need an electronic file 400mm square. Specifications Unit dimensions are 380 wide panels x unit height 400mm square tops. Set heights are 705, 940, 1000, 1200mm. Options We can custom build these display plinth units, adding shelves, cable management and graphics, call for details. Shelving and cable ports options below are per shelf and cable port, please advise which units you would like to have shelves. Note, 1200mm high units come with 1 shelf as standard. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£570
Round aluminium finish display plinth

Round display plinths available in Brushed aluminium or woodgrain laminate finishes, in 400mm diameter and 600mm diameter and a range of heights. This portable round display plinths are ideal for the exhibition and trade show markets. Quick and easy to assemble thanks to the clever velcro and former system. Top colour options are woodgrain white, silver or black as requested for your particular presentation needs. Units are made from MDF and laminate covered to create a rollable curtain body. Once attached to the top and bottom plates the unit becomes solid and capable of great weight loading in the area of 50 Kilos. Normal production time 4 working days, made in the UK.

Round display plinths available in Brushed aluminium or woodgrain laminate finishes, in 400mm diameter and 600mm diameter and a range of heights. This portable round display plinths are ideal for the exhibition and trade show markets. Quick and easy to assemble thanks to the clever velcro and former system. Top colour options are woodgrain white, silver or black as requested for your particular presentation needs. Units are made from MDF and laminate covered to create a rollable curtain body. Once attached to the top and bottom plates the unit becomes solid and capable of great weight loading in the area of 50 Kilos. Normal production time 4 working days, made in the UK.

£129
V range counter

The V-counter is a robust and stylish reception counter or workstation, smart enough even for permanent use in a showroom or as a reception counter. It is available in a choice of two design options. The Standard option has the open back. The deluxe offers a lockable storage facility which is ideal for applications where security is important. Deluxe counters include, integral shelf and lockable door. Complete with cable management as standard. V counters are available in white, black, silver and birch finishes. Any of which would add a class image to your exhibition stand at any events. Tops are available in two shape options; Keystone and Elliptical, sides are available in silver or white. There is also a handy wheel transit case for the V Counter, make getting to and from events that bit easier with a protective wheeled transport case. Ask about the fascia kit to bring a stylist branding element to your counter 01256 768178.

The V-counter is a robust and stylish reception counter or workstation, smart enough even for permanent use in a showroom or as a reception counter. It is available in a choice of two design options. The Standard option has the open back. The deluxe offers a lockable storage facility which is ideal for applications where security is important. Deluxe counters include, integral shelf and lockable door. Complete with cable management as standard. V counters are available in white, black, silver and birch finishes. Any of which would add a class image to your exhibition stand at any events. Tops are available in two shape options; Keystone and Elliptical, sides are available in silver or white. There is also a handy wheel transit case for the V Counter, make getting to and from events that bit easier with a protective wheeled transport case. Ask about the fascia kit to bring a stylist branding element to your counter 01256 768178.

£299
Luna counter with printed graphic wrap

The Luna Exhibition Counter - Podium unit is a light weight and attractive workstation available in a variety of fabric body wraps or laminated graphics which are secured using velcro to its Pvc tambour wrap. Suspended pole shelf included to carry light weight loads. This is designed to be a small exhibition counter for those with a smaller floor area where every bit of space is a premium. Use as a display plinth or exhibition counter at events, 1000mm high x 860w x 400d lead time is 1 week. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

The Luna Exhibition Counter - Podium unit is a light weight and attractive workstation available in a variety of fabric body wraps or laminated graphics which are secured using velcro to its Pvc tambour wrap. Suspended pole shelf included to carry light weight loads. This is designed to be a small exhibition counter for those with a smaller floor area where every bit of space is a premium. Use as a display plinth or exhibition counter at events, 1000mm high x 860w x 400d lead time is 1 week. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£200
5m Daisy lighting link lead

A 5m linking lead for plug and play lighting

A 5m linking lead for plug and play lighting

£6
CS50 TRIO External Event Race Start Line

A good sized outdoor event race start line, finish line, in our system 50 trio truss. We would suggest that with outdoor banners in windy conditions mesh pvc is advisable to allow wind flow through the media. Expect 2 - 3 men to be required to set up this race start line. This truss system is again spigot and pin with a solid conical, quick set up and take down with strength for higher weight loadings. The longest section in this build is a 2m beam, we can use smaller sections but costs will raise. The structures dimensions are 6m x 4m high and the support legs extend 2.5m from front to rear. Please bear in mind that additional weighting down and or guy roping may be required depending on the weather conditions and the surface it is standing up upon.

A good sized outdoor event race start line, finish line, in our system 50 trio truss. We would suggest that with outdoor banners in windy conditions mesh pvc is advisable to allow wind flow through the media. Expect 2 - 3 men to be required to set up this race start line. This truss system is again spigot and pin with a solid conical, quick set up and take down with strength for higher weight loadings. The longest section in this build is a 2m beam, we can use smaller sections but costs will raise. The structures dimensions are 6m x 4m high and the support legs extend 2.5m from front to rear. Please bear in mind that additional weighting down and or guy roping may be required depending on the weather conditions and the surface it is standing up upon.

£2,276
Brushed aluminium crescent plinth set arrangement

Multi linked crescent display plinths set with a high end brushed aluminium finish and beech effect laminated tops as standard. Three plinths make up the set, the tallest plinth is completely round and the other two are have crescent sections removed so as they lock into the central supporting column to create a multi-tiered or nest effect for high visual impact. The body of the plinths is made from MDF tambour which has been "V" routed into strips on the reverse side, the smart brushed aluminium laminate is applied to the front side. The result is a rollable curtain or wrap forming the body of the display plinth set. This makes them very portable and easy to transport to events and trade shows. The top and bottom edges of the tambour are covered with hook fastener which is connected to the plinth top and bottom when being assembled. Plinth tops are also made from MDF with and then thermoformed with a laminate covering the top and edges. Thermoformed tops are available in a range of colour finishes. Once assembled the exhibition plinth set is very strong depending on the size chosen and whether it’s a round or crescent unit, but for example you could probably stand on the top of a round plinth. This allows them to be used in a variety of display configurations, to create a shape appropriate to your display area requirements. Heights are: 400mm sets: 1200mm 800mm and 400mm 600mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm 750mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm. Velcro assembly - quick and easy, carry loads of 40 kilo's without trouble. Manufactured in the UK. Made to order within the week. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

Multi linked crescent display plinths set with a high end brushed aluminium finish and beech effect laminated tops as standard. Three plinths make up the set, the tallest plinth is completely round and the other two are have crescent sections removed so as they lock into the central supporting column to create a multi-tiered or nest effect for high visual impact. The body of the plinths is made from MDF tambour which has been "V" routed into strips on the reverse side, the smart brushed aluminium laminate is applied to the front side. The result is a rollable curtain or wrap forming the body of the display plinth set. This makes them very portable and easy to transport to events and trade shows. The top and bottom edges of the tambour are covered with hook fastener which is connected to the plinth top and bottom when being assembled. Plinth tops are also made from MDF with and then thermoformed with a laminate covering the top and edges. Thermoformed tops are available in a range of colour finishes. Once assembled the exhibition plinth set is very strong depending on the size chosen and whether it’s a round or crescent unit, but for example you could probably stand on the top of a round plinth. This allows them to be used in a variety of display configurations, to create a shape appropriate to your display area requirements. Heights are: 400mm sets: 1200mm 800mm and 400mm 600mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm 750mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm. Velcro assembly - quick and easy, carry loads of 40 kilo's without trouble. Manufactured in the UK. Made to order within the week. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

£445
Nested display plinths for exhibitions and events

Nested display plinth sets with beech effect laminated tops as standard. Three plinths complete the set, the tallest plinth, totally round, the other two are have crescent sections so as they interlock with the central supporting column to create a multi-tiered or nest effect for visual impact. The body of the plinths is made from MDF tambour which has been "V" routed into strips on the reverse side, the smart beech laminate applied to the front side. The result is a rollable wrap which forms the body of the nested display plinths. This makes them very portable being easy to transport to exhibitions and trade show events. The top and bottom edges of the tambour are covered with hook fastener which is connected to the plinth top and bottom formers when being asset up. Plinth tops are made in MDF then thermoformed with a laminate covering the top and edges. Thermoformed tops allow a range of colour finishes. Once assembled the interconnecting exhibition plinth set is very strong, depending on the size chosen and whether it’s a round or crescent unit. This allows them to be used in a variety of display configurations, to create a shape appropriate to your display area requirements. Heights are: 400mm sets: 1200mm 800mm and 400mm 600mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm 750mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm. Velcro assembly - quick and easy, carry loads of 40 kilo's trouble free. Manufactured in the UK. Made to order within the week. For more information 01256 768178

Nested display plinth sets with beech effect laminated tops as standard. Three plinths complete the set, the tallest plinth, totally round, the other two are have crescent sections so as they interlock with the central supporting column to create a multi-tiered or nest effect for visual impact. The body of the plinths is made from MDF tambour which has been "V" routed into strips on the reverse side, the smart beech laminate applied to the front side. The result is a rollable wrap which forms the body of the nested display plinths. This makes them very portable being easy to transport to exhibitions and trade show events. The top and bottom edges of the tambour are covered with hook fastener which is connected to the plinth top and bottom formers when being asset up. Plinth tops are made in MDF then thermoformed with a laminate covering the top and edges. Thermoformed tops allow a range of colour finishes. Once assembled the interconnecting exhibition plinth set is very strong, depending on the size chosen and whether it’s a round or crescent unit. This allows them to be used in a variety of display configurations, to create a shape appropriate to your display area requirements. Heights are: 400mm sets: 1200mm 800mm and 400mm 600mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm 750mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm. Velcro assembly - quick and easy, carry loads of 40 kilo's trouble free. Manufactured in the UK. Made to order within the week. For more information 01256 768178

£293
Branded display plinth with colour graphics

A branded display plinth is designed to get your companies brand, message out there at an exhibition or event. Branded display plinths are eye catching and sell your brand on a subliminal level. A stylish image is going to register with everyone that sees your plinth or podium and the product you have placed upon it. These display plinths are 1m high as standard but custom heights are possible by quotation. A white podium has its place in smart displays but a branded one really stands out. Your branded graphics included on all 4 panels Design comes complete with 4 x full graphic aluminium composite panels and storage inside. Units are capable of taking 60 Kilos. Pack away flat, rapid assembly Can be made special heights widths and length Can be used together to form long counters Shelf option available Carry bag available at extra cost please see carry bags in accessories section Custom top with either a logo or a Pantone colour Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

A branded display plinth is designed to get your companies brand, message out there at an exhibition or event. Branded display plinths are eye catching and sell your brand on a subliminal level. A stylish image is going to register with everyone that sees your plinth or podium and the product you have placed upon it. These display plinths are 1m high as standard but custom heights are possible by quotation. A white podium has its place in smart displays but a branded one really stands out. Your branded graphics included on all 4 panels Design comes complete with 4 x full graphic aluminium composite panels and storage inside. Units are capable of taking 60 Kilos. Pack away flat, rapid assembly Can be made special heights widths and length Can be used together to form long counters Shelf option available Carry bag available at extra cost please see carry bags in accessories section Custom top with either a logo or a Pantone colour Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£230
Green illuminated display plinth with black top

The illuminated display plinth is very eye catching, be it plain coloured acrylics or printed back lit digital graphics. Our illuminated plinths are designed to be flat pack making them suitable for taking to an exhibition or trade show event and then assembling on site in about 5 minutes. We use strong acrylics which can take the weight load of a 30kg product being displayed upon the display plinth. A flexible hinge system combined with industrial velcros makes set up quick and easy. These plinths are mains powered and have Led light fixtures. We have a basic colour range of acrylic but also offer an option for a light up graphic plinth. We apply a high quality translite print directly to the clear acrylic, this product has a built in opal layer to act as a diffuser and spread the light. You do not get this will back lit paper prints which are then bonded to acrylic. A back lite digital print can be very powerful as a promotional display at an event, light up your brand! Why not take your plinths to another level. These plinths are all 1m high as standard and have top surface area of 400mm sq the supporting acrylic column is 380mm sq. Tops are black only. We can also offer a upgrade, a foil edge applied to all edges to give a posh silver surround. Any question please do call!

The illuminated display plinth is very eye catching, be it plain coloured acrylics or printed back lit digital graphics. Our illuminated plinths are designed to be flat pack making them suitable for taking to an exhibition or trade show event and then assembling on site in about 5 minutes. We use strong acrylics which can take the weight load of a 30kg product being displayed upon the display plinth. A flexible hinge system combined with industrial velcros makes set up quick and easy. These plinths are mains powered and have Led light fixtures. We have a basic colour range of acrylic but also offer an option for a light up graphic plinth. We apply a high quality translite print directly to the clear acrylic, this product has a built in opal layer to act as a diffuser and spread the light. You do not get this will back lit paper prints which are then bonded to acrylic. A back lite digital print can be very powerful as a promotional display at an event, light up your brand! Why not take your plinths to another level. These plinths are all 1m high as standard and have top surface area of 400mm sq the supporting acrylic column is 380mm sq. Tops are black only. We can also offer a upgrade, a foil edge applied to all edges to give a posh silver surround. Any question please do call!

£395
Aluminium display plinth for exhibitions and retail displays

Aluminium display plinths look fabulous, smart, executive and high end quality is the image that they portrait. Perfect at any exhibition or event where your brand needs to look the very best. Aluminium display plinths are eye catching and and stylish they are going to register with everyone that sees a shining metallic plinth or podium with your product placed upon it. These display plinths are 1m high as standard but custom heights are possible by quotation. A white podium has its place in smart displays but a aluminium one really stands out. Units are capable of taking 60 Kilos. Pack away flat, rapid assembly Can be made special heights widths and length Can be used together to form long counters Shelf option available Carry bag available at extra cost please see carry bags in accessories section Custom top with either a logo or a Pantone colour Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Aluminium display plinths look fabulous, smart, executive and high end quality is the image that they portrait. Perfect at any exhibition or event where your brand needs to look the very best. Aluminium display plinths are eye catching and and stylish they are going to register with everyone that sees a shining metallic plinth or podium with your product placed upon it. These display plinths are 1m high as standard but custom heights are possible by quotation. A white podium has its place in smart displays but a aluminium one really stands out. Units are capable of taking 60 Kilos. Pack away flat, rapid assembly Can be made special heights widths and length Can be used together to form long counters Shelf option available Carry bag available at extra cost please see carry bags in accessories section Custom top with either a logo or a Pantone colour Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£300
2M Daisy Lead Extension

An 2m extension lead for daisy chain lighting circuits in series.

An 2m extension lead for daisy chain lighting circuits in series.

£5
Mains lead to Daisy lighting 5M

A 5 meter mains lead with a daisy chain connector. Power up your exhibition lighting system.

A 5 meter mains lead with a daisy chain connector. Power up your exhibition lighting system.

£9
System 50 Exhibition Gantry 6 Leg Rectangle

System 50 Sound and Lighting Display Truss System Here we show a 6 legged 8x4 Metre design using System 50 Trio lighting truss, this system can be used inside or out its also capable of high weight loading and long unsupported spans between legs. This design is 8 x 4M x 2.5M high, but is just shown here as an example to give you an idea of cost and the limitless possibilities offered with an exhibition gantry from any of our ranges. All the connections employ precision made conicals that plug into each other and are quickly secured with tapered pins and safety clips, Once connected the system is solid without deflection issues at the joints. Its a favoured system for those who install it because its quick and easy a satisfyingly solid construction. Please feel free to call and discuss your requirement, we will be happy to provide a cad drawing and quotation. Coker Expo have several ranges of Own Gantry stands to choose from all systems are TUV certified and Globally Compatible providing you take the right advice. An investment in System 35 or System 50 Exhibition Gantry is just about as solid as the Stands.

System 50 Sound and Lighting Display Truss System Here we show a 6 legged 8x4 Metre design using System 50 Trio lighting truss, this system can be used inside or out its also capable of high weight loading and long unsupported spans between legs. This design is 8 x 4M x 2.5M high, but is just shown here as an example to give you an idea of cost and the limitless possibilities offered with an exhibition gantry from any of our ranges. All the connections employ precision made conicals that plug into each other and are quickly secured with tapered pins and safety clips, Once connected the system is solid without deflection issues at the joints. Its a favoured system for those who install it because its quick and easy a satisfyingly solid construction. Please feel free to call and discuss your requirement, we will be happy to provide a cad drawing and quotation. Coker Expo have several ranges of Own Gantry stands to choose from all systems are TUV certified and Globally Compatible providing you take the right advice. An investment in System 35 or System 50 Exhibition Gantry is just about as solid as the Stands.

£4,038
A simple exhibition back wall with fabric graphics

This complete exhibition stand is 2070mm high made up of One 3 meter long back wall with a stretch fit fabric graphic. Our vector kit 3 is the ideal freestanding display, made from light weight aluminium sections which lock together to form your framework. A simple allen key tool is all thats needed. A simple construction as this is set up quickly, dress with your choice of graphics and your presentation is underway in no time at all. The fabric graphics have a clever silicone bead sewn into all edges, this simple push fits into the aluminium profile, work around all edges giving tension to the fabric to make it taught, easy. Accessories and free standing unit shown are not included, but they are available on this site! Please have a look at the video on this page to understand how the stand is assembled. For more information please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178 We will be happy to produce a cad drawing and quote for your custom exhibition stand size.

This complete exhibition stand is 2070mm high made up of One 3 meter long back wall with a stretch fit fabric graphic. Our vector kit 3 is the ideal freestanding display, made from light weight aluminium sections which lock together to form your framework. A simple allen key tool is all thats needed. A simple construction as this is set up quickly, dress with your choice of graphics and your presentation is underway in no time at all. The fabric graphics have a clever silicone bead sewn into all edges, this simple push fits into the aluminium profile, work around all edges giving tension to the fabric to make it taught, easy. Accessories and free standing unit shown are not included, but they are available on this site! Please have a look at the video on this page to understand how the stand is assembled. For more information please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178 We will be happy to produce a cad drawing and quote for your custom exhibition stand size.

£645
System 50 Trio Lighting Truss 4m x 4m

A basic starting structure in our system 50 trio lighting truss, 4m x 4m x 3m high.

A basic starting structure in our system 50 trio lighting truss, 4m x 4m x 3m high.

£2,708
Exhibition stand with a canopy roof structure.

Vector Kit 5 is made up of three walls and a roof canopy, this modular exhibition structure has a size of 3M wide and 3m deep by height of 2070mm and 2310 to the canopy height. The extending roof canopy on the vector trade show stand ties the walls together and creates an opportunity for down lighting, a nice way to illuminate an exhibition stand floor area. Vector displays come in a range of freeform styles and designs, all can be added too at a later date to create a fresh new exhibition stand, so should you wish to change the look at your next trade show event it can be done with ease. The smart aluminium profiles lock together with an allen key fitting, follow the drawing that we will supply. now take your printed tension fabric graphics which have a clever silicone bead sewn to all sides and gently push he bead into the receiving edge of the profile. Please note price is not including accessories shown or any lighting fixtures. You may wish to consider adding transit cases to keep your exhibition system all together and protected during transit to different events and shows. We can custom build a modular exhibition booth along these lines to your specific stand dimensions, please ask for a quotation 01256 768178

Vector Kit 5 is made up of three walls and a roof canopy, this modular exhibition structure has a size of 3M wide and 3m deep by height of 2070mm and 2310 to the canopy height. The extending roof canopy on the vector trade show stand ties the walls together and creates an opportunity for down lighting, a nice way to illuminate an exhibition stand floor area. Vector displays come in a range of freeform styles and designs, all can be added too at a later date to create a fresh new exhibition stand, so should you wish to change the look at your next trade show event it can be done with ease. The smart aluminium profiles lock together with an allen key fitting, follow the drawing that we will supply. now take your printed tension fabric graphics which have a clever silicone bead sewn to all sides and gently push he bead into the receiving edge of the profile. Please note price is not including accessories shown or any lighting fixtures. You may wish to consider adding transit cases to keep your exhibition system all together and protected during transit to different events and shows. We can custom build a modular exhibition booth along these lines to your specific stand dimensions, please ask for a quotation 01256 768178

£2,280
Vector kit 7, freeform exhibition display stand with shelves.

Vector Kit 6 is an stand alone freeform trade show display stand, designed to catch the eye at any event. A free style, freeform vector display brings curves and arcs into the exhibition arena that has many straight aligned walls and divides. Lift the look of your exhibition stand with some soft curves and some real design. This freeform vector exhibition stand includes shelving and cable kits with graphic display boards to enable easy product promotion on a grande structure. A simple allen key tool is all you will need to lock together each of the aluminium sections. A simple channel in each aluminium profile receives the silicone bead that is sewn to all edges of our tension fabric graphics. Allow 10 days to 2 weeks to produce a freeform exhibition structure as this. We also offer a custom design service to allow you to create your own free style vector exhibition stand. Call for drawing and quotation 01256 768178

Vector Kit 6 is an stand alone freeform trade show display stand, designed to catch the eye at any event. A free style, freeform vector display brings curves and arcs into the exhibition arena that has many straight aligned walls and divides. Lift the look of your exhibition stand with some soft curves and some real design. This freeform vector exhibition stand includes shelving and cable kits with graphic display boards to enable easy product promotion on a grande structure. A simple allen key tool is all you will need to lock together each of the aluminium sections. A simple channel in each aluminium profile receives the silicone bead that is sewn to all edges of our tension fabric graphics. Allow 10 days to 2 weeks to produce a freeform exhibition structure as this. We also offer a custom design service to allow you to create your own free style vector exhibition stand. Call for drawing and quotation 01256 768178

£1,505
Custom modular exhibition stand with arch support and storage cupboard

Vector Kit 7 modular exhibition display stand with a supporting arch and cupboard storeroom area. This exhibition stand has dimensions of 6000mm x 3000mm x 2400mm high. Vector modular display stands are created from a range of aluminium profile sections that lock together with an allen key connector fitting. Each aluminium section has a receiving channel to accept the fabric graphics. Each fabric graphic has a flexible silicone bead sewn to every edge, this slips in the channel to hold it tight and create the finished display wall. There is also an option for a solid foamex panel to be fixed into the display frames with velcro, available by quotation. Method of assemble of an exhibition stand as this example, the aluminium frame work is assembled from standard sizes frames to create the structure of the complete exhibition stand. This then needs to be dressed with graphics, either tension fabrics or velcro fixed digitally printed display boards. All our vector modular displays are designs that can be adapted to suit your bespoke requirements or altered at a future point in time to create a new trade show stand for another event. A modular display as this is all about standing out from the crowd, your own printed branding brings a stylish display stand to life. Need a bespoke design along these lines, 01256 768178

Vector Kit 7 modular exhibition display stand with a supporting arch and cupboard storeroom area. This exhibition stand has dimensions of 6000mm x 3000mm x 2400mm high. Vector modular display stands are created from a range of aluminium profile sections that lock together with an allen key connector fitting. Each aluminium section has a receiving channel to accept the fabric graphics. Each fabric graphic has a flexible silicone bead sewn to every edge, this slips in the channel to hold it tight and create the finished display wall. There is also an option for a solid foamex panel to be fixed into the display frames with velcro, available by quotation. Method of assemble of an exhibition stand as this example, the aluminium frame work is assembled from standard sizes frames to create the structure of the complete exhibition stand. This then needs to be dressed with graphics, either tension fabrics or velcro fixed digitally printed display boards. All our vector modular displays are designs that can be adapted to suit your bespoke requirements or altered at a future point in time to create a new trade show stand for another event. A modular display as this is all about standing out from the crowd, your own printed branding brings a stylish display stand to life. Need a bespoke design along these lines, 01256 768178

£2,835
Vector kit 8 modular exhibition stand with two support arches

Vector Kit 8 trade show display stand, designed to fit a 6x3 Metre L Shaped exhibition stand floor area. Vector modular display stands are produced with various aluminium profile sections that lock together with an connector fitting. Each aluminium section has a receiving channel to accept the fabric graphics. All tension fabric graphics have a flexible silicone bead stitched to every edge. This jab fits into the channel to hold it tight and create the finished display. Should you wish for a more traditional graphic style we also offer an option for a printed foamex panel to be fixed into the display frames with velcro, available by quotation. To assemble a trade show display stand as this example, the aluminium frame work is assembled from standard size aluminium components. The assembled frames then lock together to create the finished structure of the exhibition stand. This then needs to be dressed with graphics, either tension fabrics, the most popular or velcro fixed digitally printed display boards. All our vector modular displays are designs that can be adapted to suit your custom requirement. We can also altered any stand design at a later date to create a new trade show display stand for your next event. We keep a log of all drawings and the components list to build it. A modular display as this makes a statement about the company and the products it is promoting, your own printed branding brings a stylish display stand as this to life. Please note the accessories shown are not included in the cost shown. Need a custom trade show stand design along these lines, 01256 768178

Vector Kit 8 trade show display stand, designed to fit a 6x3 Metre L Shaped exhibition stand floor area. Vector modular display stands are produced with various aluminium profile sections that lock together with an connector fitting. Each aluminium section has a receiving channel to accept the fabric graphics. All tension fabric graphics have a flexible silicone bead stitched to every edge. This jab fits into the channel to hold it tight and create the finished display. Should you wish for a more traditional graphic style we also offer an option for a printed foamex panel to be fixed into the display frames with velcro, available by quotation. To assemble a trade show display stand as this example, the aluminium frame work is assembled from standard size aluminium components. The assembled frames then lock together to create the finished structure of the exhibition stand. This then needs to be dressed with graphics, either tension fabrics, the most popular or velcro fixed digitally printed display boards. All our vector modular displays are designs that can be adapted to suit your custom requirement. We can also altered any stand design at a later date to create a new trade show display stand for your next event. We keep a log of all drawings and the components list to build it. A modular display as this makes a statement about the company and the products it is promoting, your own printed branding brings a stylish display stand as this to life. Please note the accessories shown are not included in the cost shown. Need a custom trade show stand design along these lines, 01256 768178

£2,330
Wave display stand with canopy roof, LCD screens and literature racks

Linear wave display stand has a visible graphic area of 2000 x 2000mm Total frame is 2475mm high x 3000mm wide. This executive stylish design is very easy to assemble with a small number of components that are in a smart anodised finish. The side wings are in a frosted acrylic being mounted to the 75mm diameter upright round posts. The price includes 2 LCD holders and 6 literature holders or 2 LCD holders and 4 shelves and graphics. This freestanding promotional advertising display is designed for semi permanent display locations such as shopping centers, receptions, retail applications and showroom areas in particular. Please watch the video to understand how the system is assembled. Choice of top styles, lights are not included, we recommend 2 x LED pop up lights For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Linear wave display stand has a visible graphic area of 2000 x 2000mm Total frame is 2475mm high x 3000mm wide. This executive stylish design is very easy to assemble with a small number of components that are in a smart anodised finish. The side wings are in a frosted acrylic being mounted to the 75mm diameter upright round posts. The price includes 2 LCD holders and 6 literature holders or 2 LCD holders and 4 shelves and graphics. This freestanding promotional advertising display is designed for semi permanent display locations such as shopping centers, receptions, retail applications and showroom areas in particular. Please watch the video to understand how the system is assembled. Choice of top styles, lights are not included, we recommend 2 x LED pop up lights For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£1,200
Curve linear display stand with branded sign and curved roof structure

The curve display stand has a visible graphic area of 2000 x 2000mm Total frame is 2475mm high x 3000mm wide. This executive, stylish design is very easy to assemble with a small number of components that are in a smart anodised aluminium finish. The side wings are in a frosted acrylic being mounted to the 75mm diameter upright round posts. The price includes 2 LCD holders and 6 literature holders or 2 LCD holders and 4 shelves and graphics. This freestanding promotional display is designed for semi permanent display locations such as a shopping center, reception, retail applications or showroom area. If you have a special promotion coming up this display stand with its eye catching shape and some powerful branding could turn heads for your product or event. Please watch the video to understand how the system is assembled. Lights are not included, we recommend 2 x LED pop up lights For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

The curve display stand has a visible graphic area of 2000 x 2000mm Total frame is 2475mm high x 3000mm wide. This executive, stylish design is very easy to assemble with a small number of components that are in a smart anodised aluminium finish. The side wings are in a frosted acrylic being mounted to the 75mm diameter upright round posts. The price includes 2 LCD holders and 6 literature holders or 2 LCD holders and 4 shelves and graphics. This freestanding promotional display is designed for semi permanent display locations such as a shopping center, reception, retail applications or showroom area. If you have a special promotion coming up this display stand with its eye catching shape and some powerful branding could turn heads for your product or event. Please watch the video to understand how the system is assembled. Lights are not included, we recommend 2 x LED pop up lights For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£1,200
Octopus Inflatable tents

The stunning Octopus Dome by Coker Expo is a most popular Inflatable Dome. Octopus Domes are such a versatile promotional tool that they are used by customers for a huge variety of purposes, including event and exhibition stands, VIP areas at music festivals, mobile bars, pit lane shelters, as well as portable shelters for vehicle smart repair services. The best part? They can inflate in as little as 45 seconds! We custom make all of our Octopus Domes, so nearly every size and colour is possible. Starting with a square 4 leg 3m x 3m model, our range goes right up to a maximum size of 20m diameter. The 20m diameter model has eight legs and an internal height of almost 9m, creating an amazingly light and airy space. We offer a full printing service and can either digitally or screen print your logos onto almost every section of the dome. Each door panel is fully removable and every inch can be covered in a digital print for stunning visual impact. Branded door panels are a great way to offer interchangeable sponsorship and branding positions, or to uttilise your Octopus Dome to promote a variety of brands or products at different events, as each panel can be attached and removed with ease. We pride ourselves on the quality of workmanship that goes into every Octopus Dome, and we are confident that we provide the highest quality, most cost effective inflatable structures around.

The stunning Octopus Dome by Coker Expo is a most popular Inflatable Dome. Octopus Domes are such a versatile promotional tool that they are used by customers for a huge variety of purposes, including event and exhibition stands, VIP areas at music festivals, mobile bars, pit lane shelters, as well as portable shelters for vehicle smart repair services. The best part? They can inflate in as little as 45 seconds! We custom make all of our Octopus Domes, so nearly every size and colour is possible. Starting with a square 4 leg 3m x 3m model, our range goes right up to a maximum size of 20m diameter. The 20m diameter model has eight legs and an internal height of almost 9m, creating an amazingly light and airy space. We offer a full printing service and can either digitally or screen print your logos onto almost every section of the dome. Each door panel is fully removable and every inch can be covered in a digital print for stunning visual impact. Branded door panels are a great way to offer interchangeable sponsorship and branding positions, or to uttilise your Octopus Dome to promote a variety of brands or products at different events, as each panel can be attached and removed with ease. We pride ourselves on the quality of workmanship that goes into every Octopus Dome, and we are confident that we provide the highest quality, most cost effective inflatable structures around.

£1,418
System 50 Trio lighting truss back drop

This build has been designed as a back drop or rear wall at any exhibition or trade show event. This uses our 50mm diameter tube, spigot and pin system on additional 1m sq base plates, for stability. If you can not bolt into the floor, a single arch, portal or goal post as this design will need additional support. System 50 Trio is well suited to external events too. Banners should be made of mesh pvc banner to reduce wind pressure. This structure has dimensions of 6m x 2.5m high.

This build has been designed as a back drop or rear wall at any exhibition or trade show event. This uses our 50mm diameter tube, spigot and pin system on additional 1m sq base plates, for stability. If you can not bolt into the floor, a single arch, portal or goal post as this design will need additional support. System 50 Trio is well suited to external events too. Banners should be made of mesh pvc banner to reduce wind pressure. This structure has dimensions of 6m x 2.5m high.

£1,394
6 Panel and pole kit with choice of panels

6- 600x900mm panels and 1- 250x900mm header panel Or upgrade to 700x1000mm panels 8-900mm poles 2-250mm header poles 4 bar feet Please select colours from above you also have a choice of black or grey frames and you can have different colours each side. Including carry bag

6- 600x900mm panels and 1- 250x900mm header panel Or upgrade to 700x1000mm panels 8-900mm poles 2-250mm header poles 4 bar feet Please select colours from above you also have a choice of black or grey frames and you can have different colours each side. Including carry bag

£192
Inflatable promotional tent with branding

Inflatable promotional tent, what an asset for outdoor events, fetes and fairs, the printed event shelter or branded tent will come in handy for weather protection as well as get your company brand that publicity that everyone wishes. 12kg frame and 2 kgs per side panel. We can also offer printing of canopies and single side printing to walls and doors as required. Withstands wind speeds of up to 15mph/24kmh when pegged into soft ground Made from a strong polyester with double layer PE fabric outer shell. Puncture Repair Kit included Standard Carry Bag included Securing Straps included Any questions or advice please call 01256 768178.

Inflatable promotional tent, what an asset for outdoor events, fetes and fairs, the printed event shelter or branded tent will come in handy for weather protection as well as get your company brand that publicity that everyone wishes. 12kg frame and 2 kgs per side panel. We can also offer printing of canopies and single side printing to walls and doors as required. Withstands wind speeds of up to 15mph/24kmh when pegged into soft ground Made from a strong polyester with double layer PE fabric outer shell. Puncture Repair Kit included Standard Carry Bag included Securing Straps included Any questions or advice please call 01256 768178.

£995
Single display panels for custom sized displays

Build your own display stand with our custom sized panels, we are happy to provide a quotation service with these projects.

Build your own display stand with our custom sized panels, we are happy to provide a quotation service with these projects.

£51
Connection poles 16 and 25mm

Connection poles 16 and 25mm black or grey, Poles are for use with panel display stands and are offered in a variety lengths the poles can be screwed together and fitted with feet when required.

Connection poles 16 and 25mm black or grey, Poles are for use with panel display stands and are offered in a variety lengths the poles can be screwed together and fitted with feet when required.

£7
Aluminium framed folding display stands 3 x sizes with headers

Our Aluminium framed display stands are the most durable in the range, with a stylish toothed gear profile the units offer light weight, quality styling with high durability. We have three units in the range 6, 7 and 8 panel folding stands. Each stand is available with a full range of velcro friendly loop nylons fabrics 600x900mm panels. Also a choice of graphic infill panels rather than velcro on graphics when quick presentation of high quality is required (please call for details) Recommended optional carry bags: 900 x 600 panels: AB109A Standard bag or AB110A Basic bag Recommended optional carry cases: 900 x 600 panels: AC308

Our Aluminium framed display stands are the most durable in the range, with a stylish toothed gear profile the units offer light weight, quality styling with high durability. We have three units in the range 6, 7 and 8 panel folding stands. Each stand is available with a full range of velcro friendly loop nylons fabrics 600x900mm panels. Also a choice of graphic infill panels rather than velcro on graphics when quick presentation of high quality is required (please call for details) Recommended optional carry bags: 900 x 600 panels: AB109A Standard bag or AB110A Basic bag Recommended optional carry cases: 900 x 600 panels: AC308

£359
display panel feet

Consideration must be given to the stability of a panel and pole display stand, we offer two solutions circular base plates 300mm diameter or channel feet, booth are offered in grey or black, approx 1 kg weight. Please make your selection below.

Consideration must be given to the stability of a panel and pole display stand, we offer two solutions circular base plates 300mm diameter or channel feet, booth are offered in grey or black, approx 1 kg weight. Please make your selection below.

£10
120 degree lighting truss junction with leg

A special 3 way leg junction S35T22. This is a very impressive piece of truss, created at 120 degrees and apex down with a leg strut. Now think of all the towers and structures that you can create, some thing angular can become possible with ease. Supplied with a full set of conicals, pins and clips.

A special 3 way leg junction S35T22. This is a very impressive piece of truss, created at 120 degrees and apex down with a leg strut. Now think of all the towers and structures that you can create, some thing angular can become possible with ease. Supplied with a full set of conicals, pins and clips.

£184
S35T Bookend Multi Junction

This special adjustable truss junction is hinged and fits both S35 Trio and Quad trussing making the impossible possible! There are occasions when a standard trussing junction just will not achieve the angle that is required, this is where our custom truss junction may well do the job for you. If you are looking to create a custom angle within your truss system think about a bookend junction.

This special adjustable truss junction is hinged and fits both S35 Trio and Quad trussing making the impossible possible! There are occasions when a standard trussing junction just will not achieve the angle that is required, this is where our custom truss junction may well do the job for you. If you are looking to create a custom angle within your truss system think about a bookend junction.

£200
Link 2 roller banner stand setup

The Link 2 roller banner stand is designed to connect one to another and create a seamless wall, hither too impossible with roller banners with out a gap where 2 units are abutted. The Link 2 is a new light weight, linking banner stand which will create a professional and pleasing back drop at an event, exhibition or promotion day. The Link 2 Banner Stand has the ability for customers too change graphics too, without fuss or complication. Allowing you to keep your original graphics for future use if you wish, and update with a replacement graphic, attached yourself in a minute or two. Ideal for small or medium space display areas, particularly shell scheme stands. Its clever stabilising feet also have the ability to fold back allowing it to butt right back against a wall. This roller banner stand has a special patented tension system that helps graphic alignment on uneven floors too. As with all roller banners it is quick and simple to assemble, no tools, set up will take a few minutes for each unit, slot the bases together and align the graphics across each stand. At the rear attach the easi-link magnetic bars which lock teach to the graphics together and form the seamless image, done time to get on with your promotion or presentation. The link 2 is 850mm wide and is offered in two heights, 2 meters and 2175mm high. The graphic for this display comes form low down hiding most of the base unit ensuring your graphic makes the visual impact not the display stand. It also comes in a smart carry bag keeping all of the systems elements together. An LED light is also available that clips into the top of the 3 staged support pole, a light really lifts the displays finish making it truly professional. A roller banner system as this will take 5 days in house to produce, if you need it quicker please call and discuss, 01256 768178

The Link 2 roller banner stand is designed to connect one to another and create a seamless wall, hither too impossible with roller banners with out a gap where 2 units are abutted. The Link 2 is a new light weight, linking banner stand which will create a professional and pleasing back drop at an event, exhibition or promotion day. The Link 2 Banner Stand has the ability for customers too change graphics too, without fuss or complication. Allowing you to keep your original graphics for future use if you wish, and update with a replacement graphic, attached yourself in a minute or two. Ideal for small or medium space display areas, particularly shell scheme stands. Its clever stabilising feet also have the ability to fold back allowing it to butt right back against a wall. This roller banner stand has a special patented tension system that helps graphic alignment on uneven floors too. As with all roller banners it is quick and simple to assemble, no tools, set up will take a few minutes for each unit, slot the bases together and align the graphics across each stand. At the rear attach the easi-link magnetic bars which lock teach to the graphics together and form the seamless image, done time to get on with your promotion or presentation. The link 2 is 850mm wide and is offered in two heights, 2 meters and 2175mm high. The graphic for this display comes form low down hiding most of the base unit ensuring your graphic makes the visual impact not the display stand. It also comes in a smart carry bag keeping all of the systems elements together. An LED light is also available that clips into the top of the 3 staged support pole, a light really lifts the displays finish making it truly professional. A roller banner system as this will take 5 days in house to produce, if you need it quicker please call and discuss, 01256 768178

£229
50mm SC50 Trio Double goal post gantry stand

This stand gives the perfect frame for your large banner graphics. Our 50mm Trio truss system can also be used outdoors, we would advise mesh banners. This structure comes with extra large additional base plates at 1m square, to give a straight wall stability. Also bare in mind that additional base weight loading or guy lines amy be required to secure a system, depending on weather conditions. This structures dims are 7.5m wide x 3m high.

This stand gives the perfect frame for your large banner graphics. Our 50mm Trio truss system can also be used outdoors, we would advise mesh banners. This structure comes with extra large additional base plates at 1m square, to give a straight wall stability. Also bare in mind that additional base weight loading or guy lines amy be required to secure a system, depending on weather conditions. This structures dims are 7.5m wide x 3m high.

£2,105
Sys 50 Trio Lighting truss 8m x 4m

Display lighting truss system in our system 50 trio range comprising a 50mm aluminium tube. This design covers a floor area of 8m x 4m and stands at 3.5m high, using 2 piece split legs to make assembly easier. Make a real impact with this structure, cover it in graphics, lighting or AVI equipment. Easy spigot and split pin connection to lock one section to another. A system that can be added to year on year. Free cad service to make your idea's become reality.

Display lighting truss system in our system 50 trio range comprising a 50mm aluminium tube. This design covers a floor area of 8m x 4m and stands at 3.5m high, using 2 piece split legs to make assembly easier. Make a real impact with this structure, cover it in graphics, lighting or AVI equipment. Easy spigot and split pin connection to lock one section to another. A system that can be added to year on year. Free cad service to make your idea's become reality.

£3,788
XL Gantry Base Plate

This is our extra large gantry base plate, it measures in at 800mm x 800mm x 6mm thick plate steel. Powder coated grey. If you are unable to bolt a single truss column into the floor or a portal, goal post design, then this base plate will give great support to your structure. The base plate must be used together with a standard base plate, the position of the standard base plate can be adjusted depending where its bolted to the XL base plate. this flexibility allows a goal post banner stand for example to be placed against a wall or free standing as a divider or arch. There are many ways of achieving an impressive design with gantry. you are welcome to use without charge our free modeling program, accessible from the home page. We are here to help please call 01256 768178 we have a gantry specialist in our team.

This is our extra large gantry base plate, it measures in at 800mm x 800mm x 6mm thick plate steel. Powder coated grey. If you are unable to bolt a single truss column into the floor or a portal, goal post design, then this base plate will give great support to your structure. The base plate must be used together with a standard base plate, the position of the standard base plate can be adjusted depending where its bolted to the XL base plate. this flexibility allows a goal post banner stand for example to be placed against a wall or free standing as a divider or arch. There are many ways of achieving an impressive design with gantry. you are welcome to use without charge our free modeling program, accessible from the home page. We are here to help please call 01256 768178 we have a gantry specialist in our team.

£150
Gantry build 2 (dwg 1)

This build is for a floor area of 4m x 4m. The light gantry/truss has the following dimensions, 3.380 x 3.380 x 2.455 / 3.550m high.

This build is for a floor area of 4m x 4m. The light gantry/truss has the following dimensions, 3.380 x 3.380 x 2.455 / 3.550m high.

£5,415
2 Tier Lighting Gantry design

This build is for a floor area of 4m x 4m. The lighting gantry or truss has the following dimensions, 2.8m x 2.8m x 3.550m high. You know that the impressive look and height of a 2 tier lighting truss structure will be seen from way off across any exhibition hall. Be seen and get your brand over at any event with your banners set high up in the truss apertures that a second level of truss creates. Need a different floor size, no problem ask for a quote, 01256 768178.

This build is for a floor area of 4m x 4m. The lighting gantry or truss has the following dimensions, 2.8m x 2.8m x 3.550m high. You know that the impressive look and height of a 2 tier lighting truss structure will be seen from way off across any exhibition hall. Be seen and get your brand over at any event with your banners set high up in the truss apertures that a second level of truss creates. Need a different floor size, no problem ask for a quote, 01256 768178.

£3,668
Lighting truss exhibition stand square with top banner

System 35 Lighting Truss Exhibition stand design Number 10. This build is for a floor area of 4m x 4m however this same design is the blueprint for a whole host of exhibition stand designs. This basic shape is 4x4 Metres but with System 35 exhibition gantry it is possible to re build in another configuration. Coker Expo hold a vast stock of gantry parts and accessories ready to allow for you to get creative, together with a plug and play daisy chain exhibition lighting solution and all the frills. The Exhibition gantry will define the display stand and give clear direction for mounting advertising banner medias, you can choose from fabric, pvc banners front or backlit displays. perfect for bright display lighting mounting together with somewhere to hide the cables. The triangular construction not only looks attractive but packs away efficiently when not in use. An exhibition stand at 4 Metres high is the maximum height without the need for building regulation engineers reports. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Built to last for very many years System 35 truss will serve you well, it is arguably the best investment you will ever make in an exhibition stand! Want to know more? Call Coker Expo 0n 01256 768178

System 35 Lighting Truss Exhibition stand design Number 10. This build is for a floor area of 4m x 4m however this same design is the blueprint for a whole host of exhibition stand designs. This basic shape is 4x4 Metres but with System 35 exhibition gantry it is possible to re build in another configuration. Coker Expo hold a vast stock of gantry parts and accessories ready to allow for you to get creative, together with a plug and play daisy chain exhibition lighting solution and all the frills. The Exhibition gantry will define the display stand and give clear direction for mounting advertising banner medias, you can choose from fabric, pvc banners front or backlit displays. perfect for bright display lighting mounting together with somewhere to hide the cables. The triangular construction not only looks attractive but packs away efficiently when not in use. An exhibition stand at 4 Metres high is the maximum height without the need for building regulation engineers reports. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Built to last for very many years System 35 truss will serve you well, it is arguably the best investment you will ever make in an exhibition stand! Want to know more? Call Coker Expo 0n 01256 768178

£2,567
Gantry build 11 goal post style - trio

A 222 trio goal post or portal style build with dimensions of 2445mm high x 2800mm wide. This style of display truss build MUST be bolted into the floor or exhibiting platform to maintain stability. Consider hanging lights, a pvc banner or even a high quality 3mm pvc mounted graphic display on this build and you have an eye catching, cost effective display, call for further info. Supply time for this build is about a week.

A 222 trio goal post or portal style build with dimensions of 2445mm high x 2800mm wide. This style of display truss build MUST be bolted into the floor or exhibiting platform to maintain stability. Consider hanging lights, a pvc banner or even a high quality 3mm pvc mounted graphic display on this build and you have an eye catching, cost effective display, call for further info. Supply time for this build is about a week.

£716
Trio Gantry build 12 (dwg 30)

A hexagonal trio lighting truss display with dimensions of 2.4m high x 1.3m each side. Take centre stage with this impressive gantry system.

A hexagonal trio lighting truss display with dimensions of 2.4m high x 1.3m each side. Take centre stage with this impressive gantry system.

£2,793
Gantry build 13 (dwg 17 a)

This display lighting truss build is a two tier structure in our tri M222 aluminium system. The curved sections run along a curve length of 2.199m with a radius of 1.4m, standing height comes in at.........

This display lighting truss build is a two tier structure in our tri M222 aluminium system. The curved sections run along a curve length of 2.199m with a radius of 1.4m, standing height comes in at.........

£5,604
Gantry lighting truss - build 14 (dwg 99a)

A gantry lighting truss configuration for a stand area of 7m x 8m and ceiling height above 4 meters. This hexagonal tower with radial arms gives real eye catching impact, not to mention capable carrying a considerable lighting options.

A gantry lighting truss configuration for a stand area of 7m x 8m and ceiling height above 4 meters. This hexagonal tower with radial arms gives real eye catching impact, not to mention capable carrying a considerable lighting options.

£7,351
Exhibition gantry build 17

This right angle trio 32mm lighting truss system has dimensions of 2800 mm x 3800mm x 2400mm high.

This right angle trio 32mm lighting truss system has dimensions of 2800 mm x 3800mm x 2400mm high.

£1,928
Lighting truss build 18

This system in 32mm truss has proportions of 5800mm x 3800mm x 4050mm high.

This system in 32mm truss has proportions of 5800mm x 3800mm x 4050mm high.

£7,263
Lighting truss build 19

This configuration is to carry plasma screens, projection screens or graphic panels. The dimensions are 1800mm wide x 2525mm high x depth 1380mm. Built from our 32mm truss - 222 trio, we can custom built to any size required call for details.

This configuration is to carry plasma screens, projection screens or graphic panels. The dimensions are 1800mm wide x 2525mm high x depth 1380mm. Built from our 32mm truss - 222 trio, we can custom built to any size required call for details.

£1,992
Ariel lighting gantry build 20

An ariel lighting gantry in our 32mm trio lighting truss, covering an area of 6800mm x 3800mm. This system comes supplied with the lifting eye's for your high tension wires to be fitted too. Call for more info on other configurations.... 01256 768178

An ariel lighting gantry in our 32mm trio lighting truss, covering an area of 6800mm x 3800mm. This system comes supplied with the lifting eye's for your high tension wires to be fitted too. Call for more info on other configurations.... 01256 768178

£1,727
Side exhibition stand 12x3 Metres

Lighting Truss Exhibition Stand Build 21, This system dimensions of 12.5M length x 3M depth and 3M high. What ever size the stand is System 35 can be built to fit. Lightweight, yet strong aluminum alloy fast build display truss that works on a simple spigot and split pin connection system... call for more details, 01256 768178

Lighting Truss Exhibition Stand Build 21, This system dimensions of 12.5M length x 3M depth and 3M high. What ever size the stand is System 35 can be built to fit. Lightweight, yet strong aluminum alloy fast build display truss that works on a simple spigot and split pin connection system... call for more details, 01256 768178

£4,588
Lighting truss build 22

Lighting truss build 22, system dimensions of 6239mm square and 3300mm high. Light weight, yet stromg alluminium display truss that works on a simple spigot and split pin connection system... call for more details, 01256 768178

Lighting truss build 22, system dimensions of 6239mm square and 3300mm high. Light weight, yet stromg alluminium display truss that works on a simple spigot and split pin connection system... call for more details, 01256 768178

£6,237
Gantry build 23 (dwg205)

A simple perimeter build in trio our triangular form lighting truss system, covers a floor area of 4800mm x 2800mm and stands at 2945mm high. Make an impact with this structure, cover it in graphics, lighting or avi equipment. Easy spigot and split pin connection system, a configuration that can be added to year on year. Free cad service to make your idea's become reality, call 01256 768178.

A simple perimeter build in trio our triangular form lighting truss system, covers a floor area of 4800mm x 2800mm and stands at 2945mm high. Make an impact with this structure, cover it in graphics, lighting or avi equipment. Easy spigot and split pin connection system, a configuration that can be added to year on year. Free cad service to make your idea's become reality, call 01256 768178.

£2,603
Lighting truss build 26 (dwg 387)

An eye catching configuration, curves a plenty..... this system sits in a 4M x 4M floor area and stands at 2.9m high. Expect supply of this system to be about 2 weeks.

An eye catching configuration, curves a plenty..... this system sits in a 4M x 4M floor area and stands at 2.9m high. Expect supply of this system to be about 2 weeks.

£3,876
Gantry build 28

Lighting truss system for a floor area of 10.5m x 3m. This structure stands at 10.3m x 2.8m x 2.945mm high. We would expect to supply in approx 2 weeks.

Lighting truss system for a floor area of 10.5m x 3m. This structure stands at 10.3m x 2.8m x 2.945mm high. We would expect to supply in approx 2 weeks.

£3,437
Truss build 29

A simple truss goal post style design, dimensions of 7.8m x 2.4m deep and2.8m high.

A simple truss goal post style design, dimensions of 7.8m x 2.4m deep and2.8m high.

£1,693
Lighting truss build 33

A freely adjustable build... the two outer elements can be rotated on the Duo cross beam, many angeles possible with this configuration..... the image as shown covers 7m. The Duop beam is 3100mm in length. The two portals are 2800mm long and the height is 2224mm.

A freely adjustable build... the two outer elements can be rotated on the Duo cross beam, many angeles possible with this configuration..... the image as shown covers 7m. The Duop beam is 3100mm in length. The two portals are 2800mm long and the height is 2224mm.

£1,603
Gantry build 34

A two tier monster corner design build, standing at 3.9m high, 6m long by 5m deep, expect to fill a transit van when transporting this one......

A two tier monster corner design build, standing at 3.9m high, 6m long by 5m deep, expect to fill a transit van when transporting this one......

£3,841
Truss build 35 - dwg 375

Stylish truss system in 222 trio.... includes the semi circle tables and cross bars to carry the plasma screens. This build needs a floor area of 5.5m x 4m. The sytem is 5410mm x 3.5m and stands at 2.4m high.

Stylish truss system in 222 trio.... includes the semi circle tables and cross bars to carry the plasma screens. This build needs a floor area of 5.5m x 4m. The sytem is 5410mm x 3.5m and stands at 2.4m high.

£3,802
Truss build 38

If you need to section of a floor area here\'s an option... simply add banners to each aperture and create three distinct area\'s. The dimensions for this build are 9960mm x 2.8m x 3050mm high, the central truss span with the top sign aperture over is 4.8m.

If you need to section of a floor area here\'s an option... simply add banners to each aperture and create three distinct area\'s. The dimensions for this build are 9960mm x 2.8m x 3050mm high, the central truss span with the top sign aperture over is 4.8m.

£3,381
Gantry build 39

Thinking big.... this structure stands 9.3m square and stands at 2.9m high. Another 222 truss system that could be used to create four seperatly defined area's, each over 4m square.

Thinking big.... this structure stands 9.3m square and stands at 2.9m high. Another 222 truss system that could be used to create four seperatly defined area's, each over 4m square.

£7,175
Exhibition lighting truss with Lcd screens and tables

Here we have an example to a great avi style display, showing large Lcd screens.... the price covers the 22 trio truss and tables only. The dims are 2.8m wide x 1550mm deep and 2380mm high. The table are set at 1025mm high.

Here we have an example to a great avi style display, showing large Lcd screens.... the price covers the 22 trio truss and tables only. The dims are 2.8m wide x 1550mm deep and 2380mm high. The table are set at 1025mm high.

£2,095
Lighting truss build 41 moon unit

A highly visual display truss to catch the eye. This system has defined top apertures for graphic banners and lighting. This build fits an 8m x 8m floor area with max height at 3.5m.

A highly visual display truss to catch the eye. This system has defined top apertures for graphic banners and lighting. This build fits an 8m x 8m floor area with max height at 3.5m.

£4,567
Gantry banner stand frame with banners.

A gantry banner stand display sign built in our S35 Trio truss with extending arms to suspend large pvc graphics banners from. This unit stands 2.5m high and has extension sign poles 800mm long, other sizes are possible, this unit is totally customisable. The base will be a 800mm square steel finished in silver paint, Banners are available as separate purchase, Exhibition gantry is a perfect framework for building banner stand frames. The system can be used as a freestanding banner support framework or it can be secured to a wall, it is also possible to create window style frames on walls. Looking to create your own custom banner display frame with truss or gantry ask for a quotation, 01256 768178.

A gantry banner stand display sign built in our S35 Trio truss with extending arms to suspend large pvc graphics banners from. This unit stands 2.5m high and has extension sign poles 800mm long, other sizes are possible, this unit is totally customisable. The base will be a 800mm square steel finished in silver paint, Banners are available as separate purchase, Exhibition gantry is a perfect framework for building banner stand frames. The system can be used as a freestanding banner support framework or it can be secured to a wall, it is also possible to create window style frames on walls. Looking to create your own custom banner display frame with truss or gantry ask for a quotation, 01256 768178.

£420
System 35 Quad Square or Rectanglar Gantry stand

System 35 Quad offers a very fast build time, immense strength and style in a 35mm diameter tube. This Example is square, at 3m x 3m x 2.5m high, but can be built to a variety of sizes, please see the option table below.

System 35 Quad offers a very fast build time, immense strength and style in a 35mm diameter tube. This Example is square, at 3m x 3m x 2.5m high, but can be built to a variety of sizes, please see the option table below.

£2,160
Display truss build 46 (dwg 514)

An imposing right angled design for a floor area of 7m x 3m x 3.9m high.

An imposing right angled design for a floor area of 7m x 3m x 3.9m high.

£6,657
Lighting truss design for stand alone all round display.

Lighting Truss design styled on a giant crab, for a floor area of 6m x 6m x 3.5m high. A complete walk around design, offering provision for 4 hanging double sided banner graphics.Please also look at our exhibition lighting section, with plug and play electrical wiring solutions. This level of lighting truss will offer plenty of possibilities for re creating other size exhibition stands the triangular construction not only looks attractive but packs away efficiently when not in use. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. An exhibition stand at 4 Metres high is the maximum height without the need for building regulation engineers reports. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Is this the best investment in advertising and exhibition stands possible? It can be re built over and over again with different designs, it will last for a very long time 20 years of constant use is not an unreasonable expectation. Infinitely expandable and so far always in fashion, you will always need some way to mount your lighting and advertising media. Call Coker Expo 01256 768178 we are here to help!

Lighting Truss design styled on a giant crab, for a floor area of 6m x 6m x 3.5m high. A complete walk around design, offering provision for 4 hanging double sided banner graphics.Please also look at our exhibition lighting section, with plug and play electrical wiring solutions. This level of lighting truss will offer plenty of possibilities for re creating other size exhibition stands the triangular construction not only looks attractive but packs away efficiently when not in use. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. An exhibition stand at 4 Metres high is the maximum height without the need for building regulation engineers reports. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Is this the best investment in advertising and exhibition stands possible? It can be re built over and over again with different designs, it will last for a very long time 20 years of constant use is not an unreasonable expectation. Infinitely expandable and so far always in fashion, you will always need some way to mount your lighting and advertising media. Call Coker Expo 01256 768178 we are here to help!

£5,721
Display truss build 48 (dwg 502b)

An eye catching arcs and curves design with wings for drop banners. The floor area required for this configuration is 6m x 3m and the truss stands at 2.445mm high.

An eye catching arcs and curves design with wings for drop banners. The floor area required for this configuration is 6m x 3m and the truss stands at 2.445mm high.

£3,967
Rectangular exhibition stand Quad System 35

This is a popular floor size, here offered in our quad lighting truss. The structure stands at 7 x 3 x 3m high. Additional beams can be added or indeed removed to alter the size of this system.

This is a popular floor size, here offered in our quad lighting truss. The structure stands at 7 x 3 x 3m high. Additional beams can be added or indeed removed to alter the size of this system.

£2,800
Display truss build 50 (dwg 518)

A display truss configuration specially designed for the display of art work. This system takes a floor area of 3450mm sq x 2945mm high. Other adaptations of this shape are possible call for details.

A display truss configuration specially designed for the display of art work. This system takes a floor area of 3450mm sq x 2945mm high. Other adaptations of this shape are possible call for details.

£4,663
Freestanding lighting truss 6x6 metres with upstand

System 35 A System 35 trio lighting truss exhibition system to suit a 6 Metre square floor area that with the maximum recommended height of 4 meters. This design has three open sides and gives a large graphic opportunity on the back wall, however each aperture can be fitted with graphics with a choice of PVC banners, stretch fabrics or System 70 with magnetic panels to give a high end stand at exceptional value. The stand is the perfect partner for exhibition lighting to illuminate your entire stand. The design can also re used in reverse to give a large graphic at the front, there is also the possibility of rebuilding in a variety of shapes to fit different sized exhibition venus.

System 35 A System 35 trio lighting truss exhibition system to suit a 6 Metre square floor area that with the maximum recommended height of 4 meters. This design has three open sides and gives a large graphic opportunity on the back wall, however each aperture can be fitted with graphics with a choice of PVC banners, stretch fabrics or System 70 with magnetic panels to give a high end stand at exceptional value. The stand is the perfect partner for exhibition lighting to illuminate your entire stand. The design can also re used in reverse to give a large graphic at the front, there is also the possibility of rebuilding in a variety of shapes to fit different sized exhibition venus.

£3,761
Gantry lighting build 52

A 222 trio lighting truss design aimed at the client that requires a media presentation method. This system fits a floor area of 5m wide x 4m dee and stands at 2.9m high. The gantry pole tables are not included and need to be purchased too.

A 222 trio lighting truss design aimed at the client that requires a media presentation method. This system fits a floor area of 5m wide x 4m dee and stands at 2.9m high. The gantry pole tables are not included and need to be purchased too.

£3,866
Trio gantry build 54

A portal design with a flat bar foot stabilizing base. This build is in trio 222 gantry, has a width of 3300mm and stands at 2956mm high, other dimms of this design are possible call for a quotation.

A portal design with a flat bar foot stabilizing base. This build is in trio 222 gantry, has a width of 3300mm and stands at 2956mm high, other dimms of this design are possible call for a quotation.

£1,163
Trio gantry build 55

A 222 trio truss build that can be used for a backdrop or display wall, 3800mm wide x 2245mm high, call for details.

A 222 trio truss build that can be used for a backdrop or display wall, 3800mm wide x 2245mm high, call for details.

£3,138
Gantry lighting stand 4 Metres high 4 x 9 Metres exhibition stand

Trio S35 Exhibition Gantry build 58 with floor area of 9M x 4M At a total height of 4M. First tier at 2.5 Metres if your looking to impress and be seen a 4M tall exhibition gantry stand could be the one for you. The top window banner display area can be used to screen off unsightly back distraction or be branded to use as high level product promotion it also provides perfect overhead display lighting positioning. This level of lighting truss will offer plenty of possibilities for re creating other size exhibition stands the triangular construction not only looks attractive but packs away efficiently when not in use. An exhibition stand at 4 Metres high is the maximum height without the need for building regulation engineers reports. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Please also look at our exhibition lighting section.

Trio S35 Exhibition Gantry build 58 with floor area of 9M x 4M At a total height of 4M. First tier at 2.5 Metres if your looking to impress and be seen a 4M tall exhibition gantry stand could be the one for you. The top window banner display area can be used to screen off unsightly back distraction or be branded to use as high level product promotion it also provides perfect overhead display lighting positioning. This level of lighting truss will offer plenty of possibilities for re creating other size exhibition stands the triangular construction not only looks attractive but packs away efficiently when not in use. An exhibition stand at 4 Metres high is the maximum height without the need for building regulation engineers reports. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Please also look at our exhibition lighting section.

£6,000
Truss system build 56

A basic perimeter in 222 trio of dimms 5800mm x 5800mm x 2445mm high.

A basic perimeter in 222 trio of dimms 5800mm x 5800mm x 2445mm high.

£2,914
Trio 222 gantry build 64

A trio 222 lighting truss in a popular size of 6.8m x 2.8m x 2.4m high

A trio 222 lighting truss in a popular size of 6.8m x 2.8m x 2.4m high

£2,511
Exhibition gantry with overhead lighting truss section

Trio lighting truss system, dimension of 6M x 5M x 3M high, this design has a central beam added for the purpose of additional central spot lighting, another popular and adaptable design thanks to modular components. We can design a system for your show that can be rebuilt over and over again, you can build it in different configurations and alter the height. System 35 Exhibition Gantry will last for a very long time, probably the best investment possible in an exhibition stand!

Trio lighting truss system, dimension of 6M x 5M x 3M high, this design has a central beam added for the purpose of additional central spot lighting, another popular and adaptable design thanks to modular components. We can design a system for your show that can be rebuilt over and over again, you can build it in different configurations and alter the height. System 35 Exhibition Gantry will last for a very long time, probably the best investment possible in an exhibition stand!

£3,500
Trio custom gantry build 71

A popular custom design in our lighter weight trio display truss, an eye catching design. This systems dims are 5m wide x 5.5 deep x 4m high.

A popular custom design in our lighter weight trio display truss, an eye catching design. This systems dims are 5m wide x 5.5 deep x 4m high.

£7,166
Trio decorative lighting truss build 73

A simple solution to carry lighting for a larger floor area, this trio system sits well in a 12m x 7m area with the truss being 2.9m high.

A simple solution to carry lighting for a larger floor area, this trio system sits well in a 12m x 7m area with the truss being 2.9m high.

£3,129
Custom two tier trio gantry build 74

A true custom build, we can even make custom junctions to allow specialist angles as this two tier trio truss system requires, we can do pretty much anything you may require. This systems dims are 5.8m x 2.8m x 4m high.

A true custom build, we can even make custom junctions to allow specialist angles as this two tier trio truss system requires, we can do pretty much anything you may require. This systems dims are 5.8m x 2.8m x 4m high.

£4,285
Custom trio truss build 75

Another totally custom system, you need an arc to fit a set dimension we can produce it for you. This system has a tilting arc creating an impressive frontage, dims of 6m x 9m x 2.4m high the stands a little higher at 2.8m.

Another totally custom system, you need an arc to fit a set dimension we can produce it for you. This system has a tilting arc creating an impressive frontage, dims of 6m x 9m x 2.4m high the stands a little higher at 2.8m.

£5,974
Full range of office screen dividers

Office divider screens free standing in loop nylon and Woolmix fabric, ideal for dividing and screening and area off in an office or school environment. We can offer two widths 1200 or 1500mm and there are three heights available 1200mm 1500 or 1800mm. You also have a choice of two fabric choices: Nyloop office panels are Velcro friendly only. Woolmix panels are decorative with a slight texture but, you can use pins on these but not Velcro hook. Office screen divider panels are 40 mm thick and are supplied with a pair of black stabilising feet. You can join these office dividers with a special linking strip that slides onto the panel edge profile to enable 2 or more panels to connect up, works as a key way to allow the formation of cubicles, a formation of 4 panels on a central joining strip. Call 01256 768178 for help and advice - supply times. These panels are made to order.

Office divider screens free standing in loop nylon and Woolmix fabric, ideal for dividing and screening and area off in an office or school environment. We can offer two widths 1200 or 1500mm and there are three heights available 1200mm 1500 or 1800mm. You also have a choice of two fabric choices: Nyloop office panels are Velcro friendly only. Woolmix panels are decorative with a slight texture but, you can use pins on these but not Velcro hook. Office screen divider panels are 40 mm thick and are supplied with a pair of black stabilising feet. You can join these office dividers with a special linking strip that slides onto the panel edge profile to enable 2 or more panels to connect up, works as a key way to allow the formation of cubicles, a formation of 4 panels on a central joining strip. Call 01256 768178 for help and advice - supply times. These panels are made to order.

£100
Suspended lighting truss S35 Quad

System 35 Quad suspended lighting truss rig. An eye catching lighting truss that can be suspended on cables fixed into a strong ceiling structure or I beam. Just add the lighting that you like or already have. Remember to add clamps for any lighting fixtures and lifting eyes or truss brackets for the rigs suspension. This structures dims measure 4.3 x 4.3m. This is just a sample design it could be amended in size or shape to form any required suspended truss structure, call for details and a quotation 01256 768178.

System 35 Quad suspended lighting truss rig. An eye catching lighting truss that can be suspended on cables fixed into a strong ceiling structure or I beam. Just add the lighting that you like or already have. Remember to add clamps for any lighting fixtures and lifting eyes or truss brackets for the rigs suspension. This structures dims measure 4.3 x 4.3m. This is just a sample design it could be amended in size or shape to form any required suspended truss structure, call for details and a quotation 01256 768178.

£1,904
Action promotions counter

Action promotion counter, a unit well suited to mobile promotions usage, often seen being used in shops and supermarkets as tasting and sampling stations etc. Its dimensions are 910mm High x 1000mm wide, base unit 473mm deep at the sides. 1 shelf included. A built in "tidy bin" can also included for an additional cost of £48. This display unit has a top sign which is 1005 x 345mm. We can supply graphics as shown at extra cost. We also offer an option for a special strengthened flat top, extra thick with no lip to the edge. Please feel free to call and discuss your specialist needs, 01256 768178

Action promotion counter, a unit well suited to mobile promotions usage, often seen being used in shops and supermarkets as tasting and sampling stations etc. Its dimensions are 910mm High x 1000mm wide, base unit 473mm deep at the sides. 1 shelf included. A built in "tidy bin" can also included for an additional cost of £48. This display unit has a top sign which is 1005 x 345mm. We can supply graphics as shown at extra cost. We also offer an option for a special strengthened flat top, extra thick with no lip to the edge. Please feel free to call and discuss your specialist needs, 01256 768178

£180
Folding promotion counter with graphics

The Champion is a large promotions display and demonstration counter also ideal as a registration desk at promotional events and trade shows, it has dimensions of 1160mm High x 1240mm wide for the counter base unit. This large promotions counter comes complete with one internal shelf but with a two shelf option, also available are an additional header sign and carry bag as well as promotional branding with full colour digital graphics. These promotions counters are designed to be quick and easy to set up and take down. The tough polypropylene actually folds down upon it's self making a compact package to transport from location to location. • Curved bar shaped, smooth, strong top • Full size work surface 250mm below the top • Additional shelf as an option • Body panel, hinged in two segments which allows body panel to fold • Tailor-made optional black nylon carry bag • The Champion has a header made from 3mm foam board • Maximum overall dimensions: 1240(w) x 375(d) x 2218mm(h) Please call with any questions 01256 768178 Artwork Guidelines Please make the graphic 1160mm high with 1080mm visual height 1190mm wide for front only or 1920mm front and sides, note the cut out for shelves on the sides when making your design. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For banner stands – artwork at half output size @ 300dpi We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 150dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce Pantone colours with a reasonably high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, regardless we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help.

The Champion is a large promotions display and demonstration counter also ideal as a registration desk at promotional events and trade shows, it has dimensions of 1160mm High x 1240mm wide for the counter base unit. This large promotions counter comes complete with one internal shelf but with a two shelf option, also available are an additional header sign and carry bag as well as promotional branding with full colour digital graphics. These promotions counters are designed to be quick and easy to set up and take down. The tough polypropylene actually folds down upon it's self making a compact package to transport from location to location. • Curved bar shaped, smooth, strong top • Full size work surface 250mm below the top • Additional shelf as an option • Body panel, hinged in two segments which allows body panel to fold • Tailor-made optional black nylon carry bag • The Champion has a header made from 3mm foam board • Maximum overall dimensions: 1240(w) x 375(d) x 2218mm(h) Please call with any questions 01256 768178 Artwork Guidelines Please make the graphic 1160mm high with 1080mm visual height 1190mm wide for front only or 1920mm front and sides, note the cut out for shelves on the sides when making your design. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For banner stands – artwork at half output size @ 300dpi We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 150dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce Pantone colours with a reasonably high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, regardless we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help.

£225
Maxi Promotions Counter with branding applied

The maxi counter unit has dimensions of 910mm High x 570mm wide. The Maxi has a shelf and a handy fascia header panel. A small promotional counter suited to sampling and tasting station promotions in particular that take place in venues where the available space is tight or a premium. • Available with or without shelf for extra storage area • Compact size for ease of transport and portability • Tailor made carry bag • Cost effect display • Maximum overall dimensions: 570(w) x 470(d) x 2218mm(h) Require advice, call 01256 768178

The maxi counter unit has dimensions of 910mm High x 570mm wide. The Maxi has a shelf and a handy fascia header panel. A small promotional counter suited to sampling and tasting station promotions in particular that take place in venues where the available space is tight or a premium. • Available with or without shelf for extra storage area • Compact size for ease of transport and portability • Tailor made carry bag • Cost effect display • Maximum overall dimensions: 570(w) x 470(d) x 2218mm(h) Require advice, call 01256 768178

£140
Solus promotor unit (WHITE)

This Solus unit is available in white as standard, but can come in black at special request. This display units dimensions are 866mm High x 844mm wide. Supplied with a black top as standard, but a beech effect top is available. Graphics for this unit are a must, particularly the Solus display towers which is very impressive and easy to assemble too. Get your sales message over with this promotional counter come plinth unit that can be an imposing tower thanks to the tier of sections with a clear jointing plate. The clever joining components are moulded from clear materials so as to cause least interference with the tower graphic effect. • Opening one side for high storage purposes by special request • Also available with an attractive wood grain • Optional shoulder zipper black nylon carry bags for easy transportation from demonstration to promotion • with a very quick and easy set up capability • Black body by special request Maximum overall dimensions: • Solus 1 counter unit: 844(w) x 415(d) x 906mm(h) • Solus 2 display column: 844(w) x 415(d) x 1808mm(h) • Solus 3 display column: 844(w) x 415(d) x 2708mm(h) Call 01256 768178 with any questions.

This Solus unit is available in white as standard, but can come in black at special request. This display units dimensions are 866mm High x 844mm wide. Supplied with a black top as standard, but a beech effect top is available. Graphics for this unit are a must, particularly the Solus display towers which is very impressive and easy to assemble too. Get your sales message over with this promotional counter come plinth unit that can be an imposing tower thanks to the tier of sections with a clear jointing plate. The clever joining components are moulded from clear materials so as to cause least interference with the tower graphic effect. • Opening one side for high storage purposes by special request • Also available with an attractive wood grain • Optional shoulder zipper black nylon carry bags for easy transportation from demonstration to promotion • with a very quick and easy set up capability • Black body by special request Maximum overall dimensions: • Solus 1 counter unit: 844(w) x 415(d) x 906mm(h) • Solus 2 display column: 844(w) x 415(d) x 1808mm(h) • Solus 3 display column: 844(w) x 415(d) x 2708mm(h) Call 01256 768178 with any questions.

£75
Polpyprop folding display counter

Original promotion counter This polypropylene unit has dimensions of 910mm High x 855mm wide and 401mm deep The standard unit comes complete with 1 base, 1 Top and 1 shelf. The original demonstration counter unit, made from white plastic for a washable surface, hence from popularity as a food and drink tasting station in supermarkets.

Original promotion counter This polypropylene unit has dimensions of 910mm High x 855mm wide and 401mm deep The standard unit comes complete with 1 base, 1 Top and 1 shelf. The original demonstration counter unit, made from white plastic for a washable surface, hence from popularity as a food and drink tasting station in supermarkets.

£110
Stand alone - promotion stand

Stand alone promotions counter is an eye catching branded tasting, testing, marketing and promotions station. These marketing and promotions stands are made from tough polypropylene to stand the test of time and fold down for easy storage but also enable quick assembly once at the venue for where your event is taking place. A fully enclosed base unit with a beech effect, white or black top, twin poles to support the header sign. Further options include double body height, graphics and carry bag. Digitally printed graphics can either be applied direct or supplied as a wrap to allow different branding versions for a range of promotional uses you may have. Dimensions for this promotional, marketing counter are 985mm max wide x 463mm wide base unit x 2300mm max height. Expect 1 week supply time if printing service is required. With a fully branded promotional stand half the job is done getting you companies product or message over. Call 01256 768178 for advice on art working.

Stand alone promotions counter is an eye catching branded tasting, testing, marketing and promotions station. These marketing and promotions stands are made from tough polypropylene to stand the test of time and fold down for easy storage but also enable quick assembly once at the venue for where your event is taking place. A fully enclosed base unit with a beech effect, white or black top, twin poles to support the header sign. Further options include double body height, graphics and carry bag. Digitally printed graphics can either be applied direct or supplied as a wrap to allow different branding versions for a range of promotional uses you may have. Dimensions for this promotional, marketing counter are 985mm max wide x 463mm wide base unit x 2300mm max height. Expect 1 week supply time if printing service is required. With a fully branded promotional stand half the job is done getting you companies product or message over. Call 01256 768178 for advice on art working.

£170
Alpha folding promotion counter with shelf and graphics

Alpha promotions display counter. Available in black or white. 905mm High x 790mm wide. The unit is supplied with one shelf. Graphic Panel Sizes Front Graphic size is 826mm (arc width) x 860mm visual height including 35mm hidden under the counter top The 40mm feet do not have graphic covering Side panels 860mm high x 480mm wide. Please note when making the artwork the slot in the side for the shelf detailed on the downloadable PDF if required. Unit Weight, 9 Kilos.

Alpha promotions display counter. Available in black or white. 905mm High x 790mm wide. The unit is supplied with one shelf. Graphic Panel Sizes Front Graphic size is 826mm (arc width) x 860mm visual height including 35mm hidden under the counter top The 40mm feet do not have graphic covering Side panels 860mm high x 480mm wide. Please note when making the artwork the slot in the side for the shelf detailed on the downloadable PDF if required. Unit Weight, 9 Kilos.

£90
Branded budget display plinth set.

The plastic Budget Display Plinth is tough and durable and is available in two heights 895mm and 45cm high. Each display plinth body is 47.5cm diameter. The Budget Display Plinth is the ideal option if you are constrained by budget and wish to enhance your display with a graphic pedestal or podium. After all not all exhibitions and events warrant huge cost outlay on display product. These portable display plinth units arrive flat packed with the graphic wrap in a sturdy tube. Set up is really very easy and only takes a few moments. Carry bags are available as optional extras. This product is now available with an ipad tablet fitting top if required too. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

The plastic Budget Display Plinth is tough and durable and is available in two heights 895mm and 45cm high. Each display plinth body is 47.5cm diameter. The Budget Display Plinth is the ideal option if you are constrained by budget and wish to enhance your display with a graphic pedestal or podium. After all not all exhibitions and events warrant huge cost outlay on display product. These portable display plinth units arrive flat packed with the graphic wrap in a sturdy tube. Set up is really very easy and only takes a few moments. Carry bags are available as optional extras. This product is now available with an ipad tablet fitting top if required too. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£90
Plus promotion counter

This Plus promotion and demonstration counter units dimensions are 910mm High x 1235mm wide, complete with strengthened top, poles, fascia and two internal shelves, round tray add a carry bag for £45. Ask about graphic branding to personalise your counter to give a totally professional look. If you are looking to give public demonstrations, tasting stations and promotional give a ways then a portable PVC counter could just fit the bill. If you need a little aid with art working or info on supply times call 01256 768178.

This Plus promotion and demonstration counter units dimensions are 910mm High x 1235mm wide, complete with strengthened top, poles, fascia and two internal shelves, round tray add a carry bag for £45. Ask about graphic branding to personalise your counter to give a totally professional look. If you are looking to give public demonstrations, tasting stations and promotional give a ways then a portable PVC counter could just fit the bill. If you need a little aid with art working or info on supply times call 01256 768178.

£220
Promotions Counter Bonus fully branded

The Bonus promotions counter is made out of a tough white polypropylene material. It uses all the same well proven accessories as the other products in our range, headers, poles, soft bags and a new style, simple to assemble roof kit formed in 3mm foam board. Because of its height, separate working and presentation levels, the Bonus counter is ideal for exhibitions, receptions and promotions where coupon filling, registration details etc have to be completed. This standard Bonus promotions counter has a 'Half depth' smooth strong top with a working area at 910mm high and counter height of 1160mm. There is an also an optional window available in the top of the front allowing valuable or 'untouchable' objects to be displayed for viewing. Then you have a choice of no header, header sign or roof style canopy to really personalise your promotional counter. Maximum overall dimensions: 836(w) x 490(d) x 2218mm(h) Expect fully branded counters to take 1 week to supply 01256 768178

The Bonus promotions counter is made out of a tough white polypropylene material. It uses all the same well proven accessories as the other products in our range, headers, poles, soft bags and a new style, simple to assemble roof kit formed in 3mm foam board. Because of its height, separate working and presentation levels, the Bonus counter is ideal for exhibitions, receptions and promotions where coupon filling, registration details etc have to be completed. This standard Bonus promotions counter has a 'Half depth' smooth strong top with a working area at 910mm high and counter height of 1160mm. There is an also an optional window available in the top of the front allowing valuable or 'untouchable' objects to be displayed for viewing. Then you have a choice of no header, header sign or roof style canopy to really personalise your promotional counter. Maximum overall dimensions: 836(w) x 490(d) x 2218mm(h) Expect fully branded counters to take 1 week to supply 01256 768178

£150
Finesse promo counter with sales person

The Finesse promo counter unit is a smart and durable promotions counter, great as a demonstration or sampling station. Designed to be set up quickly and allow for inter changable graphics thanks to the velcro fix technique, brand your counter with a simple logo or product shots. The promo counter unit comprises of a body, inner top, shelf, base, curved header, carry bag and graphics tube. Comes with a white or black leatherette flat top as standard. Upgrade to wood or silver effect at additional cost. • Quick and easy to assemble, approx 2 minutes • Outer piece, flat top with reinforced panel for added strength and graphic protection • Velcro fix - single piece graphic wrap – with no complicated graphic fixing systems to attach saving time • Poles and header • four top colour choices – White or Black leatherette finish as standard, silver and wood effect at additional cost • Very competitively priced high quality polypropylene for durability Maximum overall dimensions: 1240mm wide x 420mm deep x 910mm high Expect 1 week supply time with graphics, call 01256 768178 if you need further advice.

The Finesse promo counter unit is a smart and durable promotions counter, great as a demonstration or sampling station. Designed to be set up quickly and allow for inter changable graphics thanks to the velcro fix technique, brand your counter with a simple logo or product shots. The promo counter unit comprises of a body, inner top, shelf, base, curved header, carry bag and graphics tube. Comes with a white or black leatherette flat top as standard. Upgrade to wood or silver effect at additional cost. • Quick and easy to assemble, approx 2 minutes • Outer piece, flat top with reinforced panel for added strength and graphic protection • Velcro fix - single piece graphic wrap – with no complicated graphic fixing systems to attach saving time • Poles and header • four top colour choices – White or Black leatherette finish as standard, silver and wood effect at additional cost • Very competitively priced high quality polypropylene for durability Maximum overall dimensions: 1240mm wide x 420mm deep x 910mm high Expect 1 week supply time with graphics, call 01256 768178 if you need further advice.

£204
Motion promotional counter front view

Motion promotional counter, a handy wheeled portable promotions counter. • Durable wheels with brakes, perfect for promotional events where you need to be move around on a regular basis • Product fits into its tailor made carry bag ideal for transporting from one venue to another • Special rigid reinforced top available for added strength when required • Steel poles, headers available giving added branding • High quality re-usable, easy to assemble, available in Black or White • Packaged size: 925(w) x 845(d) x 117mm(h) • Counter height: 910mm • Maximum overall dimensions - 795(w) x 490(d) x 2190mm(h) Expect 1 week supply time, 01256 768178

Motion promotional counter, a handy wheeled portable promotions counter. • Durable wheels with brakes, perfect for promotional events where you need to be move around on a regular basis • Product fits into its tailor made carry bag ideal for transporting from one venue to another • Special rigid reinforced top available for added strength when required • Steel poles, headers available giving added branding • High quality re-usable, easy to assemble, available in Black or White • Packaged size: 925(w) x 845(d) x 117mm(h) • Counter height: 910mm • Maximum overall dimensions - 795(w) x 490(d) x 2190mm(h) Expect 1 week supply time, 01256 768178

£150
1 Metre display lighting Track

Our lighting track lengths come complete with live and dead end fittings Available in one or two meter sections, white, silver and black. 2 Metre section of our lighting track system, use singularly or add additions section for form a run or freeform shape around your display area, shop, exhibition or retail outlet. This light track has been selected for exhibition and display use because of its strength, it is a 16amp track which would normally exceed the requirement with LED lighting but the strength of the track means easy installation and removal at an event where time and ease are top priorities. The fittings are clicked into the track and then locked in place without the need of tools, Tracks are handed left and right power feed and so when fitting light units they must be put in the right way, once familiarised it's a very quick and easy operation. Each track comes with a dead end and a live end ready to accept mains cables, 240 volt - 16 amp. At Coker Expo we can pre fit mains leads and help with your display lighting selection just call the lighting team on 01256 768178

Our lighting track lengths come complete with live and dead end fittings Available in one or two meter sections, white, silver and black. 2 Metre section of our lighting track system, use singularly or add additions section for form a run or freeform shape around your display area, shop, exhibition or retail outlet. This light track has been selected for exhibition and display use because of its strength, it is a 16amp track which would normally exceed the requirement with LED lighting but the strength of the track means easy installation and removal at an event where time and ease are top priorities. The fittings are clicked into the track and then locked in place without the need of tools, Tracks are handed left and right power feed and so when fitting light units they must be put in the right way, once familiarised it's a very quick and easy operation. Each track comes with a dead end and a live end ready to accept mains cables, 240 volt - 16 amp. At Coker Expo we can pre fit mains leads and help with your display lighting selection just call the lighting team on 01256 768178

£30
16amp lighting track

2 Metre section of our lighting track system. This light track has been selected for exhibition and display use because of its strength, it is a 240 volt, 16amp track which would normally exceed the requirement with LED lighting but the strength of the track means easy installation and removal at an event where time and ease are top priorities. The fittings are clicked into the track and then locked in place without the need of tools, Tracks are handed left and right power feed and so when fitting light units they must be put in the right way, once familiarised it's a very quick and easy operation. Each track comes with a dead end and a live end ready to accept mains cables. At Coker Expo we can pre fit mains leads and help with your display lighting selection just call the lighting team on 01256 768178

2 Metre section of our lighting track system. This light track has been selected for exhibition and display use because of its strength, it is a 240 volt, 16amp track which would normally exceed the requirement with LED lighting but the strength of the track means easy installation and removal at an event where time and ease are top priorities. The fittings are clicked into the track and then locked in place without the need of tools, Tracks are handed left and right power feed and so when fitting light units they must be put in the right way, once familiarised it's a very quick and easy operation. Each track comes with a dead end and a live end ready to accept mains cables. At Coker Expo we can pre fit mains leads and help with your display lighting selection just call the lighting team on 01256 768178

£50
Butt Connector for Lighting Track

A butt connector for our 16 amp, 240 mains lighting track system, choice of 3 colours.

A butt connector for our 16 amp, 240 mains lighting track system, choice of 3 colours.

£6
Straight connector for 16 amp lighting track systems.

A straight connector for our 16 amp, 240 volt mains lighting track system, choice of colours.

A straight connector for our 16 amp, 240 volt mains lighting track system, choice of colours.

£10
Cross connector for 16amp lighting track system.

A cross connector junction for lighting track set ups. Single circuit 16 amp - 240 volt mains.

A cross connector junction for lighting track set ups. Single circuit 16 amp - 240 volt mains.

£17
Dead end for 16 amp lighting track system.

Lighting track dead end fitting to finish a line of lighting track, 16 amp, 240 volt mains lighting track system component.

Lighting track dead end fitting to finish a line of lighting track, 16 amp, 240 volt mains lighting track system component.

£2
right angle corner lighting track connector

An L or right angle corner lighting track connector for our 16 amp lighting track system, available in silver, black and white colour options, 240 mains.

An L or right angle corner lighting track connector for our 16 amp lighting track system, available in silver, black and white colour options, 240 mains.

£13
T connector for 16 amp lighting track system.

T connectors, two earth options, inside and outside. Lighting track T connector for a 16 amp lighting system.

T connectors, two earth options, inside and outside. Lighting track T connector for a 16 amp lighting system.

£15
lighting track adapter for lighting units

A replacement track adapter for lighting fixtures that go with our 16 amp lighting track system, choice of colours.

A replacement track adapter for lighting fixtures that go with our 16 amp lighting track system, choice of colours.

£10
flexible track connector for lighting track system

A flexible track connector for our lighting track systems, 16 amp lighting track system, single circuit, 240 mains.

A flexible track connector for our lighting track systems, 16 amp lighting track system, single circuit, 240 mains.

£17
Lighting track suspension cable kit.

A suspension cable kit for 16 amp lighting track, complete with 3 Meter Steel cable. Give the correct support to your lighting track system.

A suspension cable kit for 16 amp lighting track, complete with 3 Meter Steel cable. Give the correct support to your lighting track system.

£15
SYS35 Quad Lighting Gantry Tower

An impressive lighting gantry tower in quad trussing, 1500m x 1500m x 3.5m high. This design uses standard 3 way junctions not multi nodes. This structure has a 3 stage leg to make assembly and raising easy. 35mm diameter tube with conicals, spigot and pin connection.

An impressive lighting gantry tower in quad trussing, 1500m x 1500m x 3.5m high. This design uses standard 3 way junctions not multi nodes. This structure has a 3 stage leg to make assembly and raising easy. 35mm diameter tube with conicals, spigot and pin connection.

£3,115
SYS35 Quad Lighting Truss 10m x 6m x 3m

A six legged structure with cross beam to carry more lighting fixtures above the exhibition floor area. This structures dimensions are 10m x 6m x 3m high, it is in our quad system 35 lighting truss. A two piece split leg makes raising this large build a lot easier and quicker too. 35mm diameter tube, with high load carrying abilities and low deflection rates over long spans. This build uses standard junctions but we could also supply this with multi nodes by quotation.

A six legged structure with cross beam to carry more lighting fixtures above the exhibition floor area. This structures dimensions are 10m x 6m x 3m high, it is in our quad system 35 lighting truss. A two piece split leg makes raising this large build a lot easier and quicker too. 35mm diameter tube, with high load carrying abilities and low deflection rates over long spans. This build uses standard junctions but we could also supply this with multi nodes by quotation.

£4,754
System 35 Quad Free Standing Banner Frame

A smart free standing quad truss banner display frame. This quad system 35 truss frames dimensions are 2940mm x 1440mm wide and 1220mm deep. This structure uses our multi nodes at each junction. The tube is 35mm diameter, this is a spigot and pin connection system.

A smart free standing quad truss banner display frame. This quad system 35 truss frames dimensions are 2940mm x 1440mm wide and 1220mm deep. This structure uses our multi nodes at each junction. The tube is 35mm diameter, this is a spigot and pin connection system.

£2,104
Wheeled concertina dividers for offices and schools

Our office divider, mobile concertina panels are offered in two fabric types, 4 widths and three heights. Our Folding, wheeled office panels are Velcro friendly with Nyloop fabric and pinnable with Woolmix. The mobile office dividers we supply are suitable for dividing working areas in any room, such as an office, classroom or an area that requires a little more privacy or a reduction in noise level. Each folding panel is 585mm wide x a choice of heights 1200, 1500 and 1800mm. Choose from our extensive fabric colours, Nyloop is particularly Velcro friendly, ideal for attaching graphics and posters. Woolmix is a smart office finish that is very decorative and hard wearing with a slight texture but not suitable for Velcro because of this. These concertina display panels have a smart aluminium frame surrounding the edge of each panel, supplied pre hinged, fabric to both sides and are fitted with two locking castor wheels. These units are made to order so we advise you check supply times, 01256 768178

Our office divider, mobile concertina panels are offered in two fabric types, 4 widths and three heights. Our Folding, wheeled office panels are Velcro friendly with Nyloop fabric and pinnable with Woolmix. The mobile office dividers we supply are suitable for dividing working areas in any room, such as an office, classroom or an area that requires a little more privacy or a reduction in noise level. Each folding panel is 585mm wide x a choice of heights 1200, 1500 and 1800mm. Choose from our extensive fabric colours, Nyloop is particularly Velcro friendly, ideal for attaching graphics and posters. Woolmix is a smart office finish that is very decorative and hard wearing with a slight texture but not suitable for Velcro because of this. These concertina display panels have a smart aluminium frame surrounding the edge of each panel, supplied pre hinged, fabric to both sides and are fitted with two locking castor wheels. These units are made to order so we advise you check supply times, 01256 768178

£280
Arch display stand with tension fabric graphics.

Arch Display Stand. Aluminium tubular display stand framework that can be erected in a few minutes as it is easy to assemble, the pole kit supplied clips and locks together to create this visually impressive freestanding Arch display. A simple walk through arch or tunnel, ideal for entrance ways at events or shows. The formulate system is ideal to create freeform bridge style displays and build some very eye catching designs and custom features into any exhibition stand be thye a large or small floor space. 2.7 Metres 2.3M high x 2700mm wide x 1000mm deep Once the portable frame is assembled the printed stretch fabric cover is pulled over like a sock, the bottom is zipped together to create the correct tension and pull the fabric taught to give a great fabric graphic display. Please watch the video on this page to understand the system. Service time from receipt of digital graphic print file to completion is normally 5 - 7 days but please check with us at the time of ordering, our workload can change like the wind. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Arch Display Stand. Aluminium tubular display stand framework that can be erected in a few minutes as it is easy to assemble, the pole kit supplied clips and locks together to create this visually impressive freestanding Arch display. A simple walk through arch or tunnel, ideal for entrance ways at events or shows. The formulate system is ideal to create freeform bridge style displays and build some very eye catching designs and custom features into any exhibition stand be thye a large or small floor space. 2.7 Metres 2.3M high x 2700mm wide x 1000mm deep Once the portable frame is assembled the printed stretch fabric cover is pulled over like a sock, the bottom is zipped together to create the correct tension and pull the fabric taught to give a great fabric graphic display. Please watch the video on this page to understand the system. Service time from receipt of digital graphic print file to completion is normally 5 - 7 days but please check with us at the time of ordering, our workload can change like the wind. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£690
Square over head fabric display sign

Flying display banner frames are powerful magnets to your stand (suspended from the ceiling). Suspended aerial banner displays can be seen from way off across an exhibition hall or large trade show venue. Get your brand noticed at every event with an over head hanging display frame. We offer 4 basic aerial hanging display designs, Square, Rectangle, Eye Circle and a Tapered Circle but we can make any shape you need with our custom service. What a great way to be seen you could add lights and or a hanging turntable from our range for a rotating spectacular depending on the size of the structure and the siting of fixing beams at the venue. Price show is for a 1.5 Meter diameter x 800mm high aluminium framed hanging display frame (round) complete with the tailored stretch fit graphic which will be secured with a zip to give the correct tension to the graphic. Circular displays can be made up to 6 Metres in diameter. This type of display can be fitted on top of a gantry stand or similar structure that can provide support strength, but is designed to be suspended from a ceiling beam on cables at your show. Please watch the video on this page to fully understand the system. Our normal service time is 5 days for this product, but please ask as service times vary through out the year. For more info on custom size suspended aerial signs call Coker Expo 01256 7618178

Flying display banner frames are powerful magnets to your stand (suspended from the ceiling). Suspended aerial banner displays can be seen from way off across an exhibition hall or large trade show venue. Get your brand noticed at every event with an over head hanging display frame. We offer 4 basic aerial hanging display designs, Square, Rectangle, Eye Circle and a Tapered Circle but we can make any shape you need with our custom service. What a great way to be seen you could add lights and or a hanging turntable from our range for a rotating spectacular depending on the size of the structure and the siting of fixing beams at the venue. Price show is for a 1.5 Meter diameter x 800mm high aluminium framed hanging display frame (round) complete with the tailored stretch fit graphic which will be secured with a zip to give the correct tension to the graphic. Circular displays can be made up to 6 Metres in diameter. This type of display can be fitted on top of a gantry stand or similar structure that can provide support strength, but is designed to be suspended from a ceiling beam on cables at your show. Please watch the video on this page to fully understand the system. Our normal service time is 5 days for this product, but please ask as service times vary through out the year. For more info on custom size suspended aerial signs call Coker Expo 01256 7618178

£650
Round display stand with stretch fabric graphic

Formulate drum shaped stretch fabric display stand 2280mm high x 2500mm wide and 400mm deep. An impressive lightweight display stand for use in exhibitions, shopping centres, trade shows and conferences. The frame is made from aluminium alloy poles that clip and lock together its easy and fast to assemble then position. The next step is to pull over the tailored stretch fabric graphic which is then zipped together at the bottom to create the correct tension. Normal service time is 5 days in house from receipt of graphic file, please check when ordering. For more information call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

Formulate drum shaped stretch fabric display stand 2280mm high x 2500mm wide and 400mm deep. An impressive lightweight display stand for use in exhibitions, shopping centres, trade shows and conferences. The frame is made from aluminium alloy poles that clip and lock together its easy and fast to assemble then position. The next step is to pull over the tailored stretch fabric graphic which is then zipped together at the bottom to create the correct tension. Normal service time is 5 days in house from receipt of graphic file, please check when ordering. For more information call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

£600
Vertical curve formulate tension fabric display stand

formulate tension fabric displays 3.0 and 6.1 Metres wide Vertically curved style with straight footprint. A Fabric Sock Display Stand which is freestanding, height is 2280mm - 2 standard widths 3.0M and 6.1M. Single and double sided options available. The frame consists of aluminium alloy tubes with a clip and lock mechanism. Once assembled the tailored graphic fits over the frame like a pullover sock, to secure it at the bottom and add the correct tension you simply pull the zipper to enclose the framework. Please watch the video on this page to fully understand the system. Service time is around 5 days but please check as times vary. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

formulate tension fabric displays 3.0 and 6.1 Metres wide Vertically curved style with straight footprint. A Fabric Sock Display Stand which is freestanding, height is 2280mm - 2 standard widths 3.0M and 6.1M. Single and double sided options available. The frame consists of aluminium alloy tubes with a clip and lock mechanism. Once assembled the tailored graphic fits over the frame like a pullover sock, to secure it at the bottom and add the correct tension you simply pull the zipper to enclose the framework. Please watch the video on this page to fully understand the system. Service time is around 5 days but please check as times vary. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£495
Flag pole with water base 4 and 5 Metre

features and benefits of this flag pole. • Max Flag size 3500mm x 1000mm approx • Overall height 5300mm max approx • Portable and lightweight • Unique design allows the ag to rotate when the wind direction changes • Telescopic pole allows the flag to be set at three fixed heights. • Water filled base aids stability which splits down into four sections for easy carriage • Quick to assemble and easy to use • Optional carry bags available

features and benefits of this flag pole. • Max Flag size 3500mm x 1000mm approx • Overall height 5300mm max approx • Portable and lightweight • Unique design allows the ag to rotate when the wind direction changes • Telescopic pole allows the flag to be set at three fixed heights. • Water filled base aids stability which splits down into four sections for easy carriage • Quick to assemble and easy to use • Optional carry bags available

£159
SYS35 Quad lighting truss banner display

A very special quad lighting truss structure designed to create 4 bays to display multiple double sided banners. The 4 bays were required to make defined areas for various products. This structure has dims of 3220mm across the beam length by 2.5m high. A multi node junction in the center with a down leg locks this system all together.

A very special quad lighting truss structure designed to create 4 bays to display multiple double sided banners. The 4 bays were required to make defined areas for various products. This structure has dims of 3220mm across the beam length by 2.5m high. A multi node junction in the center with a down leg locks this system all together.

£2,527
Quad aluminium lighting truss for aerial lighting rigs

A very standard design for an aerial lighting truss, this is our Quad truss, system 35 which uses a 35mm dia tube. Great for smaller floor areas and light weight to work with too as it is our 35mm diameter gauge system in aluminium. This example has dimensions of 4500mm x 3m and uses standard 2 way truss junctions. Ideal to suspend over exhibition floors and dance floors. The aerial lighting rig is the best method to raise lighting really high above any floor area. The system could be suspended on cables to either lifting eye clamps of our truss brackets. Need another size, ask for a quote 01256 768178.

A very standard design for an aerial lighting truss, this is our Quad truss, system 35 which uses a 35mm dia tube. Great for smaller floor areas and light weight to work with too as it is our 35mm diameter gauge system in aluminium. This example has dimensions of 4500mm x 3m and uses standard 2 way truss junctions. Ideal to suspend over exhibition floors and dance floors. The aerial lighting rig is the best method to raise lighting really high above any floor area. The system could be suspended on cables to either lifting eye clamps of our truss brackets. Need another size, ask for a quote 01256 768178.

£1,872
Lighting Gantry Exhibition Backdrop

This exhibition backdrop is made form our Quad lighting gantry system. Two 800mm square steel base plates enable a goal post or portal structure to stand upright and be stable with out being bolted to the floor or fixed back to a wall. This example shown uses true 2 way 90 degree junctions but we can do this using our multi way box junctions too. The backdrop shown has dimensions of 5m x 2.5m high.

This exhibition backdrop is made form our Quad lighting gantry system. Two 800mm square steel base plates enable a goal post or portal structure to stand upright and be stable with out being bolted to the floor or fixed back to a wall. This example shown uses true 2 way 90 degree junctions but we can do this using our multi way box junctions too. The backdrop shown has dimensions of 5m x 2.5m high.

£1,596
Cosmopolitan exhibition counter with acrylic display panel and graphic wrap

The cosmopolitan exhibition counter is a fully wrapped unit and can carry the weight of up to 40 kilos. The counter shown has a smart black granite top and blue nylon loop fabric body wrap but other colours are possible for the counter top and arange of colour loop fabric can be used on the body of this exhibition counter. The price includes a basic cable kit, the acrylic panel is an optional extra, this allows you to add some branding with a printed poster. The dimensions for this portable display counter are 1000mm high x 1000mm wide x 550 depth, and it weighs 16 kilos. We can also produce a fully printed graphic body wrap to brand the entire counter, a very versatile piece of furniture. Ideal for exhibitions and trade show events, as physique exhibition counters are very quick to set up and then take down after the event has concluded. These units are usually supplied with in 1 week, if you need it quicker please call 01256 768178.

The cosmopolitan exhibition counter is a fully wrapped unit and can carry the weight of up to 40 kilos. The counter shown has a smart black granite top and blue nylon loop fabric body wrap but other colours are possible for the counter top and arange of colour loop fabric can be used on the body of this exhibition counter. The price includes a basic cable kit, the acrylic panel is an optional extra, this allows you to add some branding with a printed poster. The dimensions for this portable display counter are 1000mm high x 1000mm wide x 550 depth, and it weighs 16 kilos. We can also produce a fully printed graphic body wrap to brand the entire counter, a very versatile piece of furniture. Ideal for exhibitions and trade show events, as physique exhibition counters are very quick to set up and then take down after the event has concluded. These units are usually supplied with in 1 week, if you need it quicker please call 01256 768178.

£302
Comet exhibition counter with literature rack and graphic banner.

The Comet Physique Tear Shaped Top Exhibition Counter is a stylish piece of exhibition furniture. It really looks the business at events and trade shows. A fabric body with choice of several colours an aluminium anodised column with with A4 portrait literature holder. The colour you select will be thermoformed on MDF. The counter is supplied flat pack and can be assembled in moments with our rollable tambour. Dimensions are 1010mm high x 1010mm wide x 655mm deep. The graphic wrap size for this unit is 970mm high x 1365mm long. Shown with Banner post (Optional extra) Ask how to fit an ipad holder to your promotional display stand, bring interaction to your event. ## Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

The Comet Physique Tear Shaped Top Exhibition Counter is a stylish piece of exhibition furniture. It really looks the business at events and trade shows. A fabric body with choice of several colours an aluminium anodised column with with A4 portrait literature holder. The colour you select will be thermoformed on MDF. The counter is supplied flat pack and can be assembled in moments with our rollable tambour. Dimensions are 1010mm high x 1010mm wide x 655mm deep. The graphic wrap size for this unit is 970mm high x 1365mm long. Shown with Banner post (Optional extra) Ask how to fit an ipad holder to your promotional display stand, bring interaction to your event. ## Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£310
Mercury physique curved exhibition counter furniture + colour choice's

An exhibtion counter unit designed to carry Lcd screens up to 21" supplied with a vesa mount, but not the screen. A black fabric unit with beech thermoformed top. Comes with a pespex top shelf on stand offs and a cable management port. Dimensions are, width 850mm x Height: 1000mm and post height of 1510mm and counter depth of 600mm. Weight - 25kg approx. The lower shelf is optional call for further details 01256 768178 The wrap size for this unit is 970mm x 2320mm long

An exhibtion counter unit designed to carry Lcd screens up to 21" supplied with a vesa mount, but not the screen. A black fabric unit with beech thermoformed top. Comes with a pespex top shelf on stand offs and a cable management port. Dimensions are, width 850mm x Height: 1000mm and post height of 1510mm and counter depth of 600mm. Weight - 25kg approx. The lower shelf is optional call for further details 01256 768178 The wrap size for this unit is 970mm x 2320mm long

£340
Ipad Holder - set into counter tops.

Flush, recess mounted iPad holder. This unit can be used on a variety of table tops, plinth and counters. The iPad holder comes with a front plate in a choice of black, white or silver plus a metal casing with locking mechanism to house the iPad in the table top or counter. Holder suitable for iPad 2 & 3 tablets (not suitable for Ipad mini) Minimum area in which the holder can fit is 450mm diameter

Flush, recess mounted iPad holder. This unit can be used on a variety of table tops, plinth and counters. The iPad holder comes with a front plate in a choice of black, white or silver plus a metal casing with locking mechanism to house the iPad in the table top or counter. Holder suitable for iPad 2 & 3 tablets (not suitable for Ipad mini) Minimum area in which the holder can fit is 450mm diameter

£75
Urban exhibition counter Oval shape

The urban physique counter is an oval shape exhibition and display counter designed for that purpose, portable and quick assembly area a must for events. You have a choice of top colours and loop nylon fabric to coat the tambour wrap, which is fully velcro acceptable. The dimensions are 1000mm high x 1000mm wide x 500mm depth. 18 kilos. Add a cable management port for £15, The wrap size for this unit is 966m high x 2380mm long. Call for further info on 01256 768178. RRP £399

The urban physique counter is an oval shape exhibition and display counter designed for that purpose, portable and quick assembly area a must for events. You have a choice of top colours and loop nylon fabric to coat the tambour wrap, which is fully velcro acceptable. The dimensions are 1000mm high x 1000mm wide x 500mm depth. 18 kilos. Add a cable management port for £15, The wrap size for this unit is 966m high x 2380mm long. Call for further info on 01256 768178. RRP £399

£330
The elan exhibition counter in black with beech top

The Elan exhibition display counter, built using the tried and tested physique exhibition furniture system. This counter is covered in black nylon loop fabric with beech top and stylish and eye catching protruding front fin. This unit has a full body wrap to give strength, a 12mm thick top and and base former. This counter is very quick and easy to set up once at your event, the special twist lock poles enable this. The dimensions are 1000mm high x 1000mm wide and 550mm deep. This weighs in at 20 kilos. RRP £325 and we supply these units with in one week, call on 01256 768178 with any questions you may have.

The Elan exhibition display counter, built using the tried and tested physique exhibition furniture system. This counter is covered in black nylon loop fabric with beech top and stylish and eye catching protruding front fin. This unit has a full body wrap to give strength, a 12mm thick top and and base former. This counter is very quick and easy to set up once at your event, the special twist lock poles enable this. The dimensions are 1000mm high x 1000mm wide and 550mm deep. This weighs in at 20 kilos. RRP £325 and we supply these units with in one week, call on 01256 768178 with any questions you may have.

£275
D end portable exhibition counter, black fabric body and black top.

Portable exhibition counter, fully enclosed version of the Double "D" exhibition counter. This D end workstation has dimensions are 1000mm high x 1000mm wide x 500mm depth. It is ideally suited to any trade show or promotional event as it is portable, supplied as a few components that quickly and simply assemble, thanks to its twist lock pole system and physique tambour body wrap. Options for this tried and tested exhibition counter include choice of coloured tops and choice of Nylon loop body fabric wrap or a fully branded and digitally printed body wrap. Then you can still add features such as a shelf, cable management port or a carry bag. If you wish to discuss your custom requirements please call on 01256 768178.

Portable exhibition counter, fully enclosed version of the Double "D" exhibition counter. This D end workstation has dimensions are 1000mm high x 1000mm wide x 500mm depth. It is ideally suited to any trade show or promotional event as it is portable, supplied as a few components that quickly and simply assemble, thanks to its twist lock pole system and physique tambour body wrap. Options for this tried and tested exhibition counter include choice of coloured tops and choice of Nylon loop body fabric wrap or a fully branded and digitally printed body wrap. Then you can still add features such as a shelf, cable management port or a carry bag. If you wish to discuss your custom requirements please call on 01256 768178.

£235
LCD data pod plinth

Data pod lectern is basically a small pedestal with Av ability built in an information counter complete with smart anodised aluminium upright screen support with vesa mount to carry LCD screens up to 21" (Not including a screen). The unit is supplied with a choice of fabric colours for the tambour wraps and a choice of top colours, add your own branding with a graphic wrap. Ideal as an information reception point or exchange at an event or exhibition as a presentation lectern. The wrap size for electronic artwork is 1059mm high x 1740mm long. Artwork Guidelines. If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 150dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a reasonably high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, regardless we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178.

Data pod lectern is basically a small pedestal with Av ability built in an information counter complete with smart anodised aluminium upright screen support with vesa mount to carry LCD screens up to 21" (Not including a screen). The unit is supplied with a choice of fabric colours for the tambour wraps and a choice of top colours, add your own branding with a graphic wrap. Ideal as an information reception point or exchange at an event or exhibition as a presentation lectern. The wrap size for electronic artwork is 1059mm high x 1740mm long. Artwork Guidelines. If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 150dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a reasonably high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, regardless we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178.

£265
red crescent exhibition counter with beech coloured top

The crescent exhibition counter adds shape and style to any exhibition stand set up. We offer a choice of coloured tops and velcro friendly body colours in loop nylon fabric. There are also options for cable management ports, canvas carry bag and an internal hanging shelf under this counter unit. This trade show counters dimensions are 1m x 950mm x 565mm deep and the shelf size is 490mm x 325mm. You can be sure of quick and easy assembly when it comes to any physique exhibition furniture, thanks to simple formers, twist lock poles and tambour wraps. We can add full colour graphic body wraps too, add branding to your counter creates a unique piece of portable trade show furniture . An ideal portable and light weight crescent shaped piece of exhibition furniture. Call 01256 768178 to discuss art working requirements for graphic units.

The crescent exhibition counter adds shape and style to any exhibition stand set up. We offer a choice of coloured tops and velcro friendly body colours in loop nylon fabric. There are also options for cable management ports, canvas carry bag and an internal hanging shelf under this counter unit. This trade show counters dimensions are 1m x 950mm x 565mm deep and the shelf size is 490mm x 325mm. You can be sure of quick and easy assembly when it comes to any physique exhibition furniture, thanks to simple formers, twist lock poles and tambour wraps. We can add full colour graphic body wraps too, add branding to your counter creates a unique piece of portable trade show furniture . An ideal portable and light weight crescent shaped piece of exhibition furniture. Call 01256 768178 to discuss art working requirements for graphic units.

£255
Oval exhibition counter in red loop nylon fabric and beech top

Oval shaped exhibition counter, the eclipse is available with different top colours and a large range of velcro friendly fabric colours. This exhibition counter is 1000mm high x 1000mm wide and 500mm deep and will look good at any event or trade show. If you wish to stand out from other exhibitors than add a full colour graphic wrap, it simply attaches to the body of the counter wrap with a few dabs of velcro. Assembly is quick and easy and the counter is light weight to so nothing heavy to lug to the event. Physique furniture can carry a load of 40 kilos. Extras come in the form of cable management ports and carry bags.

Oval shaped exhibition counter, the eclipse is available with different top colours and a large range of velcro friendly fabric colours. This exhibition counter is 1000mm high x 1000mm wide and 500mm deep and will look good at any event or trade show. If you wish to stand out from other exhibitors than add a full colour graphic wrap, it simply attaches to the body of the counter wrap with a few dabs of velcro. Assembly is quick and easy and the counter is light weight to so nothing heavy to lug to the event. Physique furniture can carry a load of 40 kilos. Extras come in the form of cable management ports and carry bags.

£250
Keystone contour exhibition counter with platform top and graphic body wrap.

The Contour exhibition counters are available in 4 standard shapes and two versions. The pro version has a top up stand, a cable port and and an interior shelf as standard. Please see the Contour Exhibition Counters PDF Please click here Brochure for choice of counter shapes. Sliding locking doors, graphics wraps and carry bags are also available as extras. The Coker Expo range of exhibition counters They are quick to assemble and require no tools for assembly. The counters include a heavy duty rollable PVC silver tambour workstation with a thermoformed top which is available in with a choice of colours. Graphic wrap dimensions are 844mm high x 1705mm long. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

The Contour exhibition counters are available in 4 standard shapes and two versions. The pro version has a top up stand, a cable port and and an interior shelf as standard. Please see the Contour Exhibition Counters PDF Please click here Brochure for choice of counter shapes. Sliding locking doors, graphics wraps and carry bags are also available as extras. The Coker Expo range of exhibition counters They are quick to assemble and require no tools for assembly. The counters include a heavy duty rollable PVC silver tambour workstation with a thermoformed top which is available in with a choice of colours. Graphic wrap dimensions are 844mm high x 1705mm long. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£275
Quad Trade Show Gantry

Here we show a popular trade show display, 2 walls clad with access form 2 sides or isles. This quad lighting gantry has dims of 5m x 3m x 3m high. The quad truss beams are set to the floor as well so as you can inset banners into each aperture if you wish or to the rear tubes which ever you prefer the look of.

Here we show a popular trade show display, 2 walls clad with access form 2 sides or isles. This quad lighting gantry has dims of 5m x 3m x 3m high. The quad truss beams are set to the floor as well so as you can inset banners into each aperture if you wish or to the rear tubes which ever you prefer the look of.

£2,880
V range counter

The V-counter is a robust and stylish reception counter or workstation, smart enough even for permanent use in a showroom or as a reception counter. It is available in a choice of two design options. The Standard option has the open back. The deluxe offers a lockable storage facility which is ideal for applications where security is important. Deluxe counters include, integral shelf and lockable door. Complete with cable management as standard. V counters are available in white, black, silver and birch finishes. Any of which would add a class image to your exhibition stand at any events. Tops are available in two shape options; Keystone and Elliptical, sides are available in silver or white. There is also a handy wheel transit case for the V Counter, make getting to and from events that bit easier with a protective wheeled transport case. Ask about the fascia kit to bring a stylist branding element to your counter 01256 768178.

The V-counter is a robust and stylish reception counter or workstation, smart enough even for permanent use in a showroom or as a reception counter. It is available in a choice of two design options. The Standard option has the open back. The deluxe offers a lockable storage facility which is ideal for applications where security is important. Deluxe counters include, integral shelf and lockable door. Complete with cable management as standard. V counters are available in white, black, silver and birch finishes. Any of which would add a class image to your exhibition stand at any events. Tops are available in two shape options; Keystone and Elliptical, sides are available in silver or white. There is also a handy wheel transit case for the V Counter, make getting to and from events that bit easier with a protective wheeled transport case. Ask about the fascia kit to bring a stylist branding element to your counter 01256 768178.

£299
Luna counter with printed graphic wrap

The Luna Exhibition Counter - Podium unit is a light weight and attractive workstation available in a variety of fabric body wraps or laminated graphics which are secured using velcro to its Pvc tambour wrap. Suspended pole shelf included to carry light weight loads. This is designed to be a small exhibition counter for those with a smaller floor area where every bit of space is a premium. Use as a display plinth or exhibition counter at events, 1000mm high x 860w x 400d lead time is 1 week. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

The Luna Exhibition Counter - Podium unit is a light weight and attractive workstation available in a variety of fabric body wraps or laminated graphics which are secured using velcro to its Pvc tambour wrap. Suspended pole shelf included to carry light weight loads. This is designed to be a small exhibition counter for those with a smaller floor area where every bit of space is a premium. Use as a display plinth or exhibition counter at events, 1000mm high x 860w x 400d lead time is 1 week. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£200
Physique portable counter with graphics column

Ideal greeting counter for exhibition and trade show purposes, the saturn physique style counter can be supplied as shown or in a variety of coloured nylon loop fabrics. We can make the counter tops in silver, black, beech and white. This exhibition counter also comes with the A4 acrylic pocket which fixes to the aluminium upright. Quick and easy set up once at your trade show event. These counters can also be branded with a full digitally print wrap which will velcro to the loop nylon fabric tambour body wrap. Dimensions of 1010mm x 850mm x 510mm, the counters weight is only 11 kilos, price shown includes the literature rack. Call 01256 768178 to discuss your exact needs and present supply times.

Ideal greeting counter for exhibition and trade show purposes, the saturn physique style counter can be supplied as shown or in a variety of coloured nylon loop fabrics. We can make the counter tops in silver, black, beech and white. This exhibition counter also comes with the A4 acrylic pocket which fixes to the aluminium upright. Quick and easy set up once at your trade show event. These counters can also be branded with a full digitally print wrap which will velcro to the loop nylon fabric tambour body wrap. Dimensions of 1010mm x 850mm x 510mm, the counters weight is only 11 kilos, price shown includes the literature rack. Call 01256 768178 to discuss your exact needs and present supply times.

£340
6x3M Quad gantry stand

So many exhibition gantry designs can be created with one system. This example illustration shows quad S35. Quad 35 has four tubes each 35mm and the system uses the same rapid joining system as our standard Trio S35 fast building without tools and virtually no deflection. Super strong and very practical. An eye catching quad lighting gantry system. Our systems are designed to be adaptable so the modular truss elements allows for many different designs using the same parts list. The example truss system has dimensions of 6M x 3M x 3.0M high. This structure can use our multi box junction as an option, with this you can create any junction you need just by adding some extra half conicals. Please call Coker Expo 01256 768178 for more information, we are happy to design a system just for you.

So many exhibition gantry designs can be created with one system. This example illustration shows quad S35. Quad 35 has four tubes each 35mm and the system uses the same rapid joining system as our standard Trio S35 fast building without tools and virtually no deflection. Super strong and very practical. An eye catching quad lighting gantry system. Our systems are designed to be adaptable so the modular truss elements allows for many different designs using the same parts list. The example truss system has dimensions of 6M x 3M x 3.0M high. This structure can use our multi box junction as an option, with this you can create any junction you need just by adding some extra half conicals. Please call Coker Expo 01256 768178 for more information, we are happy to design a system just for you.

£4,300
Wall Fixed Quad Lighting Gantry

This quad lighting gantry is supported by being bolted into a back wall. If you are looking to aim lighting back towards your exhibition wall then this is a simple solution. This structures dimensions are 4m x 1.5m x 3m high. If the floor size at your event is different or you need additional height please ask for a quote.

This quad lighting gantry is supported by being bolted into a back wall. If you are looking to aim lighting back towards your exhibition wall then this is a simple solution. This structures dimensions are 4m x 1.5m x 3m high. If the floor size at your event is different or you need additional height please ask for a quote.

£1,702
Exhibition counter steel with doors

Locking cabinet for exhibitions and trade show requirements. A secure steel counter unit with locking doors and a magnetic front panel graphic 1000x1000mm to brand it for your event. This unit is the same height and depth 1 Metre x 1 Metre x 400mm deep as our fold flat plinths and so can be used together. Provides secure storage and comes fully assembled on a pallet. Delivery period is approximately 10 working days. Artwork Guidelines: Front graphic panel is 1000x1000mm If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 150dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. Note: It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a reasonably high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, regardless we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178.

Locking cabinet for exhibitions and trade show requirements. A secure steel counter unit with locking doors and a magnetic front panel graphic 1000x1000mm to brand it for your event. This unit is the same height and depth 1 Metre x 1 Metre x 400mm deep as our fold flat plinths and so can be used together. Provides secure storage and comes fully assembled on a pallet. Delivery period is approximately 10 working days. Artwork Guidelines: Front graphic panel is 1000x1000mm If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 150dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. Note: It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a reasonably high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, regardless we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178.

£365
The storm banner stand with water filled base

The Storm or Hydro 2 banner stand can be used outdoors for external events and promotional displays. The outdoor banner display is available in single and double sided units. The base unit can be filled with water or sand. Outdoor banner stands as this are suitable to Beaufort scale 3 weather conditions. The graphic size is 848x1848mm with a visual area of 800x1800mm printed at 720 dpi, fixed with eyelets. The system comes complete with a canvas carry bag. Expect a supply time of 1 week for external banner stands 01256 768178.

The Storm or Hydro 2 banner stand can be used outdoors for external events and promotional displays. The outdoor banner display is available in single and double sided units. The base unit can be filled with water or sand. Outdoor banner stands as this are suitable to Beaufort scale 3 weather conditions. The graphic size is 848x1848mm with a visual area of 800x1800mm printed at 720 dpi, fixed with eyelets. The system comes complete with a canvas carry bag. Expect a supply time of 1 week for external banner stands 01256 768178.

£85
Graphic wrapping for trio trussing systems

Full Leg - Part Leg or horizontal beam Gantry leg wraps 190mm and 290mm wide, self adhesive graphic wrap, perfect to dress up those truss legs and truss horizontal beams. We are able to wrap trussing systems that have 32mm dia tube, 35mm dia and even 50mm diameter tube sizes. Some times the ability to cover your trussing with digital branding can bring a new lease of life to tired trussing or just make a real eye catching statement at any exhibition or event. 2M and 2.5M legs (wraps do not cover the joints) These truss wraps are printed to sticky backed fabric and can be removed without leaving residue and can be stored for later use if reapplied to there release paper, so keep the original backing paper supplied! Artwork advice for 32/35mm dia systems, to wrap around the triangle you will require 710mm - 40mm of this will be overlapped at one end. We do not cover the joints so for the length reduce in each instance by 80mm. Ie a 1m length would be 920mm. Artwork advice for 50mm dia systems, to wrap around the triangle you will require 910mm - 40mm of this will be overlapped at one end. We do not cover the joints so for the length reduce in each instance by 100mm. Ie a 1m length would be 900mm. Question or advice on wrapping truss call on 01256 768178.

Full Leg - Part Leg or horizontal beam Gantry leg wraps 190mm and 290mm wide, self adhesive graphic wrap, perfect to dress up those truss legs and truss horizontal beams. We are able to wrap trussing systems that have 32mm dia tube, 35mm dia and even 50mm diameter tube sizes. Some times the ability to cover your trussing with digital branding can bring a new lease of life to tired trussing or just make a real eye catching statement at any exhibition or event. 2M and 2.5M legs (wraps do not cover the joints) These truss wraps are printed to sticky backed fabric and can be removed without leaving residue and can be stored for later use if reapplied to there release paper, so keep the original backing paper supplied! Artwork advice for 32/35mm dia systems, to wrap around the triangle you will require 710mm - 40mm of this will be overlapped at one end. We do not cover the joints so for the length reduce in each instance by 80mm. Ie a 1m length would be 920mm. Artwork advice for 50mm dia systems, to wrap around the triangle you will require 910mm - 40mm of this will be overlapped at one end. We do not cover the joints so for the length reduce in each instance by 100mm. Ie a 1m length would be 900mm. Question or advice on wrapping truss call on 01256 768178.

£45
White folding Pvc table for trade shows and exhibitions

Exhibition table, a 6ft long portable folding table is perfect for events and trade shows. Why not add a printed table cloth to cover this exhibition table a create a very professional look for any promotional event. Made from polyproplene material and a metal frame for strong supportive folding legs. If you wish the add a branded fabric table cloth, 3324mm x 2240mm high, ask about art working.

Exhibition table, a 6ft long portable folding table is perfect for events and trade shows. Why not add a printed table cloth to cover this exhibition table a create a very professional look for any promotional event. Made from polyproplene material and a metal frame for strong supportive folding legs. If you wish the add a branded fabric table cloth, 3324mm x 2240mm high, ask about art working.

£100
Curved exhibition counter, flat pack ability

This curved exhibition counter has been design to match in with our Vector and Lockwall ranges. Curved exhibition counters are very solid and durable, assembly is quick as we use the twist lock system. They can also flat-pack for easy transportation which makes them very portable and well suited to the trade show and event business. The counter units fit together in a simple fashion, connect the base to the poles and top, a clever Pvc trim fits into the aluminium support poles, the white panels then spring fit into the groove in that trim, easy. • 50mm aluminium support posts with solid MDF laminated tops and bases • Top and base available in a choice of Birch, Black, Silver and White finishes • Graphics are on 2 mm thick foamed PVC board• Standard unit without top shelf, Pro unit includes top shelf • Simple assembly without tools • Optional Internal Shelf Approx 10 days in house production times, call for more details, 01256 768178

This curved exhibition counter has been design to match in with our Vector and Lockwall ranges. Curved exhibition counters are very solid and durable, assembly is quick as we use the twist lock system. They can also flat-pack for easy transportation which makes them very portable and well suited to the trade show and event business. The counter units fit together in a simple fashion, connect the base to the poles and top, a clever Pvc trim fits into the aluminium support poles, the white panels then spring fit into the groove in that trim, easy. • 50mm aluminium support posts with solid MDF laminated tops and bases • Top and base available in a choice of Birch, Black, Silver and White finishes • Graphics are on 2 mm thick foamed PVC board• Standard unit without top shelf, Pro unit includes top shelf • Simple assembly without tools • Optional Internal Shelf Approx 10 days in house production times, call for more details, 01256 768178

£300
Portable exhibition counter with branding, flat pack

This Portable exhibition counter has been design to accompany our Vector and Lockwall range of display systems. These flat pack exhibition counters are very solid and durable, assembly is quick as we use the twist lock system. A portable counter as this is well suited to the trade show and short promotion event, assembly is only a matter of twist the support poles into the base and top, the panels squeeze fit into the Pvc extrusion that slots into the upright channel in the aluminium poles. The counters come with white panels as standard but are best once your company branding has been added to really raise the look of the unit once on your exhibition stand. The counter tops can carry a load of approx 50 kgs. • 50mm aluminium support posts with solid MDF laminated tops and bases • Top and base available in a choice of Birch, Black, Silver and White finishes • Graphics are on 2 mm thick foamed PVC board• Standard unit without top shelf, Pro unit includes top shelf • Simple assembly without tools • Optional Internal Shelf Approx 10 days in house production times, call for more details, 01256 768178

This Portable exhibition counter has been design to accompany our Vector and Lockwall range of display systems. These flat pack exhibition counters are very solid and durable, assembly is quick as we use the twist lock system. A portable counter as this is well suited to the trade show and short promotion event, assembly is only a matter of twist the support poles into the base and top, the panels squeeze fit into the Pvc extrusion that slots into the upright channel in the aluminium poles. The counters come with white panels as standard but are best once your company branding has been added to really raise the look of the unit once on your exhibition stand. The counter tops can carry a load of approx 50 kgs. • 50mm aluminium support posts with solid MDF laminated tops and bases • Top and base available in a choice of Birch, Black, Silver and White finishes • Graphics are on 2 mm thick foamed PVC board• Standard unit without top shelf, Pro unit includes top shelf • Simple assembly without tools • Optional Internal Shelf Approx 10 days in house production times, call for more details, 01256 768178

£290
Black  ABS plastic Poseur Exhibition Table

Our Comambo Poseur exhibition table is made of tough ABS PLASTIC in a smart Black finish with chrome gas lift base. The height is adjustable between 68 - 92cm and its diameter is 60cm. Ideally suited for use at an exhibition or on a trade show stand. You should add a pair of the gas lift stools to complete the set and bring the finishing image touches to your exhibition stand, be it a vector, trussing or lockwall stand.

Our Comambo Poseur exhibition table is made of tough ABS PLASTIC in a smart Black finish with chrome gas lift base. The height is adjustable between 68 - 92cm and its diameter is 60cm. Ideally suited for use at an exhibition or on a trade show stand. You should add a pair of the gas lift stools to complete the set and bring the finishing image touches to your exhibition stand, be it a vector, trussing or lockwall stand.

£122
Coblate exhibition bar stool, gas lift, chrome with black seat

Coblate exhibition stool with Gas lift operation, a smart flat seat with low back in Black with chrome base. The height is adjustable with the 360 degree swivel action that this stool has. This stool will come as components and needs few minutes to assemble. Supplied as a pair, stylish gas lift stool suited to an exhibition or trade show event, will compliment our poseur table an ideal addition to any Vector or Lockwall exhibition stand. Height : 68 - 88cm Seat Height : 60 - 80cm Width : 38cm Depth : 38cm

Coblate exhibition stool with Gas lift operation, a smart flat seat with low back in Black with chrome base. The height is adjustable with the 360 degree swivel action that this stool has. This stool will come as components and needs few minutes to assemble. Supplied as a pair, stylish gas lift stool suited to an exhibition or trade show event, will compliment our poseur table an ideal addition to any Vector or Lockwall exhibition stand. Height : 68 - 88cm Seat Height : 60 - 80cm Width : 38cm Depth : 38cm

£186
Pop up counter with three shelves

A Superior quality affordable pop up display counter solution Counter loading Uniformly distributed loading of assembled kit tested to an impressive 80kg counter top 42.5kg and shelves 12.5kg each Please note: We only use our superior strength polarity B magnetic tape on all graphics being affixed to our pop up systems. Product details Product code - Mini Pop Up Couner Fully magnetic 1 x 3 anodised aluminium straight structure providing simple quick construction with exceptional load bearing capability and counter stability Non tilting laminated counter top with discreet velcro fastening and 3 individual semi-captive laminated shelves - available in beech, white or black Generous counter top work surface 685(w) x 365mm(d) Shelf openings 285(h) x 300mm(w) for easy access New padded component bags with carry handles and superior strength magnetic tape also included Dimensions 1025(h) x 685(w) x 365mm(d) Graphic Dimension 1000mm (h) x 1329mm (w) please see attached PDF download Net weight - 18.0kg Packaged weight - 19.0kg Wheeled Trolley Bag New strengthened and fully padded one piece wheeled trolley bag Carry handles and internal white lined graphic tube for improved handling, product protection and ease of transportation

A Superior quality affordable pop up display counter solution Counter loading Uniformly distributed loading of assembled kit tested to an impressive 80kg counter top 42.5kg and shelves 12.5kg each Please note: We only use our superior strength polarity B magnetic tape on all graphics being affixed to our pop up systems. Product details Product code - Mini Pop Up Couner Fully magnetic 1 x 3 anodised aluminium straight structure providing simple quick construction with exceptional load bearing capability and counter stability Non tilting laminated counter top with discreet velcro fastening and 3 individual semi-captive laminated shelves - available in beech, white or black Generous counter top work surface 685(w) x 365mm(d) Shelf openings 285(h) x 300mm(w) for easy access New padded component bags with carry handles and superior strength magnetic tape also included Dimensions 1025(h) x 685(w) x 365mm(d) Graphic Dimension 1000mm (h) x 1329mm (w) please see attached PDF download Net weight - 18.0kg Packaged weight - 19.0kg Wheeled Trolley Bag New strengthened and fully padded one piece wheeled trolley bag Carry handles and internal white lined graphic tube for improved handling, product protection and ease of transportation

£255
Event pop up counter viewed from all sides

High quality event pop up counter with smart bamboo top and handy wheeled transport case. These Pop Up Counters are the latest evolution in portable exhibition and trade show event counter units. This popup display counter frame is manufactured from a silver box aluminium tubing for improved structural stability and great strength for supporting loads placed upon it. Features include, fully magnetic, lightweight, flat pack, kidney shaped design, adjustable feet on all floor facing hubs, a single seamless magnetically attached graphic wrap and environmentally friendly bamboo counter top and 4 internal shelves Quick and easy assembly is ensured with a special expanding frame. The magnetic arms will gently lock the structure into position, add the magnetic support bars to the magnetic hubs, attach the one piece graphic wrap to the bars, and finally locate the counter top and internal shelves, your ready to get on with your promotion or event. Supplied in a smart, semi rigid wheeled carry bag which is specifically designed to take the complete kit including the graphic wrap in a separate protective cardboard tube. Large Unit As Shown (2x2) 1200 Wide x 900mm High Small Unit (3x1) 690mm Wide x 1000mm High

High quality event pop up counter with smart bamboo top and handy wheeled transport case. These Pop Up Counters are the latest evolution in portable exhibition and trade show event counter units. This popup display counter frame is manufactured from a silver box aluminium tubing for improved structural stability and great strength for supporting loads placed upon it. Features include, fully magnetic, lightweight, flat pack, kidney shaped design, adjustable feet on all floor facing hubs, a single seamless magnetically attached graphic wrap and environmentally friendly bamboo counter top and 4 internal shelves Quick and easy assembly is ensured with a special expanding frame. The magnetic arms will gently lock the structure into position, add the magnetic support bars to the magnetic hubs, attach the one piece graphic wrap to the bars, and finally locate the counter top and internal shelves, your ready to get on with your promotion or event. Supplied in a smart, semi rigid wheeled carry bag which is specifically designed to take the complete kit including the graphic wrap in a separate protective cardboard tube. Large Unit As Shown (2x2) 1200 Wide x 900mm High Small Unit (3x1) 690mm Wide x 1000mm High

£275
CMH 3 Metal Halide Display Light

150W metal halide = 500W Halogen. Use this one inside or outside! This 150w metal halide lighting fixture comes with a lamp but without mains lead please talk to us about the options! Suitable for general floodlight of an exhibition stand or an outdoor event. Measurements: 360 x 315 x 140 (mm) Type Floodlight: Symmetric Power supply: AC 230V 50Hz Power consumption: 150 Watt Starting Current: 1,5A max Housing material: die casting aluminium Housing colour: Black IP Rating: IP65 Weight: 5.5Kg Lamp specification Bulb type: HQI Power: 150 Watt Color Temp. (K): 4200 Lumens @ 100Hr (lm): 11,500 Warm-up time: 3 min Hot Restart time: 5 min Voltage: 230V Socket: Rx7S DE/SE: Double Ended Mains connector not included! what are your requirements 01256 768178.

150W metal halide = 500W Halogen. Use this one inside or outside! This 150w metal halide lighting fixture comes with a lamp but without mains lead please talk to us about the options! Suitable for general floodlight of an exhibition stand or an outdoor event. Measurements: 360 x 315 x 140 (mm) Type Floodlight: Symmetric Power supply: AC 230V 50Hz Power consumption: 150 Watt Starting Current: 1,5A max Housing material: die casting aluminium Housing colour: Black IP Rating: IP65 Weight: 5.5Kg Lamp specification Bulb type: HQI Power: 150 Watt Color Temp. (K): 4200 Lumens @ 100Hr (lm): 11,500 Warm-up time: 3 min Hot Restart time: 5 min Voltage: 230V Socket: Rx7S DE/SE: Double Ended Mains connector not included! what are your requirements 01256 768178.

£117
Black outdoor parcan with hasp

A 1000w Halogen outdoor exhibition flood light for external events. This lighting fixture has a high protection degree against water (IP-65) and is manufactured in an aluminium die-cast housing. Specifications: IP-65 Lamp: PAR 64 (Not Included), Lamp socket: GX16D, AC 220 Volt, 50 Hz, Cable: 50 cm, Fliter frame: included Dimensions: 240 x 380 x 290 mm (LxWxH) Weight: 4.3 kg Supplied bare tail, outdoor connectors are not available on the website!

A 1000w Halogen outdoor exhibition flood light for external events. This lighting fixture has a high protection degree against water (IP-65) and is manufactured in an aluminium die-cast housing. Specifications: IP-65 Lamp: PAR 64 (Not Included), Lamp socket: GX16D, AC 220 Volt, 50 Hz, Cable: 50 cm, Fliter frame: included Dimensions: 240 x 380 x 290 mm (LxWxH) Weight: 4.3 kg Supplied bare tail, outdoor connectors are not available on the website!

£148
Blizzard banner stand with graphic

Blizzard, outdoor banner stand. the blizzard is a cost effective solution for outdoor promotions, quick to set up a very portable display unit. These PVC banner graphics are printed to 720 dpi high res for an external banner graphic. The system has a fillable weighted base, sand or water 15L is suggested. The banner graphic dimensions are 600/800mm wide x 2000mm high, an adjustable width system, eyelet fixings hold the graphic in place. Suitable for weather conditions Beaufort scale 4. Any questions please do call 01256 768178. Supply times are 1 week for outdoor banner displays.

Blizzard, outdoor banner stand. the blizzard is a cost effective solution for outdoor promotions, quick to set up a very portable display unit. These PVC banner graphics are printed to 720 dpi high res for an external banner graphic. The system has a fillable weighted base, sand or water 15L is suggested. The banner graphic dimensions are 600/800mm wide x 2000mm high, an adjustable width system, eyelet fixings hold the graphic in place. Suitable for weather conditions Beaufort scale 4. Any questions please do call 01256 768178. Supply times are 1 week for outdoor banner displays.

£165
Exhibition lighting flood light LED

These white case slimline LED floodlights are now available in a range of brightness from 10-50 watt together with Warm White Or Daylight light output. The LED floodlight features a cluster cob LED with a frosted diffuser to soften the light. With an all new flat profile design and a clean white finish particularly suitable for the exhibition, trade show and display industry applications. Warm white 3000K Or Daylight Lumens: 800-4000 The 30W version is Equivalent to a 240w Halogen! 2400 Lumens Beam angle 60x90 degree Slim Line Design Profile IP65 Rated for Outdoor / Indoor use 0.5 meter White power cable fitted (without plug) This light comes with a hasp to which can be fitted all manner of clamps or a screw or bolt fixing put in place. Supplied with a bare lead or tails, you may wish to add a daisy terminal end so as you can use our cable system to run a number of these lights in series. The 30 watt LED Floodlight has been designed to match the output of a conventional 240 watt equivalent. Extremely reliable, this IP65 rated floodlight is perfect for exterior lighting, lasting an impressive 30,000 hours. Outdoor connectors are not available on the website!

These white case slimline LED floodlights are now available in a range of brightness from 10-50 watt together with Warm White Or Daylight light output. The LED floodlight features a cluster cob LED with a frosted diffuser to soften the light. With an all new flat profile design and a clean white finish particularly suitable for the exhibition, trade show and display industry applications. Warm white 3000K Or Daylight Lumens: 800-4000 The 30W version is Equivalent to a 240w Halogen! 2400 Lumens Beam angle 60x90 degree Slim Line Design Profile IP65 Rated for Outdoor / Indoor use 0.5 meter White power cable fitted (without plug) This light comes with a hasp to which can be fitted all manner of clamps or a screw or bolt fixing put in place. Supplied with a bare lead or tails, you may wish to add a daisy terminal end so as you can use our cable system to run a number of these lights in series. The 30 watt LED Floodlight has been designed to match the output of a conventional 240 watt equivalent. Extremely reliable, this IP65 rated floodlight is perfect for exterior lighting, lasting an impressive 30,000 hours. Outdoor connectors are not available on the website!

£25
System 35 Exhibition Gantry Quad 90 degree 2 way junction

S35 Quad exhibition gantry, this is a standard quad 90 degree 2 way junction, S35Q21. Most usually used in aluminium trussing structures such as a basic portal or gaol post design or a simple square or oblong lighting rig suspended on cables or wires. We can provide the fixing brackets with lifting eyes to achieve this. This junction has dimensions of 500mmx500mm and will come with a set of fittings.

S35 Quad exhibition gantry, this is a standard quad 90 degree 2 way junction, S35Q21. Most usually used in aluminium trussing structures such as a basic portal or gaol post design or a simple square or oblong lighting rig suspended on cables or wires. We can provide the fixing brackets with lifting eyes to achieve this. This junction has dimensions of 500mmx500mm and will come with a set of fittings.

£105
Glass tower display case with lighting shelves and locking doors all fits in its own case

Portable folding glass display tower with LED lighting and wheeled case. This glass display tower showcase unit comes complete with its own wheeled flight case. The assembled size is: 1970w x 500d 500h. The unit takes 2 people around 10 minutes to put together. Complete with 8 low voltage lights and door locks. Weight 55 Kilos

Portable folding glass display tower with LED lighting and wheeled case. This glass display tower showcase unit comes complete with its own wheeled flight case. The assembled size is: 1970w x 500d 500h. The unit takes 2 people around 10 minutes to put together. Complete with 8 low voltage lights and door locks. Weight 55 Kilos

£750
Glass counter flat pack with transport case

A portable flat pack glass display counter with top display area in tempered glass and 4 halogen lights. This counter has 2 sliding doors with lock on the counter base and display area. Supplied in a brushed aluminium finish with chrome plated fittings. Comes with it's own lockable wheeled flight case. Assembly time approx 5 mins, shipping weight of both is 54kgs. The assembled cabinet dims are 1000mm x 500mm x 900mm high.

A portable flat pack glass display counter with top display area in tempered glass and 4 halogen lights. This counter has 2 sliding doors with lock on the counter base and display area. Supplied in a brushed aluminium finish with chrome plated fittings. Comes with it's own lockable wheeled flight case. Assembly time approx 5 mins, shipping weight of both is 54kgs. The assembled cabinet dims are 1000mm x 500mm x 900mm high.

£700
 Glass showcase double shelf CFGC2

A portable flat pack glass display counter with top display area in tempered glass and 8 display lights. This counter has 2 sliding doors, 2 shelf display levels and is fitted with lock on the counter base and display area. It is supplied in a brushed aluminium finish with chrome plated fittings so looks very smart and professional at any event or exhibition. This portable glass counter comes with its own lockable wheeled flight case. Assembly time approx 30 mins, packed shipping weight of both is 64kgs. The assembled cabinet dimensions are 1000mm x 500mm x 900mm high. Please call to check stock prior to placing your order 01256 768178

A portable flat pack glass display counter with top display area in tempered glass and 8 display lights. This counter has 2 sliding doors, 2 shelf display levels and is fitted with lock on the counter base and display area. It is supplied in a brushed aluminium finish with chrome plated fittings so looks very smart and professional at any event or exhibition. This portable glass counter comes with its own lockable wheeled flight case. Assembly time approx 30 mins, packed shipping weight of both is 64kgs. The assembled cabinet dimensions are 1000mm x 500mm x 900mm high. Please call to check stock prior to placing your order 01256 768178

£770
Flat pack glass counter with wheeled case

A portable flat pack glass display counter with top display area in tempered glass and 8 halogen lights. This counter has 2 sliding glass doors with lock. Supplied in a brushed aluminium finish with chrome plated fittings. Comes with it's own protective, lockable wheeled flight case. Assembly time approx 5 mins, shipping weight of both is 72kgs. The assembled cabinet dims are 1000mm x 500mm x 900mm high.

A portable flat pack glass display counter with top display area in tempered glass and 8 halogen lights. This counter has 2 sliding glass doors with lock. Supplied in a brushed aluminium finish with chrome plated fittings. Comes with it's own protective, lockable wheeled flight case. Assembly time approx 5 mins, shipping weight of both is 72kgs. The assembled cabinet dims are 1000mm x 500mm x 900mm high.

£790
cafe barrier with printed banner

Bring branding to your cafe barrier cordon, personalise your cafe banners with a printed company name or product image. High quality STOPLIGHT PVC banners, digitally printed cafe barrier banners, single or double sided as you require for your pavement cordon area. We offer cafe barrier banners for our barrier systems on a one week supply service. Some banners are designed to slot into a receiver on the top and bottom rails, others will fix with top and bottom hems or eyelets to clip to the bottom of a pole. We print to stoplight so as we can offer double sided printing but also with cheap, thin Pvc banner you can see through the banner to a degree which does not give a prestigious look to your final cafe barrier set up. Choose the correct banner option to suit the cafe barrier system that you have chosen. Please feel free to call with any questions 01256 768178.

Bring branding to your cafe barrier cordon, personalise your cafe banners with a printed company name or product image. High quality STOPLIGHT PVC banners, digitally printed cafe barrier banners, single or double sided as you require for your pavement cordon area. We offer cafe barrier banners for our barrier systems on a one week supply service. Some banners are designed to slot into a receiver on the top and bottom rails, others will fix with top and bottom hems or eyelets to clip to the bottom of a pole. We print to stoplight so as we can offer double sided printing but also with cheap, thin Pvc banner you can see through the banner to a degree which does not give a prestigious look to your final cafe barrier set up. Choose the correct banner option to suit the cafe barrier system that you have chosen. Please feel free to call with any questions 01256 768178.

£41
cafe barrier system prime

Our alfresco prime cafe barrier posts are the top of our range, they are suitable for use inside and outside in both sheltered and exposed locations. Define the pavement dining area outside your restaurant. They have heavier bases than standard and our banners are mounted with cross rails both at the top and bottom of the poles. The banners are fitted and gripped integrally without an overlapped hem avoiding stitching and welded seams being visible, the banners are not included but available from our digital printing section. The price shown is one post. Post and Base Stanchion. Polished stainless steel post Polished stainless steel base cover Polished chrome post cap – cast aluminium Wheelchair friendly low height base Childproof blanking plugs included Suitable for indoor, outdoor, high traffic and exposed areas 17kg 2 year warranty applies. Cross Arm - rails. Three cross arm widths 1200, 1500 and 2000mm (post centres) Polished aluminium cross arms with chrome ends Slide graphics into the cross arms Strong, durable cross arms Primo original cross arms and spring clips eliminate the need to stitch or eyelet the graphic Wall mounting bracket available Graphics not included 2 year warranty applies. Base diameter is 350mm - post height is 1025mm. Make your selection below and adjust quantities in your shopping basket. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

Our alfresco prime cafe barrier posts are the top of our range, they are suitable for use inside and outside in both sheltered and exposed locations. Define the pavement dining area outside your restaurant. They have heavier bases than standard and our banners are mounted with cross rails both at the top and bottom of the poles. The banners are fitted and gripped integrally without an overlapped hem avoiding stitching and welded seams being visible, the banners are not included but available from our digital printing section. The price shown is one post. Post and Base Stanchion. Polished stainless steel post Polished stainless steel base cover Polished chrome post cap – cast aluminium Wheelchair friendly low height base Childproof blanking plugs included Suitable for indoor, outdoor, high traffic and exposed areas 17kg 2 year warranty applies. Cross Arm - rails. Three cross arm widths 1200, 1500 and 2000mm (post centres) Polished aluminium cross arms with chrome ends Slide graphics into the cross arms Strong, durable cross arms Primo original cross arms and spring clips eliminate the need to stitch or eyelet the graphic Wall mounting bracket available Graphics not included 2 year warranty applies. Base diameter is 350mm - post height is 1025mm. Make your selection below and adjust quantities in your shopping basket. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

£95
Cafe barrier with advertising banner

Walkway cafe barrier post and base. Define the pavement dining or seating area outside your restaurant or cafe with our smart coffee time cafe barrier system. Black posts with banner rails in 3 sizes. The cafe banners lock to the top of the post with a cam and then tie to the base of the post with a spring clip. Outdoor stanchion post. 12.5kg post and base plate. Black powder coated paint finish. Childproof blanking plugs included. Suitable for indoor use and outdoor use in sheltered areas. Standard 1 year warranty applies. Cross Arms - rails Three cross arm widths 1200, 1500 and 2000mm (post centres) Graphic bar allows for traditional loop graphic fixing. Black powder coated cross arms with black chrome ends Strong, durable cross arms. Bottom of graphic attaches to post using a spring clip (included). Wall mounting bracket available. Graphics not included. Standard 1 year warranty applies SPECIFICATIONS. GRAPHIC PANEL SIZE Finished graphic panel size 900mm x 1775 / 1275 / 975mm [Please note – 100mm of graphic is folded over to create pole pocket] Visual graphic area 800mm x 1775 / 1275 / 975mm Graphic panel thickness 500 micron The price shown is one post and base. Please add your extra options below and change quantities as required in your shopping basket. Please see our PDFs for printable details on assembly and banner fitting details. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Walkway cafe barrier post and base. Define the pavement dining or seating area outside your restaurant or cafe with our smart coffee time cafe barrier system. Black posts with banner rails in 3 sizes. The cafe banners lock to the top of the post with a cam and then tie to the base of the post with a spring clip. Outdoor stanchion post. 12.5kg post and base plate. Black powder coated paint finish. Childproof blanking plugs included. Suitable for indoor use and outdoor use in sheltered areas. Standard 1 year warranty applies. Cross Arms - rails Three cross arm widths 1200, 1500 and 2000mm (post centres) Graphic bar allows for traditional loop graphic fixing. Black powder coated cross arms with black chrome ends Strong, durable cross arms. Bottom of graphic attaches to post using a spring clip (included). Wall mounting bracket available. Graphics not included. Standard 1 year warranty applies SPECIFICATIONS. GRAPHIC PANEL SIZE Finished graphic panel size 900mm x 1775 / 1275 / 975mm [Please note – 100mm of graphic is folded over to create pole pocket] Visual graphic area 800mm x 1775 / 1275 / 975mm Graphic panel thickness 500 micron The price shown is one post and base. Please add your extra options below and change quantities as required in your shopping basket. Please see our PDFs for printable details on assembly and banner fitting details. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£65
Duo truss lectern

A natural aluminium finished duo truss lectern unit. Bring a really professional look to your seminar and public speaking event.

A natural aluminium finished duo truss lectern unit. Bring a really professional look to your seminar and public speaking event.

£280
Trio gantry lectern stand

A natural aluminium finished trio truss lectern unit, smart and high quality podium for seminars and other public speaking requirements.

A natural aluminium finished trio truss lectern unit, smart and high quality podium for seminars and other public speaking requirements.

£248
Quad truss lectern

A natural aluminium finished Quad truss lectern unit. A high quality look for all public speaking events, look the piece when you say your piece.

A natural aluminium finished Quad truss lectern unit. A high quality look for all public speaking events, look the piece when you say your piece.

£274
Aluminium finished lectern in trio truss with dimensions drawing

A natural aluminium finished trio truss lectern but with a double top plate area to layout your speech. Some times you will need to stand partnered up at a conference or seminar, this lectern allows that dual presentation ability. A smart lectern to stand behind can only boost the confidence when public speaking, bring a touch of class to your event. The truss lectern compliments any truss lighting rig carrying on the modern and industrial theme. Call 01256 768178 to check availability.

A natural aluminium finished trio truss lectern but with a double top plate area to layout your speech. Some times you will need to stand partnered up at a conference or seminar, this lectern allows that dual presentation ability. A smart lectern to stand behind can only boost the confidence when public speaking, bring a touch of class to your event. The truss lectern compliments any truss lighting rig carrying on the modern and industrial theme. Call 01256 768178 to check availability.

£484
Lectern Choice of colours and tops, angled acrylic upstand

This squared off, beech topped lectern with grey nylon loop column stands at 1300mm high x 655mm x 480mm and comes with an acrylic angled top. Carry bag included, other fabric colours or plain beech finish is available call for details 01256 768178. The wrap size for this unit is 1060mm high x 1455mm long. An ideal portable podium for your public speaking at seminars and conferences.

This squared off, beech topped lectern with grey nylon loop column stands at 1300mm high x 655mm x 480mm and comes with an acrylic angled top. Carry bag included, other fabric colours or plain beech finish is available call for details 01256 768178. The wrap size for this unit is 1060mm high x 1455mm long. An ideal portable podium for your public speaking at seminars and conferences.

£275
Quad S35 T piece junction

A quad 3 way "T" piece S35QT35. A very adaptable junction to add to your truss components. This can be used in structures as a central down leg, as a horizontal beam and is very popular in aerial lighting truss rigs. The dimensions for this truss junction are 500mm x 500mm x 500mm and it will come with all required connection fittings.

A quad 3 way "T" piece S35QT35. A very adaptable junction to add to your truss components. This can be used in structures as a central down leg, as a horizontal beam and is very popular in aerial lighting truss rigs. The dimensions for this truss junction are 500mm x 500mm x 500mm and it will come with all required connection fittings.

£180
Quad S35 3 Way corner

Quad system 35, this is the standard 3 way corner junction for a basic 4 sided structure in our quad lighting truss system, S35Q30. Each corner comes with a set of conical pins and clips. This trussing is manufactured and engineered to the very highest standards. The dims for all our truss junctions unless other wise stated are 500mm x 500mm x 500mm which makes designing a truss structure to the meter and half meter floor area very easy.

Quad system 35, this is the standard 3 way corner junction for a basic 4 sided structure in our quad lighting truss system, S35Q30. Each corner comes with a set of conical pins and clips. This trussing is manufactured and engineered to the very highest standards. The dims for all our truss junctions unless other wise stated are 500mm x 500mm x 500mm which makes designing a truss structure to the meter and half meter floor area very easy.

£180
Alpha wall mounted show case (EAG020)

Wall mounted glass show case in aluminum with safety glass as standard, dimensions are 1000mm wide x 250mm deep x 1000mm high. Available in other finishes. This glass cabinet is supplied fully assembled, call for details and supply times.

Wall mounted glass show case in aluminum with safety glass as standard, dimensions are 1000mm wide x 250mm deep x 1000mm high. Available in other finishes. This glass cabinet is supplied fully assembled, call for details and supply times.

£450
Alpha tower 1 (EAG012H)

The alpha tower display cabinet is a top of the range unit, comprising storage unit, toughened safety glass, internal lighting, locking castor wheels and anodise satin aluminium finished framework. this units dimensions are 1932mm high x 500mm x 500mm. These units are built to order.

The alpha tower display cabinet is a top of the range unit, comprising storage unit, toughened safety glass, internal lighting, locking castor wheels and anodise satin aluminium finished framework. this units dimensions are 1932mm high x 500mm x 500mm. These units are built to order.

£816
A double width glass display tower with 4 shelves and stud feet.

Alpha double glass display tower, high quality display case with satin aluminium framing, safety glass and adjustable stud feet. This units dimensions are 1932mm high x 1000mm wide x 450mm deep. These units are built to order and kerbside delivered pre assembled, there must be someone on site to aid unloading.

Alpha double glass display tower, high quality display case with satin aluminium framing, safety glass and adjustable stud feet. This units dimensions are 1932mm high x 1000mm wide x 450mm deep. These units are built to order and kerbside delivered pre assembled, there must be someone on site to aid unloading.

£680
Alpha display counter (EAG004)

Display counter with two display shelves and a storage area below. The dimensions of this unit are 1000mm wide x 600mm deep x 900mm high. Satin aluminium and glass finish with castor wheels, call for supply times.

Display counter with two display shelves and a storage area below. The dimensions of this unit are 1000mm wide x 600mm deep x 900mm high. Satin aluminium and glass finish with castor wheels, call for supply times.

£620
Display showcase counter with storage and locking doors

Display counter with glass display area and a large storage area below. The dimensions of this unit are 1000mm wide x 600mm deep x 900mm high. Satin aluminium and glass finish with stud feet, call for supply times.Locking sliding doors included Choose from Silver or Black finish and Feet or Wheels for portability. Kerbside delivery fully assembled, can also be fitted with LED lighting. For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Display counter with glass display area and a large storage area below. The dimensions of this unit are 1000mm wide x 600mm deep x 900mm high. Satin aluminium and glass finish with stud feet, call for supply times.Locking sliding doors included Choose from Silver or Black finish and Feet or Wheels for portability. Kerbside delivery fully assembled, can also be fitted with LED lighting. For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£620
Metal framed glass showcase tower with secure locking doors

Glass tower display case in smart aluminium finish, with dimensions of 500mm x 500mm sq x 1932mm high. Available in other finishes call for supply times.Units are kerbside delivered fully assembled. Need to know more? Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Glass tower display case in smart aluminium finish, with dimensions of 500mm x 500mm sq x 1932mm high. Available in other finishes call for supply times.Units are kerbside delivered fully assembled. Need to know more? Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£450
Tower showcase with lights and locking doors toughened glass

Glass tower display case with header panel and 3 piece 50 watt halogen 240 watt down lighter set. Comes in an aluminium and glass finish with dimensions of 500mm x 500mm sq x 1932mm high. Please call for delivery and production time Coker Expo 01256 768178

Glass tower display case with header panel and 3 piece 50 watt halogen 240 watt down lighter set. Comes in an aluminium and glass finish with dimensions of 500mm x 500mm sq x 1932mm high. Please call for delivery and production time Coker Expo 01256 768178

£787
Glass Counter with locking doors and two shelves

The alpha display counter has toughened safety glass, adjustable feet and anodised satin alloy frame work. Dimensions are 900mm high x 100mm wide x 600mm depth. These units are built to order supply time 1 -2 weeks, delivered assembled. Choice of stub feet or wheels Other options for these units are chrome, powder coated, wood grain effect or even gold finish to the frame work. Call for further details and supply times. 01256 768178

The alpha display counter has toughened safety glass, adjustable feet and anodised satin alloy frame work. Dimensions are 900mm high x 100mm wide x 600mm depth. These units are built to order supply time 1 -2 weeks, delivered assembled. Choice of stub feet or wheels Other options for these units are chrome, powder coated, wood grain effect or even gold finish to the frame work. Call for further details and supply times. 01256 768178

£498
Corner display counter for glass counter range Silver or Black finish

Corner wedge shape glass alpha display counter in smart anodised silver aluminium alloy or powder coated black finish, toughened safety glass and secure locking door. Dimensions are 810mm wide x 810mm deep x 900mm high. Please call for supply times Coker Expo 01256 768178

Corner wedge shape glass alpha display counter in smart anodised silver aluminium alloy or powder coated black finish, toughened safety glass and secure locking door. Dimensions are 810mm wide x 810mm deep x 900mm high. Please call for supply times Coker Expo 01256 768178

£640
Alpha tower (EAG025)

Alpha display cabinet with a 3 quarter display case and storage area below. Dimensions of 500mm wide x 500mm deep x 1995mm high, unit now comes with 1 central down light, available in other options and finishes call for details and supply times... 01256 768178. This tower unit is delivered pre assembled.

Alpha display cabinet with a 3 quarter display case and storage area below. Dimensions of 500mm wide x 500mm deep x 1995mm high, unit now comes with 1 central down light, available in other options and finishes call for details and supply times... 01256 768178. This tower unit is delivered pre assembled.

£560
Alpha tower display case (EAG026)

Alpha tower display case with double storage area below a four section glass displa7 area, now comes with 2 down lights, other lighting options and various finishes are available. Dimensions for this unit are 1000mm wide x 450mm deep x 1995mm high. Call for supply times.

Alpha tower display case with double storage area below a four section glass displa7 area, now comes with 2 down lights, other lighting options and various finishes are available. Dimensions for this unit are 1000mm wide x 450mm deep x 1995mm high. Call for supply times.

£800
Alpha tower EAG015

A Three quarter glass tower showcase with header panel and sliding doors, Also fitted with 3 off 50 watt halogen 240 volt down light set. These units have toughened glass through out and the shelves are adjustable. All these units are pre-assembled, no self assembly. The units dims are 1000 (W) x 450 (D) x 1932mm (H) please call for supply times.

A Three quarter glass tower showcase with header panel and sliding doors, Also fitted with 3 off 50 watt halogen 240 volt down light set. These units have toughened glass through out and the shelves are adjustable. All these units are pre-assembled, no self assembly. The units dims are 1000 (W) x 450 (D) x 1932mm (H) please call for supply times.

£1,010
Alpha corner cabinet EAG023

A wedge shape alpha corner glass display counter in aluminium finsh and safety glass. Dimensions are 810mm wide x 810mm deep x 900mm high. A handy locking storage area in the base and a single glass mid shelf. Please call for supply times. Supplied fully assembled.

A wedge shape alpha corner glass display counter in aluminium finsh and safety glass. Dimensions are 810mm wide x 810mm deep x 900mm high. A handy locking storage area in the base and a single glass mid shelf. Please call for supply times. Supplied fully assembled.

£675
Alpha glass corner cabinet EAG024

A wedge shape alpha glass display counter in aluminium finish with base storage area and safety glass. Dimensions are 810mm wide x 810mm deep x 900mm high. This unit has a small display area to the top and large storage base area. Please call for supply times. This unit is preassembled.

A wedge shape alpha glass display counter in aluminium finish with base storage area and safety glass. Dimensions are 810mm wide x 810mm deep x 900mm high. This unit has a small display area to the top and large storage base area. Please call for supply times. This unit is preassembled.

£645
S35 Quad Base

System 35 Quad base or wall plate, S35QBASE. We use these to do both jobs in our exhibition gantry range. A full set of pins and retaining clips are included with every base plate, conicals are directly bolted to the aluminium plate. Base plates go at the bottom of every leg and spread the load that any truss structure carries. Weight loading charts area available for our quad lighting truss system.

System 35 Quad base or wall plate, S35QBASE. We use these to do both jobs in our exhibition gantry range. A full set of pins and retaining clips are included with every base plate, conicals are directly bolted to the aluminium plate. Base plates go at the bottom of every leg and spread the load that any truss structure carries. Weight loading charts area available for our quad lighting truss system.

£45
Rectangle quill and feather shape event flags

The Zoom Grande Flag range is part of our indoor and outdoor flag range. Zoom fags are ideal for all types of displays, fetes, fairs and outdoor events.. With pole heights of nearly 5 meters high they can really make an impact. We can offer a choice of heavy duty, weighted weatherproof bases making our portable zoom event flag highly adaptable to suit a variety of different surfaces. Choose from heavy-duty weatherproof bases, suitable for a range of applications: Cross base (with ground pegs), square base and ground stake. A base weighting ring is also available for extra stability. Suitable for winds 13-18mph approx. (Beaufort scale 4) The base price is for the telescopic pole only. Select the base required and the flag style from the options below Prices and options shown below from drop down menu not including bases but including flag pole and graphic. The Water base shown is the favourite for all external use, flag sizes, it takes 30 Litres of water, but please be aware the units have been tested for winds up to 18mph/29km/h Rectangle: Extra large 5510x820mm Large 4505x 820mm Medium 3505x720mm Quill Extra Large 4580x930mm Large 3710x836mm Medium 2860x734mm Small 2300x620mm Feather Extra large 5135x725mm Large 4195x675mm Medium 3245x625mm Small 2475x575mm

The Zoom Grande Flag range is part of our indoor and outdoor flag range. Zoom fags are ideal for all types of displays, fetes, fairs and outdoor events.. With pole heights of nearly 5 meters high they can really make an impact. We can offer a choice of heavy duty, weighted weatherproof bases making our portable zoom event flag highly adaptable to suit a variety of different surfaces. Choose from heavy-duty weatherproof bases, suitable for a range of applications: Cross base (with ground pegs), square base and ground stake. A base weighting ring is also available for extra stability. Suitable for winds 13-18mph approx. (Beaufort scale 4) The base price is for the telescopic pole only. Select the base required and the flag style from the options below Prices and options shown below from drop down menu not including bases but including flag pole and graphic. The Water base shown is the favourite for all external use, flag sizes, it takes 30 Litres of water, but please be aware the units have been tested for winds up to 18mph/29km/h Rectangle: Extra large 5510x820mm Large 4505x 820mm Medium 3505x720mm Quill Extra Large 4580x930mm Large 3710x836mm Medium 2860x734mm Small 2300x620mm Feather Extra large 5135x725mm Large 4195x675mm Medium 3245x625mm Small 2475x575mm

£105
Monsoon PVC banner display frame work

The monsoon outdoor banner stand for external events and promotions, works on a simple A-frame configuration. This frame work is assembled in moments, then just stretch your banner inside the aperture created and connect it to the frame work with bungies or cable ties. The systems dimensions are, 2500mm x 1000mm high x 640mm deep with a banner aperture of 2340mm x 840mm. This banner display system comes with a single sided, eyed, 720dpi Pvc outdoor banner. Natural finish 25mm square aluminium tubes with reinforced plastic moulding. Easy push-fit assembly with plastic flush-fit joints – no tools necessary. Graphic secured with adjustable looped elastics. Supplied complete with guide pegs and Includes carry bag. Double sided units are also available. Suitable for outdoor conditions up to Beaufort scale 5, call for art working details, 01256 768178

The monsoon outdoor banner stand for external events and promotions, works on a simple A-frame configuration. This frame work is assembled in moments, then just stretch your banner inside the aperture created and connect it to the frame work with bungies or cable ties. The systems dimensions are, 2500mm x 1000mm high x 640mm deep with a banner aperture of 2340mm x 840mm. This banner display system comes with a single sided, eyed, 720dpi Pvc outdoor banner. Natural finish 25mm square aluminium tubes with reinforced plastic moulding. Easy push-fit assembly with plastic flush-fit joints – no tools necessary. Graphic secured with adjustable looped elastics. Supplied complete with guide pegs and Includes carry bag. Double sided units are also available. Suitable for outdoor conditions up to Beaufort scale 5, call for art working details, 01256 768178

£205
Flag pole with water base 4 and 5 Metre

features and benefits of this flag pole. • Max Flag size 3500mm x 1000mm approx • Overall height 5300mm max approx • Portable and lightweight • Unique design allows the ag to rotate when the wind direction changes • Telescopic pole allows the flag to be set at three fixed heights. • Water filled base aids stability which splits down into four sections for easy carriage • Quick to assemble and easy to use • Optional carry bags available

features and benefits of this flag pole. • Max Flag size 3500mm x 1000mm approx • Overall height 5300mm max approx • Portable and lightweight • Unique design allows the ag to rotate when the wind direction changes • Telescopic pole allows the flag to be set at three fixed heights. • Water filled base aids stability which splits down into four sections for easy carriage • Quick to assemble and easy to use • Optional carry bags available

£159
XL Gantry Base Plate

This is our extra large gantry base plate, it measures in at 800mm x 800mm x 6mm thick plate steel. Powder coated grey. If you are unable to bolt a single truss column into the floor or a portal, goal post design, then this base plate will give great support to your structure. The base plate must be used together with a standard base plate, the position of the standard base plate can be adjusted depending where its bolted to the XL base plate. this flexibility allows a goal post banner stand for example to be placed against a wall or free standing as a divider or arch. There are many ways of achieving an impressive design with gantry. you are welcome to use without charge our free modeling program, accessible from the home page. We are here to help please call 01256 768178 we have a gantry specialist in our team.

This is our extra large gantry base plate, it measures in at 800mm x 800mm x 6mm thick plate steel. Powder coated grey. If you are unable to bolt a single truss column into the floor or a portal, goal post design, then this base plate will give great support to your structure. The base plate must be used together with a standard base plate, the position of the standard base plate can be adjusted depending where its bolted to the XL base plate. this flexibility allows a goal post banner stand for example to be placed against a wall or free standing as a divider or arch. There are many ways of achieving an impressive design with gantry. you are welcome to use without charge our free modeling program, accessible from the home page. We are here to help please call 01256 768178 we have a gantry specialist in our team.

£150
Small black exhibition spot light

A little black exhibition spot light for high lighting close by products or small defined areas. The G5 Led spot light has dimensions of 150mm total length 70mm body diameter, 90mm across the gel holder, suspended height 130mm including hasp. The hasp is 90mm high. This neat little light is supplied with an LED lamp and at only 5W when tested we believe it is as bright as the Halogen 50W! This light fixture is supplied bare tail as standard. Extras: Barn doors are an optional extra £12 32-35mm Gantry clamp £10 Daisy lead connector £4 This light fixture is suitable for use with our multi-light system and comes with IEC connector, units also have a coloured gel holder. The hasp allows either attachment of a clamp or options for a bolt or screw fixing to a wall or pole. Weight 0.5kg.

A little black exhibition spot light for high lighting close by products or small defined areas. The G5 Led spot light has dimensions of 150mm total length 70mm body diameter, 90mm across the gel holder, suspended height 130mm including hasp. The hasp is 90mm high. This neat little light is supplied with an LED lamp and at only 5W when tested we believe it is as bright as the Halogen 50W! This light fixture is supplied bare tail as standard. Extras: Barn doors are an optional extra £12 32-35mm Gantry clamp £10 Daisy lead connector £4 This light fixture is suitable for use with our multi-light system and comes with IEC connector, units also have a coloured gel holder. The hasp allows either attachment of a clamp or options for a bolt or screw fixing to a wall or pole. Weight 0.5kg.

£38
A black paint finish par can light with a hasp to enable hanging.

A smart black version of our Led spotlight supplied with 9w LED lamp with 30 degree beam angle. This theatrical styled lighting fixture is ideal for exhibition stands and lighting truss system applications. This light comes bare tail consider a daisy tail plug for use with our cable range. This stylish black unit measures 260mm long and is fitted with a hasp so as to allow clamping or bolting to a tube or beam. We sell clamps separately if you require them. Weight 1kg. Please feel free to call and discuss any finer details with your requirement, 01256 768178.

A smart black version of our Led spotlight supplied with 9w LED lamp with 30 degree beam angle. This theatrical styled lighting fixture is ideal for exhibition stands and lighting truss system applications. This light comes bare tail consider a daisy tail plug for use with our cable range. This stylish black unit measures 260mm long and is fitted with a hasp so as to allow clamping or bolting to a tube or beam. We sell clamps separately if you require them. Weight 1kg. Please feel free to call and discuss any finer details with your requirement, 01256 768178.

£80
Monsoon PVC banner display frame work

The monsoon outdoor banner stand for external events and promotions, works on a simple A-frame configuration. This frame work is assembled in moments, then just stretch your banner inside the aperture created and connect it to the frame work with bungies or cable ties. The systems dimensions are, 2500mm x 1000mm high x 640mm deep with a banner aperture of 2340mm x 840mm. This banner display system comes with a single sided, eyed, 720dpi Pvc outdoor banner. Natural finish 25mm square aluminium tubes with reinforced plastic moulding. Easy push-fit assembly with plastic flush-fit joints – no tools necessary. Graphic secured with adjustable looped elastics. Supplied complete with guide pegs and Includes carry bag. Double sided units are also available. Suitable for outdoor conditions up to Beaufort scale 5, call for art working details, 01256 768178

The monsoon outdoor banner stand for external events and promotions, works on a simple A-frame configuration. This frame work is assembled in moments, then just stretch your banner inside the aperture created and connect it to the frame work with bungies or cable ties. The systems dimensions are, 2500mm x 1000mm high x 640mm deep with a banner aperture of 2340mm x 840mm. This banner display system comes with a single sided, eyed, 720dpi Pvc outdoor banner. Natural finish 25mm square aluminium tubes with reinforced plastic moulding. Easy push-fit assembly with plastic flush-fit joints – no tools necessary. Graphic secured with adjustable looped elastics. Supplied complete with guide pegs and Includes carry bag. Double sided units are also available. Suitable for outdoor conditions up to Beaufort scale 5, call for art working details, 01256 768178

£205
LED Floodlight

A specialist pop up and display Led clamp light for use when power supply requirements are to be kept to a minimum. Led lighting uses a fraction of the power that a traditional bulb would do so saves on power costs at an exhibition hall. These have a 20w draw a lot less than standard halogens at 120/150 watts. Comes with a 3M mains lead and has a 300mm long arm. These units also have the benefit of very little heat output which is helpful if your standing by your display system all day. The units have a full swivel head + tilt and are supplied with a universal pop up adaptor and screw clamp for walls up to 30mm thick so are ideal for use along the tops of walls at exhibitions and events to illuminate your graphic branding on the stand.. In our test cooler and a bit brighter than a 120W halogen display light. We can re-wire these at a small cost to use our daisy chain light linking system. Clamp jaw has a max 30mm opening gap, 300mm long arm. Call 01256 768178 if you wish to discuss your needs.

A specialist pop up and display Led clamp light for use when power supply requirements are to be kept to a minimum. Led lighting uses a fraction of the power that a traditional bulb would do so saves on power costs at an exhibition hall. These have a 20w draw a lot less than standard halogens at 120/150 watts. Comes with a 3M mains lead and has a 300mm long arm. These units also have the benefit of very little heat output which is helpful if your standing by your display system all day. The units have a full swivel head + tilt and are supplied with a universal pop up adaptor and screw clamp for walls up to 30mm thick so are ideal for use along the tops of walls at exhibitions and events to illuminate your graphic branding on the stand.. In our test cooler and a bit brighter than a 120W halogen display light. We can re-wire these at a small cost to use our daisy chain light linking system. Clamp jaw has a max 30mm opening gap, 300mm long arm. Call 01256 768178 if you wish to discuss your needs.

£75
50 watt display stick light DL50

The DL50 is a great stalk light mount above your display instantly with the bulldog clamp, easily rotate the lamp to the desired position. Multi use white Halogen light, this light also comes with a UK and a European mains lead as standard. The light can also be fitted with LED white light lamps drawing only 5 Watts but just as bright with long life and no heat! 275mm straight arm with swivel top Large bulldog clips up to 50mm thick. Mains lead is 2.5Metres

The DL50 is a great stalk light mount above your display instantly with the bulldog clamp, easily rotate the lamp to the desired position. Multi use white Halogen light, this light also comes with a UK and a European mains lead as standard. The light can also be fitted with LED white light lamps drawing only 5 Watts but just as bright with long life and no heat! 275mm straight arm with swivel top Large bulldog clips up to 50mm thick. Mains lead is 2.5Metres

£25
120w halogen display light on a clamp

120 Watt halogen flood clamp light. This multiple use light fitting is very popular for use at exhibitions and for illuminating back display walls at events thanks to its many interchangeable fittings. Suitable for use on pop up display systems, trussing and gantry, panel displays and aluminium modular display stands, truly a universal clamp light. This light comes with a thumbscrew \"G\" style clamp which will grip boards up to 30mm thick. The light comes with a 2.5M mains lead and UK Plug. This display light has a 300mm long arm. Call if advice is requited, 01256 768178.

120 Watt halogen flood clamp light. This multiple use light fitting is very popular for use at exhibitions and for illuminating back display walls at events thanks to its many interchangeable fittings. Suitable for use on pop up display systems, trussing and gantry, panel displays and aluminium modular display stands, truly a universal clamp light. This light comes with a thumbscrew \"G\" style clamp which will grip boards up to 30mm thick. The light comes with a 2.5M mains lead and UK Plug. This display light has a 300mm long arm. Call if advice is requited, 01256 768178.

£63
Power spot 950

The PS950 is a very basic pop up display flood light. 150 Watt halogen flood light with a 3m long power lead. A simple black finish allows a very reasonable price, for use with pop up display systems only, but mot towers.

The PS950 is a very basic pop up display flood light. 150 Watt halogen flood light with a 3m long power lead. A simple black finish allows a very reasonable price, for use with pop up display systems only, but mot towers.

£35
Double sided Excaliber 2 Pull up roller banner

The Double sided Excaliber 2 is a top of the range Pull up Banner Stand. Built to be reliable, tough, durable and stable with out projecting feet that can sometimes get in the way or stop a roller banner being pushed back against a wall when used in a tight floor area. The Excaliber 2 has been carefully designed to incorporate the Linear channel allowing the integration of various accessories such as literature and tablet holders, unlike any other pull up banner stand. Max Height: 2220mm Min Height: 1590mm Max visible graphic height: 2130mm Min visible graphic height: 1500mm Triple action Universal rail Hybrid telescopic pole> Integrated tensioner with key Aluminium body Black plastic end caps Adjustable feet Telescopic pole Carry bag

The Double sided Excaliber 2 is a top of the range Pull up Banner Stand. Built to be reliable, tough, durable and stable with out projecting feet that can sometimes get in the way or stop a roller banner being pushed back against a wall when used in a tight floor area. The Excaliber 2 has been carefully designed to incorporate the Linear channel allowing the integration of various accessories such as literature and tablet holders, unlike any other pull up banner stand. Max Height: 2220mm Min Height: 1590mm Max visible graphic height: 2130mm Min visible graphic height: 1500mm Triple action Universal rail Hybrid telescopic pole> Integrated tensioner with key Aluminium body Black plastic end caps Adjustable feet Telescopic pole Carry bag

£325
Wheeled flight cases for protecting exhibition lights

A well built wheeled flight case with protective foam lining. Protect your lighting fixtures whilst they are in transit. Store your cables, clamps and lighting decks inside too. It makes sense to keep all of your lighting kit safely in one place. Dims of 920mm long x 420mm wide and 630mm high inc wheels.

A well built wheeled flight case with protective foam lining. Protect your lighting fixtures whilst they are in transit. Store your cables, clamps and lighting decks inside too. It makes sense to keep all of your lighting kit safely in one place. Dims of 920mm long x 420mm wide and 630mm high inc wheels.

£225
Three 100w lights on a floor plinth

Three 100w halogen spotlights on a brushed aluminium clad plinth, running on one mains lead with UK plug. Plinth is 1m Long with skirt on three sides, These units are put together at Coker Expo so we can make specials for your specific needs. Ideal for illumination of a wall to create mood and effect. Lamps can be used with coloured gels to give special effects. We can also provide LED bulb option. Options could be single foot lights or multiple units these units are built to order taking approx 1 week. Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Three 100w halogen spotlights on a brushed aluminium clad plinth, running on one mains lead with UK plug. Plinth is 1m Long with skirt on three sides, These units are put together at Coker Expo so we can make specials for your specific needs. Ideal for illumination of a wall to create mood and effect. Lamps can be used with coloured gels to give special effects. We can also provide LED bulb option. Options could be single foot lights or multiple units these units are built to order taking approx 1 week. Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£230
Lumina 1 spotlight with bulldog clamp

A 60 watt halogen spot light in silver with a simple bulldog clamp fitting, Silver in colour. The arm length is 300mm. The best and probably the most cost effective solution to lighting your folding display stand, basic yes but very functional. The clamp fits panels up to 50mm thick.

A 60 watt halogen spot light in silver with a simple bulldog clamp fitting, Silver in colour. The arm length is 300mm. The best and probably the most cost effective solution to lighting your folding display stand, basic yes but very functional. The clamp fits panels up to 50mm thick.

£25
A range of double sided pop up fabric outdoor display

the Pop Out banner stand is a great flexible display product that will make your message stand out from the crowd at any event either in-doors or out. Extremely portable and lightweight the design is based around a flexible metal pole providing greater stability and improved performance without the need for assembly and packs away into a small carry bag supplied with the kit. Complete with banner graphic High visual impact display stand Indoor/outdoor use Extremely light weight Supplied with carry bag and ground pegs No tools required Available in three sizes Service time is normally 5 days (standard) Three Sizes 1.4, 1.7 and 2 Metres

the Pop Out banner stand is a great flexible display product that will make your message stand out from the crowd at any event either in-doors or out. Extremely portable and lightweight the design is based around a flexible metal pole providing greater stability and improved performance without the need for assembly and packs away into a small carry bag supplied with the kit. Complete with banner graphic High visual impact display stand Indoor/outdoor use Extremely light weight Supplied with carry bag and ground pegs No tools required Available in three sizes Service time is normally 5 days (standard) Three Sizes 1.4, 1.7 and 2 Metres

£167
Exhibition lighting flood light LED

These white case slimline LED floodlights are now available in a range of brightness from 10-50 watt together with Warm White Or Daylight light output. The LED floodlight features a cluster cob LED with a frosted diffuser to soften the light. With an all new flat profile design and a clean white finish particularly suitable for the exhibition, trade show and display industry applications. Warm white 3000K Or Daylight Lumens: 800-4000 The 30W version is Equivalent to a 240w Halogen! 2400 Lumens Beam angle 60x90 degree Slim Line Design Profile IP65 Rated for Outdoor / Indoor use 0.5 meter White power cable fitted (without plug) This light comes with a hasp to which can be fitted all manner of clamps or a screw or bolt fixing put in place. Supplied with a bare lead or tails, you may wish to add a daisy terminal end so as you can use our cable system to run a number of these lights in series. The 30 watt LED Floodlight has been designed to match the output of a conventional 240 watt equivalent. Extremely reliable, this IP65 rated floodlight is perfect for exterior lighting, lasting an impressive 30,000 hours. Outdoor connectors are not available on the website!

These white case slimline LED floodlights are now available in a range of brightness from 10-50 watt together with Warm White Or Daylight light output. The LED floodlight features a cluster cob LED with a frosted diffuser to soften the light. With an all new flat profile design and a clean white finish particularly suitable for the exhibition, trade show and display industry applications. Warm white 3000K Or Daylight Lumens: 800-4000 The 30W version is Equivalent to a 240w Halogen! 2400 Lumens Beam angle 60x90 degree Slim Line Design Profile IP65 Rated for Outdoor / Indoor use 0.5 meter White power cable fitted (without plug) This light comes with a hasp to which can be fitted all manner of clamps or a screw or bolt fixing put in place. Supplied with a bare lead or tails, you may wish to add a daisy terminal end so as you can use our cable system to run a number of these lights in series. The 30 watt LED Floodlight has been designed to match the output of a conventional 240 watt equivalent. Extremely reliable, this IP65 rated floodlight is perfect for exterior lighting, lasting an impressive 30,000 hours. Outdoor connectors are not available on the website!

£25
Long arm exhibition light 24w Led

This superb long arm LED Exhibition Light is the perfect solution for Exhibition down lighting and floodlighting. Light weight and easy to set up it produces a powerful 110deg wash of cool white light. The light is supplied complete with a selection of interchangeable fixing connectors that simply slide into the base of the unit.The connectors are suitable for various applications including two sizes of "G" Clamps and two sizes of Pop-Up Stand clamp attachments. The head unit is multi-positionable and can also be rotated. Units available in silver, black and white paint finish. Black units are supplied with an in-line transformer on the 13amp plug the silver unit has a built in power supply in the light base. KEY Data: IP20 6-6500 Kelvin cool white 110 degree 24 Watt LED 1750 Lumens 85-265 volts so can be used in USA + Europe Long Arm overall 440mm Black, silver and white variants Clamps for up to 45mm flat or 50mm Round tube + pop up fittings that can be drilled and used for other surfaces

This superb long arm LED Exhibition Light is the perfect solution for Exhibition down lighting and floodlighting. Light weight and easy to set up it produces a powerful 110deg wash of cool white light. The light is supplied complete with a selection of interchangeable fixing connectors that simply slide into the base of the unit.The connectors are suitable for various applications including two sizes of "G" Clamps and two sizes of Pop-Up Stand clamp attachments. The head unit is multi-positionable and can also be rotated. Units available in silver, black and white paint finish. Black units are supplied with an in-line transformer on the 13amp plug the silver unit has a built in power supply in the light base. KEY Data: IP20 6-6500 Kelvin cool white 110 degree 24 Watt LED 1750 Lumens 85-265 volts so can be used in USA + Europe Long Arm overall 440mm Black, silver and white variants Clamps for up to 45mm flat or 50mm Round tube + pop up fittings that can be drilled and used for other surfaces

£95
S35 Quad Straight Sections

Our quad lighting truss system has lengths ranging form 250mm right up to 3m in length. Each straight section comes with one set of conical connectors, pins and safety clips as standard. Straight trussing beams are used in the construction of legs and horizontal beams. Yes, longer lengths are cheaper but the cost is a loss of adaptability and possibly ease of build, particularly when it comes to raising up 2 tier trussing structures. Please feel free to call and discuss the options.

Our quad lighting truss system has lengths ranging form 250mm right up to 3m in length. Each straight section comes with one set of conical connectors, pins and safety clips as standard. Straight trussing beams are used in the construction of legs and horizontal beams. Yes, longer lengths are cheaper but the cost is a loss of adaptability and possibly ease of build, particularly when it comes to raising up 2 tier trussing structures. Please feel free to call and discuss the options.

£88
Cob 100 Led spot light

This is a very large and very powerful display spot light for exhibition, theatre and display, very popular for clothes lighting in shops. When you need something theatrical and you want some serious light the Cob 100 Led spotlight may be for you. This unit is 400mm in length it is powered with on board LED electronics which is 100W the beam angle is 33º Colour of the light is 3200ºK it is a warm white light the unit can give a maximum distance of 15M the minimum distance should be 1M +. The units come with a gel filter holder so specific light colour or "tinting" of light output can achieved and be very effective. The actual weight of each unit is 2.5 kilos packaging weight 5 Kilos. Barn doors can be added for extra style and theatrical impact which suits the exhibition and display arenas in particular. Call 01256 768178 for more info.

This is a very large and very powerful display spot light for exhibition, theatre and display, very popular for clothes lighting in shops. When you need something theatrical and you want some serious light the Cob 100 Led spotlight may be for you. This unit is 400mm in length it is powered with on board LED electronics which is 100W the beam angle is 33º Colour of the light is 3200ºK it is a warm white light the unit can give a maximum distance of 15M the minimum distance should be 1M +. The units come with a gel filter holder so specific light colour or "tinting" of light output can achieved and be very effective. The actual weight of each unit is 2.5 kilos packaging weight 5 Kilos. Barn doors can be added for extra style and theatrical impact which suits the exhibition and display arenas in particular. Call 01256 768178 for more info.

£295
70w Exhibition spotlight with CDM lamp

Sorry OUT OF STOCK Until December This 70w CDM spotlight is ideal for use at exhibition and trade show on lighting truss systems but equally at home in the retail arena being bolted to ceiling beams in shops by its handy fixing hasp. CDM technology means the built in bulb has a life time estimated at 9000hrs on this light and colour rendering at 3000k with its UV colour block. This spotlight comes with the filter housing and a daisy terminal end for use with our lighting cable system. Specifications: Lamp socket: E27 Max. capacity: 70W Power Supply: 230V Cable: 30 cm Dimensions: 295 x 195 x 260 mm (LxWxH) Weight: 3,3 kg

Sorry OUT OF STOCK Until December This 70w CDM spotlight is ideal for use at exhibition and trade show on lighting truss systems but equally at home in the retail arena being bolted to ceiling beams in shops by its handy fixing hasp. CDM technology means the built in bulb has a life time estimated at 9000hrs on this light and colour rendering at 3000k with its UV colour block. This spotlight comes with the filter housing and a daisy terminal end for use with our lighting cable system. Specifications: Lamp socket: E27 Max. capacity: 70W Power Supply: 230V Cable: 30 cm Dimensions: 295 x 195 x 260 mm (LxWxH) Weight: 3,3 kg

£105
LED pin spot light with a hasp in black finish

This little 3w Led pinspot comes on a hasp to allow fitment of a clamp or a screw or bolt fixing arrangement. These small light fixtures are ideal to use for the accent illumination of a particular product or high light a small zone in a shop or even in an exhibition hall at an event. This is a white light unit only. LED lights give no heat output. Specifications Output: Lumens: 190 Lux @2m: 4050 Light Source: LED System: 1x3W cool white Drive Current: 730mA Electrical: Power Supply: 100-240V AC Power Consumption: 8W Optical system: Beam Angle: 7° (+/-2°) Physical: Dimensions: 210 x 65 x 105 mm Weight: 0.33 kg Housing: ABS Plastic Color: Black Cooling: Aluminum housing Safety: Operation temperature: -20~40°C

This little 3w Led pinspot comes on a hasp to allow fitment of a clamp or a screw or bolt fixing arrangement. These small light fixtures are ideal to use for the accent illumination of a particular product or high light a small zone in a shop or even in an exhibition hall at an event. This is a white light unit only. LED lights give no heat output. Specifications Output: Lumens: 190 Lux @2m: 4050 Light Source: LED System: 1x3W cool white Drive Current: 730mA Electrical: Power Supply: 100-240V AC Power Consumption: 8W Optical system: Beam Angle: 7° (+/-2°) Physical: Dimensions: 210 x 65 x 105 mm Weight: 0.33 kg Housing: ABS Plastic Color: Black Cooling: Aluminum housing Safety: Operation temperature: -20~40°C

£52
S35 Half Conical

Half conicals for quad gantry system 35, a multi box cube junction. With the addition of extra half conicals you can adapt your truss structure and create a new junction with your present box. Change your truss design with ease for different events and trade shows. This price is for a set of 4 supplied with tapered pin, safety clip and connection bolt.

Half conicals for quad gantry system 35, a multi box cube junction. With the addition of extra half conicals you can adapt your truss structure and create a new junction with your present box. Change your truss design with ease for different events and trade shows. This price is for a set of 4 supplied with tapered pin, safety clip and connection bolt.

£30
S35 Quad Cube

The revolutionary system 35 truss "quad cube" supplied with 8 nodes or half conicals, as a two way junction. Add half conical node kits shown below to upgrade the junction to three way, four way, five or 6 way! This is a multi junction, truly. With this little gem there is no need to have a load of different junctions, so less components to store and transport. S35QBOX dimensions of 220mm x 220mm.

The revolutionary system 35 truss "quad cube" supplied with 8 nodes or half conicals, as a two way junction. Add half conical node kits shown below to upgrade the junction to three way, four way, five or 6 way! This is a multi junction, truly. With this little gem there is no need to have a load of different junctions, so less components to store and transport. S35QBOX dimensions of 220mm x 220mm.

£190
Typhoon banner stand tough pvc base for outdoor displays

Typhoon outdoor roller banner stand, 800mm wide x 2000mm high available as either a single or double-sided outdoor display. This outdoor banner stand has a water or Sand filled base with twist-out foot for added stability, it also has a handy pull handle and integral wheels for easy manoeuvrability when your getting to your promotion location with ease. Its sturdy base has a 26 litre base capacity so it can handle inclement weather conditions. There is also a carry bag included to keep all the parts safe and sound. A great outdoor roller banner stand choice for any outdoor event, county show or road side advertisement with a weather resistant graphic and quick set up ability.

Typhoon outdoor roller banner stand, 800mm wide x 2000mm high available as either a single or double-sided outdoor display. This outdoor banner stand has a water or Sand filled base with twist-out foot for added stability, it also has a handy pull handle and integral wheels for easy manoeuvrability when your getting to your promotion location with ease. Its sturdy base has a 26 litre base capacity so it can handle inclement weather conditions. There is also a carry bag included to keep all the parts safe and sound. A great outdoor roller banner stand choice for any outdoor event, county show or road side advertisement with a weather resistant graphic and quick set up ability.

£199
Vector lite display stand with stretch fabric graphic.

Freestanding Vector lite aluminium display frame, single and double sided, for quick change stretch fabric or PVC graphics with silicon beaded edges. The 44mm deep frames are supplied ready for assembly with two side feet. We can make these frames in bespoke sizes too, please don't hesitate to ask for a quote. We also make this type of product with LED lighting inside for really impressive back lit displays. Examples shown at 1x2 Metres and 2x2 Metres. Prices are without graphics but, available on our printing section. Need a quote for a custom configuration 01256 768178.

Freestanding Vector lite aluminium display frame, single and double sided, for quick change stretch fabric or PVC graphics with silicon beaded edges. The 44mm deep frames are supplied ready for assembly with two side feet. We can make these frames in bespoke sizes too, please don't hesitate to ask for a quote. We also make this type of product with LED lighting inside for really impressive back lit displays. Examples shown at 1x2 Metres and 2x2 Metres. Prices are without graphics but, available on our printing section. Need a quote for a custom configuration 01256 768178.

£270
120w pop up display stand lights in silver grey finish

Pop up Display Stand Lights, 150 watt halogen flood lights for use with a pop up display stand, the back of the arm has a connector block that hooks over and under the actual frame of the pop up display. Very simple to fit, close to the connection point of the scissor point of the frame. These lights are a silver grey colour with an arm length of approx 300mm. There is also an isolating switch at the back of the arm, most pop up lights do not have this added feature. The cable length is approx 2.5m in length. Great for illuminating your display and robust too. These are supplied as a pair.

Pop up Display Stand Lights, 150 watt halogen flood lights for use with a pop up display stand, the back of the arm has a connector block that hooks over and under the actual frame of the pop up display. Very simple to fit, close to the connection point of the scissor point of the frame. These lights are a silver grey colour with an arm length of approx 300mm. There is also an isolating switch at the back of the arm, most pop up lights do not have this added feature. The cable length is approx 2.5m in length. Great for illuminating your display and robust too. These are supplied as a pair.

£70
Daisy link power cord

A 1M 3 way splitter lead, 1 in and two out daisy system. Ideal for quick and easy connection of lighting fixtures at exhibitions and events. It really is plug and play with this system, Daisy Male to 2 Daisy Female Y Splitter Power Lead (1.0m Black) 6amp. Get your exhibition lighting system powered up and working in moments.

A 1M 3 way splitter lead, 1 in and two out daisy system. Ideal for quick and easy connection of lighting fixtures at exhibitions and events. It really is plug and play with this system, Daisy Male to 2 Daisy Female Y Splitter Power Lead (1.0m Black) 6amp. Get your exhibition lighting system powered up and working in moments.

£7
RGB compact par18 in black with a hasp

The Compact Par 18 is a compact and powerful Led light unit, equipped with 18x 3-in-1 RGB LED's combined with high efficiency optics ensuring good performance. This mixed, colour change light is equipped with both IEC input and output for easy power supply and linking. Along with the ability to use DMX and connect display lights in series to create a colour lighting effect or basic lighting show. The compact aluminium structure makes this unit very suitable for use in exhibition venues, shows and events. The double hasp allows various fitting and clamping methods to be employed, even use as a floor standing light. RGB colour mix lighting is getting better by the year, more powerful diodes with low power draw can still give great colour output. This lighting fixture will give flicker free service and allow you to link up to 15 units in a single run. Talk to us about your application, 01256 768178. Specifications Output Lumen: 2323 Lux @2m: 3112 Max. Distance: 20m Light Source LED System: 18 x 3W RGB-in-1 LED LED Colour: RGB Drive Current: 350mA Refresh rate: 7,8 KHz Electrical Power Supply: 100~240VAC...50/60Hz Power Consumption: 60W @FO Control Control Protocol: DMX DMX channels: 1,3,4,6. Optical system Beam Angle: 28 degrees. Physical Dimensions: 256 x 285 x 96 mm Weight: 3 kg Housing: Die cast Aluminium Colour: Black, Powder coated Fixture Connections: IEC, 3 Pole DMX Cooling: Convection Safety Operation temperature: -5 - +40 degrees Celcius Environment: IP-20 Please add to your basket and multiply the quantity of lighting fixtures required.

The Compact Par 18 is a compact and powerful Led light unit, equipped with 18x 3-in-1 RGB LED's combined with high efficiency optics ensuring good performance. This mixed, colour change light is equipped with both IEC input and output for easy power supply and linking. Along with the ability to use DMX and connect display lights in series to create a colour lighting effect or basic lighting show. The compact aluminium structure makes this unit very suitable for use in exhibition venues, shows and events. The double hasp allows various fitting and clamping methods to be employed, even use as a floor standing light. RGB colour mix lighting is getting better by the year, more powerful diodes with low power draw can still give great colour output. This lighting fixture will give flicker free service and allow you to link up to 15 units in a single run. Talk to us about your application, 01256 768178. Specifications Output Lumen: 2323 Lux @2m: 3112 Max. Distance: 20m Light Source LED System: 18 x 3W RGB-in-1 LED LED Colour: RGB Drive Current: 350mA Refresh rate: 7,8 KHz Electrical Power Supply: 100~240VAC...50/60Hz Power Consumption: 60W @FO Control Control Protocol: DMX DMX channels: 1,3,4,6. Optical system Beam Angle: 28 degrees. Physical Dimensions: 256 x 285 x 96 mm Weight: 3 kg Housing: Die cast Aluminium Colour: Black, Powder coated Fixture Connections: IEC, 3 Pole DMX Cooling: Convection Safety Operation temperature: -5 - +40 degrees Celcius Environment: IP-20 Please add to your basket and multiply the quantity of lighting fixtures required.

£168
RGB LED SPOT 3 display light in black with a hasp

The Power Spot 3 has the possibility to colour mix RGB with Cool White and Amber to achieve some amazing solid colours. Thanks too the 5-in-1 (RGBWA) technology and the very high power of the LED diodes this lighting fixture is able to achieve a high output with a minimum quantity of LED's. Big lenses on the front mix all colours perfectly without creating shades in the output. These colour mix display lights are equipped with both IEC input and output for easy power supply and linking of multiple lights. They also have the ability to use DMX and connect display lights in series to create a colour themed lighting effect.The tough Di-cast aluminium housing is designed for heavy use environments such stages, disco, night clubs and exhibition venues. Note also that these mixed colour Led display light fixtures give flicker free illumination and the added bonus of a double hasp to allow use as a floor standing unit too, not every application can allow a clamping point. Specifications. Lumen: R [email protected] G [email protected] B [email protected] W [email protected] A [email protected] RGBWA [email protected] LED: 3 x 5-in-1 10W Beam angle: 25 degree Refresh rate: 7,8 KHz Operation: build-in programs, auto run, slave, sound, static colour, DMX DMX channels: 5, 7, 9 CH Working environment: -10°C~40°C Housing: Die cast Aluminium, powder coat finish Power input: AC 100V~240V, 50 Hz/60Hz Power consumption: 32W max Dimensions: 194 x 113 x 220 mm convection cooling. Please add to your basket and multiply the quantity of lighting fixtures required.

The Power Spot 3 has the possibility to colour mix RGB with Cool White and Amber to achieve some amazing solid colours. Thanks too the 5-in-1 (RGBWA) technology and the very high power of the LED diodes this lighting fixture is able to achieve a high output with a minimum quantity of LED's. Big lenses on the front mix all colours perfectly without creating shades in the output. These colour mix display lights are equipped with both IEC input and output for easy power supply and linking of multiple lights. They also have the ability to use DMX and connect display lights in series to create a colour themed lighting effect.The tough Di-cast aluminium housing is designed for heavy use environments such stages, disco, night clubs and exhibition venues. Note also that these mixed colour Led display light fixtures give flicker free illumination and the added bonus of a double hasp to allow use as a floor standing unit too, not every application can allow a clamping point. Specifications. Lumen: R [email protected] G [email protected] B [email protected] W [email protected] A [email protected] RGBWA [email protected] LED: 3 x 5-in-1 10W Beam angle: 25 degree Refresh rate: 7,8 KHz Operation: build-in programs, auto run, slave, sound, static colour, DMX DMX channels: 5, 7, 9 CH Working environment: -10°C~40°C Housing: Die cast Aluminium, powder coat finish Power input: AC 100V~240V, 50 Hz/60Hz Power consumption: 32W max Dimensions: 194 x 113 x 220 mm convection cooling. Please add to your basket and multiply the quantity of lighting fixtures required.

£125
DL60 display light with clamps

A truly versatile display light solution to overhead display lighting applications. This unit is mains powered with a GU10 5W led Lamp this equals the light output of a 50W halogen. The GU10 bayonet bulb fitting allows mains voltage without step down transformers and takes full advantage of the modern LED lamp solutions. Very low heat Long Life Lamps Fraction of previous power requirement comes with a 5w LED lamp Variety of optional fixings Select your preference below, clamp, overhead screw down bracket, invisible hole in the wall. Clamp option 0-52mm Please note: The lights together with the chosen fitting are made to order you must allow 7 working days + 1 day delivery Special lights can also be straight arm and counter fitting, please call 01256 768178

A truly versatile display light solution to overhead display lighting applications. This unit is mains powered with a GU10 5W led Lamp this equals the light output of a 50W halogen. The GU10 bayonet bulb fitting allows mains voltage without step down transformers and takes full advantage of the modern LED lamp solutions. Very low heat Long Life Lamps Fraction of previous power requirement comes with a 5w LED lamp Variety of optional fixings Select your preference below, clamp, overhead screw down bracket, invisible hole in the wall. Clamp option 0-52mm Please note: The lights together with the chosen fitting are made to order you must allow 7 working days + 1 day delivery Special lights can also be straight arm and counter fitting, please call 01256 768178

£62
Magnetic graphic posts

Freestanding Or Gantry Connecting Aluminium posts 50mm Square with 25mm magnetic fixing track for attaching graphics to create high quality back walls at exhibitions and events. The graphics can be rolled and are fitted with opposing force magnetic strip 25mm wide on each side. Graphics snap on firmly into place. The posts can be free standing with metal base plates or fitted with an adjustable foot and a gantry clamp to facilitate fixing between an overhead gantry and the floor. Posts can be combined to make long length walling, the graphic panel heights can be easily adjusted to allow the image registration to flow accurately.

Freestanding Or Gantry Connecting Aluminium posts 50mm Square with 25mm magnetic fixing track for attaching graphics to create high quality back walls at exhibitions and events. The graphics can be rolled and are fitted with opposing force magnetic strip 25mm wide on each side. Graphics snap on firmly into place. The posts can be free standing with metal base plates or fitted with an adjustable foot and a gantry clamp to facilitate fixing between an overhead gantry and the floor. Posts can be combined to make long length walling, the graphic panel heights can be easily adjusted to allow the image registration to flow accurately.

£70
5w Led Banner stand spot light, black.

5w Led Banner stand spot light. The LED spot light has been specifically designed for use on banner stands, with a built in bulldog clip that locates onto the banner pole at the rear of the display with a stylish curved arm that sweeps over the top of the banner stand to illuminate your key marketing and promotional message. Energy efficient, bright white light output and stylish, the ultimate combination to make you banner, stand out from the crowd at any promotional event. The use of any banner stand light makes a huge visual difference to those viewing your display, really looking professional and interesting compared to a non unlit banner stand. Integral bulldog clip for use on banner stands only. Approx 500 lumens/5W Approx 6000 Kelvin Energy efficient dims of 463(w) x 244(d) x 77(h) mm. Supplied with a UK plug that easily converts for use in Continental Europe. Led lights are low power consumption so ideal for use at an exhibition venue where power cost are at a premium. NB:You need to start with a transformer kit pack.

5w Led Banner stand spot light. The LED spot light has been specifically designed for use on banner stands, with a built in bulldog clip that locates onto the banner pole at the rear of the display with a stylish curved arm that sweeps over the top of the banner stand to illuminate your key marketing and promotional message. Energy efficient, bright white light output and stylish, the ultimate combination to make you banner, stand out from the crowd at any promotional event. The use of any banner stand light makes a huge visual difference to those viewing your display, really looking professional and interesting compared to a non unlit banner stand. Integral bulldog clip for use on banner stands only. Approx 500 lumens/5W Approx 6000 Kelvin Energy efficient dims of 463(w) x 244(d) x 77(h) mm. Supplied with a UK plug that easily converts for use in Continental Europe. Led lights are low power consumption so ideal for use at an exhibition venue where power cost are at a premium. NB:You need to start with a transformer kit pack.

£60
Exhibition and display stand, long arm light

Led exhibition long arm light. The LED Exhibition light is the latest in LED technology and design, well suit to lighting any exhibition or display stand. Specifically designed to work in conjunction with the Linear and Vector channel; this latest design requires no extra fitting, just plugin and switch on. Not only does this modern, slick design make the LED Exhibition light very eye catching, this light is cleverly cast out of aluminium which allows any heat to dissipate over the entire body of the light, stopping any localised heat. This then allows for long hours of use with no over heating, giving peace of mind at exhibitions and events. To add to the already feature packed LED exhibition display light, you can also link up to 5 lights together from one transformer, so no need for extra transformers just link them together with handy linking cables. (X1 linking cable supplied with most kits, extra can be purchased separately). Arm approx 350mm long Low Voltage 5631 Kelvin Linkable (maximum of 5 lights) Up to x4 more efficient than Halogen Up to 22,000 hour usage Single light kit: Includes x1 light and linking lead (2.5m) Double light kit: Includes x2 lights, x1 linking lead (2.5m) and x1 transformer. NB:You need to start with a transformer kit pack.

Led exhibition long arm light. The LED Exhibition light is the latest in LED technology and design, well suit to lighting any exhibition or display stand. Specifically designed to work in conjunction with the Linear and Vector channel; this latest design requires no extra fitting, just plugin and switch on. Not only does this modern, slick design make the LED Exhibition light very eye catching, this light is cleverly cast out of aluminium which allows any heat to dissipate over the entire body of the light, stopping any localised heat. This then allows for long hours of use with no over heating, giving peace of mind at exhibitions and events. To add to the already feature packed LED exhibition display light, you can also link up to 5 lights together from one transformer, so no need for extra transformers just link them together with handy linking cables. (X1 linking cable supplied with most kits, extra can be purchased separately). Arm approx 350mm long Low Voltage 5631 Kelvin Linkable (maximum of 5 lights) Up to x4 more efficient than Halogen Up to 22,000 hour usage Single light kit: Includes x1 light and linking lead (2.5m) Double light kit: Includes x2 lights, x1 linking lead (2.5m) and x1 transformer. NB:You need to start with a transformer kit pack.

£75
Led long arm exhibition flood light in black finish

Led long arm exhibition flood light. The LED Flood Light is the new stylish and economical way to illuminate a range of exhibition stands including Pop-ups, Formulate and a range of modular systems. Lower the power costs at your next exhibition or trade show by investing in Led lighting. Don’t let the compact design fool you, this small LED light is still capable of producing 1200 lumen but still only consuming a small amount of energy, making it far more efficient than the halogen equivalents of old. The LED Flood Light design doesn’t finish there, not only does the LED Flood Light use the latest in LED technology but they are also linkable from a single transformer. There is no need for extra transformers just link them together with handy linking cables. ( linking cables can be purchased separately ). Arm approx 300mm long Low Voltage 5631 Kelvin Linkable (maximum of 5 lights) Up to x4 more efficient than Halogen Up to 22,000 hour usage Single light kit: Includes x1 light and linking lead (2.5m) (Transformer needed) Double light kit: Includes x2 lights, x1 linking lead (2.5m) and x1 transformer. NB:You need to start with a transformer kit pack.

Led long arm exhibition flood light. The LED Flood Light is the new stylish and economical way to illuminate a range of exhibition stands including Pop-ups, Formulate and a range of modular systems. Lower the power costs at your next exhibition or trade show by investing in Led lighting. Don’t let the compact design fool you, this small LED light is still capable of producing 1200 lumen but still only consuming a small amount of energy, making it far more efficient than the halogen equivalents of old. The LED Flood Light design doesn’t finish there, not only does the LED Flood Light use the latest in LED technology but they are also linkable from a single transformer. There is no need for extra transformers just link them together with handy linking cables. ( linking cables can be purchased separately ). Arm approx 300mm long Low Voltage 5631 Kelvin Linkable (maximum of 5 lights) Up to x4 more efficient than Halogen Up to 22,000 hour usage Single light kit: Includes x1 light and linking lead (2.5m) (Transformer needed) Double light kit: Includes x2 lights, x1 linking lead (2.5m) and x1 transformer. NB:You need to start with a transformer kit pack.

£60
Led display wall strip light, black

Led display wall strip light. A smart display wall strip light, ideal for use at exhibitions and events. Designed to fix to the top of an exhibition wall and illuminate the graphics or products on display. The LED Strip light has a unique wide head design feature, allowing for a wider spread of light, helping you illuminate more of your message at the event. To add to this already unique feature the LED Strip light is still capable of producing up to 1200 lumens whilst still only consuming low energy levels. The design features don’t stop there. The LED strip lights can also be linked together so no need for multiple transformers, just link each light together with the handy linking cable (X1 linking cable supplied with most kits, extra can be purchased separately). The LED Strip light has also been designed to work with a wide range of exhibition stands including, Pop-ups, Formulate and a range of modular stands. Led lights are ideal for an exhibition or event as they have a low power consumption need. Arm approx 300mm long Low Voltage 5631 Kelvin Linkable (maximum of 5 lights) Up to x4 more efficient than Halogen Up to 22,000 hour usage Single light kit: Includes x1 light and linking lead (2.5m) Double light kit: Includes x2 lights, x1 linking lead (2.5m) and x1 transformer. NB:You need to start with a transformer kit pack.

Led display wall strip light. A smart display wall strip light, ideal for use at exhibitions and events. Designed to fix to the top of an exhibition wall and illuminate the graphics or products on display. The LED Strip light has a unique wide head design feature, allowing for a wider spread of light, helping you illuminate more of your message at the event. To add to this already unique feature the LED Strip light is still capable of producing up to 1200 lumens whilst still only consuming low energy levels. The design features don’t stop there. The LED strip lights can also be linked together so no need for multiple transformers, just link each light together with the handy linking cable (X1 linking cable supplied with most kits, extra can be purchased separately). The LED Strip light has also been designed to work with a wide range of exhibition stands including, Pop-ups, Formulate and a range of modular stands. Led lights are ideal for an exhibition or event as they have a low power consumption need. Arm approx 300mm long Low Voltage 5631 Kelvin Linkable (maximum of 5 lights) Up to x4 more efficient than Halogen Up to 22,000 hour usage Single light kit: Includes x1 light and linking lead (2.5m) Double light kit: Includes x2 lights, x1 linking lead (2.5m) and x1 transformer. NB:You need to start with a transformer kit pack.

£66
Long Arm Display Light

Long Arm Display Light With Clamp, ideal for use at an exhibition or event, clamping to a wall or beam. Long arm LED clamp on display light 500mm arm with clamp. The LED bulb supplied has a standard GU10 fitting As bright as a 50W halogen without the heat. Very long life. UK mains plug with a 2.5 Metre lead. The head can be rotated and tilted to suit the display 30mm opening jaw.

Long Arm Display Light With Clamp, ideal for use at an exhibition or event, clamping to a wall or beam. Long arm LED clamp on display light 500mm arm with clamp. The LED bulb supplied has a standard GU10 fitting As bright as a 50W halogen without the heat. Very long life. UK mains plug with a 2.5 Metre lead. The head can be rotated and tilted to suit the display 30mm opening jaw.

£45
A basic free standing aluminium exhibition frame with feet

Media wall, free standing exhibition frameworks built using 50x50mm square aluminium box section. Supplied with a mill finish. This example is 2M high with three width options as standard. is suitable for applications such as, Large Banners clipped to frames Product display Square frames can have graphics applied to the aluminium framework for branding Wire cable display systems Hanging of LCD screens magnetic graphics are also possible by quotation We can produce larger exhibition frameworks suitable for large exhibition back drops and graphic walls at trade show events. These can be built as smaller assemblies and then bolted together or produced in longer size aluminium sections straight off. Quick and easy assembly system, an allen key set takes care of tools. Made to order, expect 7 working days supply time including graphics. Custom sizes are by quotation and just what this exhibition display frame has been produced for, 01257 678178.

Media wall, free standing exhibition frameworks built using 50x50mm square aluminium box section. Supplied with a mill finish. This example is 2M high with three width options as standard. is suitable for applications such as, Large Banners clipped to frames Product display Square frames can have graphics applied to the aluminium framework for branding Wire cable display systems Hanging of LCD screens magnetic graphics are also possible by quotation We can produce larger exhibition frameworks suitable for large exhibition back drops and graphic walls at trade show events. These can be built as smaller assemblies and then bolted together or produced in longer size aluminium sections straight off. Quick and easy assembly system, an allen key set takes care of tools. Made to order, expect 7 working days supply time including graphics. Custom sizes are by quotation and just what this exhibition display frame has been produced for, 01257 678178.

£180
Exhibition track light with 3x 50w halogen bulbs

Exhibition display track light with 50w halogen bulbs, 1m high quality track in either satin silver or white with 3x 50w GU10 spot lights. The track is a 1m length and comes with live and dead ends, this is a self wire lighting track but an option is available to add mains leads. The bulbs are high quality Osram GU10 halogens for applications that require a warm colour output and a low voltage need is not applicable. We also offer an Led version should you wish a lower power draw or cooler light output every exhibition or event will have different needs or stipulations at a venue. Expect a 3 day supply time. Need advice call 01256 768178.

Exhibition display track light with 50w halogen bulbs, 1m high quality track in either satin silver or white with 3x 50w GU10 spot lights. The track is a 1m length and comes with live and dead